Russia's Proton Mission Planners Guide - 1999

Revision 4 March 1999
PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE

MISSION PLANNER’S GUIDE
REVISION NOTICE
This document supersedes the Proton Launch Vehicle User’s
Guide - Revision 3, Issue 1 dated February 1997
DISCLOSURE OF DATA LEGEND

These technical data are exempt from the licensing requirement
of International Traffic in Arms Regulation (ITAR) under ITAR
Part 125.4(b)(13) and are cleared for public release.
LKEB-9812-1990
 1999 International Launch Services
International Launch Services

101 West Broadway, Suite 2000
San Diego, California 92101 USA
Revision 4 March 1999
PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE

MISSION PLANNER’S GUIDE
Anatoli I. Kiselev Wilbur C. Trafton

General Director President
Khrunichev State Research and International Launch Services
Production Space Center
Anatoli K. Nedaivoda Eric F. Laursen

General Designer Chief Engineer
Salyut Design Bureau International Launch Services
Khrunichev State Research and
Production Space Center

Page i
Proton Mission Planner’s Guide, LKEB-9812-1990
Issue 1, Revision 4, March 1, 1999
PREFACE
The Proton Mission Planner’s Guide is intended to provide information to potential Customers and spacecraft
suppliers, concerning spacecraft design criteria, Proton launch capability, available mission analysis and custom
engineering support, documentation availability and requirements, and program planning. It is intended to serve as an
aid to the planning of future missions but should not be construed as a contractual commitment.
The units of measurement referred to in this document are based on the International System of Units (SI), with
English units given in parenthesis and all identified dimensions shown should be considered as approximate. In the
event that one or more dimensions are critical to a specific payload intregration or processing operation, the SC
Customer should obtain accurate dimensions from International Launch Services (ILS).
This Guide will be updated or revised periodically. All comments and suggestions for additional information are
hereby solicited and will be greatly appreciated.
Those Customers wishing to receive revisions and updates to this manual, or who wish to submit comments or
suggestions, are asked to kindly contact:

Telephone: (619) 645-6400
Facsimile: (619) 645-6500
http:// www.lmco.com/ILS/
Page ii
REVISION HISTORY
Revision Date Revision No. Change Description Approval
15 December 1993 1, Issue 1 Eric Laursen

Chief Engineer, LKEI
December 1995 2, Issue 1 Eric Laursen
Chief Engineer, LKEI
Proton Division, ILS
February 1997 3, Issue 1 Section 1 Eric Laursen
• Updated Integration Schedule Chief Engineer, LKEI
• Minor typographical corrections Proton Division, ILS
Section 2
• Proton M fairing dimension update
• Launch history update and corrections
• Failure/Corrective Action update
Section 3
• Addition of Proton K/Block DM
performance with use of standard kerosene
Section 4
• Ground Ops Instrumentation measurement
capabilities update
• Updated Proton LV radiated emmissions
• Updated flight instrumentations capabilities
• Updated flight loads environments
• Updated flight acoustics
Section 6
• Updated Proton/BlockDM usable fairing
envelopes with standard adapters
Section 7
• Updated Mission Integration schedule
• Updated analysis, meetings and
documentation schedules
March 1999 4, Issue 1 • Complete rewrite/update of document to Eric Laursen

reflect flight measured environments, Proton Chief Engineer,
interfaces and performance ILS
• Addition of Proton M/Breeze M vehicle Rich Waterman
data Manager Mission
• Discussion of Baikonur payload processing Development, ILS
and Launch operations facilities
Page iii
FOREWORD
International Launch Services (ILS), is pleased to offer one of the most capable commercial launch vehicles, and the
most comprehensive launch services, available today. The Proton’s services are now available to worldwide Customers
at a most competitive price.
ILS is the exclusive marketing agent for commercial sales of the Proton launch vehicle worldwide, and is supported in
its operations by full access to the incomparable technological expertise of its parent companies; Lockheed Martin
Corporation (LMC), Khrunichev State Research and Production Space Center (KhSC), and Russian Space Complex
Energia ( Energia). ILS provides customers with a single point of contact for all mission analyses, custom engineering,
and launch support tasks involved in using the Proton launch vehicle. Both individually and collectively, the members
of the ILS team are committed to providing the most cost-effective launch services available in the world-from initial
program planning to successful spacecraft launch.
This document provides performance, environments and interfaces for Proton vehicles that have already been qualified
to manage payloads up to 4.8 mt in mass. For SC exceeding 4.8 mt, parameters referred to in this document should be
considered as PRELIMINARY and will be further defined/refined considering the geometry, mass properties and
other physical characteristics of a particular spacecraft.
Page iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFACE ................................................................................................................................................... II
REVISION HISTORY .................................................................................................................................III
FOREWORD ...............................................................................................................................................IV
TABLE OF CONTENTS................................................................................................................................ V
LIST OF TABLES........................................................................................................................................XI
LIST OF FIGURES......................................................................................................................................XI
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS........................................................................................................ XIX
1. PROTON LAUNCH SERVICES.............................................................................................................. 1-1

1.1 CONSTITUENT ILS COMPANIES ........................................................................................................... 1-2
1.2 ILS CONSTITUENT COMPANY EXPERTISE......................................................................................... 1-3
1.3 ADVANTAGES OF USING THE PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE .......................................................... 1-4
1.4 VEHICLE DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... 1-5
1.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROTON FAMILY ....................................................................... 1-7
1.6 PROTON THREE - STAGE BOOSTER..................................................................................................... 1-8
1.6.1 Proton First Stage ................................................................................................................................. 1-10
1.6.2 Proton Second Stage.............................................................................................................................. 1-10
1.6.3 Proton Third Stage................................................................................................................................ 1-10
1.6.4 Proton Flight Control System ............................................................................................................... 1-11
1.7 BLOCK DM FOURTH STAGE ................................................................................................................ 1-11
1.8 BREEZE M FOURTH STAGE ................................................................................................................. 1-15
1.9 PAYLOAD FAIRINGS .............................................................................................................................. 1-18
1.10 BAIKONUR INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES ........................................................................... 1-23
1.10.1 Baikonur Infrastructure ....................................................................................................................... 1-23
1.10.2 Proton Launch Campaign.................................................................................................................... 1-25
1.11 PLANNED ENHANCEMENTS ............................................................................................................. 1-27
1.12 PROTON PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS-SLIDES.................................................................... 1-27
2. VEHICLE PERFORMANCE .................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.1 OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 PROTON LAUNCH SYSTEM CAPABILITIES......................................................................................... 2-1
2.2.1 The Baikonur Launch Site....................................................................................................................... 2-2
2.2.2 Launch Availability ................................................................................................................................. 2-2
2.2.3 Payload Fairings and Adapters ................................................................................................................ 2-3
2.2.4 Upper Stage Capabilities ......................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.3 PROTON ASCENT PROFILE .................................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.1 Proton Booster Ascent ............................................................................................................................. 2-4
2.3.2 Block DM Trajectory and Sequence ........................................................................................................ 2-8
Page v
2.3.3 Breeze M Trajectory Sequence ...............................................................................................................2-12

2.3.4 Collision and Contamination Avoidance Maneuver............................................................................... 2-13
2.4 PERFORMANCE GROUNDRULES....................................................................................................... 2-14
2.4.1 Payload Systems Mass Definition.......................................................................................................... 2-14
2.4.2 Payload Fairings.................................................................................................................................... 2-15
2.4.3 Mission Analysis Groundrules ............................................................................................................... 2-15
2.4.4 Performance Confidence Levels ............................................................................................................ 2-15
2.5 DIRECT INJECTION LEO MISSIONS................................................................................................... 2-15
2.6 GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MISSIONS..................................................................................... 2-16
2.6.1 Launch to Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit ............................................................................................ 2-16
2.7 ORBIT INJECTION ACCURACY .............................................................................................................2-23
2.8 SPACECRAFT ORIENTATION AND SEPARATION .............................................................................2-24
2.9 LAUNCH VEHICLE TELEMETRY DATA ............................................................................................. 2-25
2.10 MISSION OPTIMIZATION/ PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENTS..................................................2-29
2.10.1 Nonstandard Mission Designs ..............................................................................................................2-29
2.10.2 Subsynchronous Transfer......................................................................................................................2-29
2.10.3 Super Synchronous Transfer .................................................................................................................2-29
3. SPACECRAFT ENVIRONMENTS .......................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 THERMAL/HUMIDITY ............................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.1 Ground Thermal Environment................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.2 Ascent ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-6
3.1.3 Orbit ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
3.1.4 Humidity ................................................................................................................................................ 3-7
3.1.5 Air Impingement Velocity ....................................................................................................................... 3-7
3.2 CONTAMINATION ENVIRONMENT...................................................................................................... 3-8
3.2.1 Ground Contamination Control.............................................................................................................. 3-8
3.2.2 In Flight Contamination Control ............................................................................................................ 3-8
3.3 PRESSURE .................................................................................................................................................. 3-9
3.3.1 Payload Compartment Venting ............................................................................................................... 3-9
3.4 MECHANICAL LOADS............................................................................................................................ 3-10
3.4.1 Quasi-Static Loads................................................................................................................................ 3-10
3.4.2 Sine and Random Vibration Loads ........................................................................................................ 3-14
3.4.3 Acoustic Loads ...................................................................................................................................... 3-19
3.4.4 Shock Loads.......................................................................................................................................... 3-21
3.4.5 Environmental Test Requirements ........................................................................................................ 3-23
3.5 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY ............................................................................................ 3-24
3.5.1 EMI Safety Margin (EMISM) ............................................................................................................. 3-24
3.5.2 Radiated Emissions ............................................................................................................................... 3-24
3.5.3 RF Transmitter/Receiver Systems EMC............................................................................................... 3-29
4. SPACECRAFT INTERFACES................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.1 MECHANICAL INTERFACES .................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.1.1 Structural Interfaces ................................................................................................................................ 4-1
4.1.2 General SC Structural and Load Requirements ....................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.3 Fairing Interfaces .................................................................................................................................... 4-2
4.1.4 GN2/Dry Air Purge Option .................................................................................................................. 4-23
Page vi
4.2 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES .................................................................................................................. 4-24

4.2.1 Airborne Interfaces................................................................................................................................ 4-24
4.2.2 Launch Pad EGSE Interfaces................................................................................................................ 4-40
4.2.3 Telemetry/Command Links .................................................................................................................. 4-41
4.2.4 Electrical Grounding............................................................................................................................. 4-47
4.2.5 Electrical Bonding ................................................................................................................................ 4-47
4.2.6 SC/LV Lightning Protection ................................................................................................................. 4-47
4.2.7 Static Discharge .................................................................................................................................... 4-47
4.3 FITCHECK OF MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL INTERFACES........................................................... 4-47
5. MISSION INTEGRATION AND MANAGEMENT .................................................................................. 5-1
5.1 MANAGEMENT PROVISIONS................................................................................................................. 5-1
5.1.1 Key Personnel ......................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2 Interface Control Document (ICD) ........................................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.3 Schedule Monitoring............................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.4 Documentation Control and Delivery ..................................................................................................... 5-4
5.1.5 Meetings and Reviews ............................................................................................................................. 5-4
5.1.6 DTRA Oversight ..................................................................................................................................... 5-8
5.1.7 Quarterly Report ..................................................................................................................................... 5-8
5.1.8 Quality Provisions ................................................................................................................................... 5-8
5.1.9 Launch License And Permits................................................................................................................... 5-8
5.2 ILS DELIVERABLES.................................................................................................................................. 5-8
5.2.1 ICD Development................................................................................................................................... 5-9
5.2.2 Preliminary and Critical Design.............................................................................................................. 5-9
5.2.3 Spacecraft Testing - Fitcheck/ Shock Test Plan, and Report ................................................................. 5-11
5.2.4 Safety .................................................................................................................................................... 5-11
5.2.5 Launch Campaign and Launch.............................................................................................................. 5-11
5.2.6 Management and Reports...................................................................................................................... 5-11
5.3 CUSTOMER DELIVERABLES................................................................................................................ 5-11
5.3.1 ICD Development ................................................................................................................................ 5-13
5.3.2 Preliminary and Critical Design............................................................................................................ 5-13
5.3.3 Spacecraft Testing ................................................................................................................................. 5-13
5.3.4 Required Safety Data and Certificates................................................................................................... 5-13
5.3.5 Launch Campaign and Launch.............................................................................................................. 5-14
5.4 SPECIFIC CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES....................................................................................... 5-14
5.4.1 Campaign Duration .............................................................................................................................. 5-14
5.4.2 Spacecraft And Associated Ground Equipment ..................................................................................... 5-14
5.4.3 Final Spacecraft Data............................................................................................................................ 5-15
5.4.4 Spacecraft Readiness ............................................................................................................................. 5-15
5.4.5 Removal of SC Support Equipment ...................................................................................................... 5-15
5.4.6 Evaluation Of Launch Vehicle And Associated Services ......................................................................... 5-15
5.4.7 Spacecraft Propellants ........................................................................................................................... 5-15
5.4.8 Connectors ............................................................................................................................................ 5-15
5.5 ILS SERVICES AND MATERIAL SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED ........................................................ 5-16
6. SPACECRAFT AND LAUNCH FACILITIES ........................................................................................... 6-1
6.1 FACILITIES OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................... 6-1
Page vii
6.1.1 Yubeleini Airport..................................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.1.2 Building 92A-50 ..................................................................................................................................... 6-3
6.1.3 Area 31 Facilities .................................................................................................................................... 6-3
6.1.4 Building 92-1 and the Proton Launch Zone (Area 81) ............................................................................ 6-4
6.1.5 Hotels ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-4
6.2 SPACECRAFT PROCESSING FACILITIES............................................................................................. 6-4
6.2.1 Facility 92A-50....................................................................................................................................... 6-5
6.2.2 Area 31, Buildings 40/40D General Description ................................................................................... 6-14
6.2.3 Area 31, Bldg 44 - General Description ................................................................................................ 6-20
6.2.4 Building 254 (TBD).............................................................................................................................. 6-23
6.2.5 Area 92, Building 92-1 - General Description....................................................................................... 6-23
6.3 LAUNCH COMPLEX FACILITIES......................................................................................................... 6-24
6.3.1 Area 81, Launch Pad 23 - General Description ..................................................................................... 6-24
6.3.2 Facility Layout & Area Designations..................................................................................................... 6-26
7. LAUNCH CAMPAIGN ......................................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES.............................................................................................. 7-1
7.1.1 Khrunichev.............................................................................................................................................. 7-1
7.1.2 Strategic Rocket Forces ........................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.3 Energia (Block DM launches only) ......................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.4 ILS.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-2
7.1.5 Spacecraft Customer ............................................................................................................................... 7-2
7.2 CAMPAIGN ORGANIZATION ................................................................................................................. 7-2
7.2.1 Contractual and Planning Organization................................................................................................... 7-2
7.2.2 Organization During Combined Operations ............................................................................................ 7-3
7.2.3 Planning Meetings................................................................................................................................... 7-4
7.3 COUNTDOWN ORGANIZATION ............................................................................................................ 7-5
7.4 ABORT CAPABILITY ................................................................................................................................. 7-6
7.5 LAUNCH OPERATIONS OVERVIEW....................................................................................................... 7-7
7.5.1 Launch Vehicle Processing .................................................................................................................... 7-12
7.5.2 Spacecraft Preparations Through Arrival ............................................................................................... 7-12
7.5.3 Area 31 (Buildings 40, 40D, 44) - Spacecraft Testing, Fueling, and Ascent Unit integration ................ 7-12
7.5.4 Area 92 (Building 92A-50) - Spacecraft Testing, Fueling, and Ascent Unit Integration ........................ 7-14
7.6 LAUNCH VEHICLE INTEGRATION (BUILDING 92-1) THRU LAUNCH PAD OPERATIONS.... 7-15
7.7 LAUNCH PAD OPERATIONS................................................................................................................. 7-16
8. PROTON LAUNCH SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS.................................................................................. 8-1
8.1 HIGH VOLUME PAYLOAD FAIRINGS................................................................................................... 8-3
8.2 TANDEM LAUNCH SYSTEM ................................................................................................................... 8-5
8.3 AVIONICS SYSTEM MASS UPGRADES.................................................................................................. 8-7
8.4 NEW CYROGENIC UPPER STAGE ......................................................................................................... 8-7
8.5 SUMMARY.................................................................................................................................................. 8-7
A. PROTON LAUNCH SYSTEM HISTORY................................................................................................A-1
A.1 BACKGROUND AND HISTORY..............................................................................................................A-1
A.2 PROTON FLIGHT HISTORY ...................................................................................................................A-2
A.3 DETAILED FLIGHT HISTORY ...............................................................................................................A-4
A.4 FAILURES CAUSES AND CORRECTIVE ACTION .............................................................................A-10
Page viii
B1. QUALITY SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................................B1-1
C1. GENERAL INFORMATION...............................................................................................................C1-1
C2. INPUT DOCUMENTS....................................................................................................................... C2-2
C3. INTERFACES.................................................................................................................................... C3-3

C3.1 MECHANICAL INTERFACES .............................................................................................................C3-3
C3.2 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES................................................................................................................C3-4
C3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES......................................................................................................C3-5
C3.4 FLIGHT DESIGN ..................................................................................................................................C3-6
C3.5 OPERATIONS.........................................................................................................................................C3-7
C3.6 OPERATIONS (CONTINUED).............................................................................................................C3-8
D1. 1194AX-500 ADAPTER SYSTEM...................................................................................................... D1-1
D1.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. D1-1
D1.2 MECHANICAL INTERFACE AND STRUCTURAL CAPABILITY ................................................. D1-1
D1.2.1 Interface Ring Characteristics............................................................................................................ D1-1
D1.2.2 Structural Capability ......................................................................................................................... D1-3
D1.3 USABLE VOLUME ............................................................................................................................... D1-5
D1.4 SEPARATION SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................... D1-11
D1.5 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE .............................................................................................................. D1-14
D1.6 INSTRUMENTATION ....................................................................................................................... D1-14
D1.7 1194AX-500 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS..................................................................... D1-15
D2. 1194AX-625 ADAPTER SYSTEM .......................................................................................................D2-1
D2.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. D2-1
D2.2 MECHANICAL INTERFACE AND STRUCTURAL CAPABILITY.................................................. D2-1
D2.3 USABLE VOLUME ............................................................................................................................... D2-5
D2.7 1194AX-625 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ..................................................................... D2-25
D3. 1666V-1000 ADAPTER SYSTEM .......................................................................................................D3-1
D3.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. D3-1
D3.3 USABLE VOLUME ............................................................................................................................... D3-5
D3.7 1666V-1000 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS...................................................................... D3-14
Page ix
D4. 1666A-1150 ADAPTER SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... D4-1

D4.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................. D4-1
D4.3 USABLE VOLUME ............................................................................................................................... D4-5
D4.7 1666A-1150 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ..................................................................... D4-14
Page x
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1-1: ILS LAUNCH SERVICES CHARTER ...................................................................................................... 1-1
FIGURE 1.1-1: ILS CORPORATE PARENTAGE .......................................................................................................... 1-2
FIGURE 1.1-2: ILS/LKE TASK PARTITIONS ............................................................................................................ 1-3
FIGURE 1.2-1: LAUNCH EXPERIENCE ..................................................................................................................... 1-4
FIGURE 1.3-1: BENEFITS TO THE SPACECRAFT DESIGNER AND OWNER................................................................ 1-5
FIGURE 1.4-1: PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLES FLIGHT PROVEN HARDWARE .............................................................. 1-6
FIGURE 1.6-1: PROTON K AND M MAJOR HARDWARE ELEMENTS ......................................................................... 1-9
FIGURE 1.7-1: PROTON K/BLOCK DM MAJOR HARDWARE ELEMENTS................................................................ 1-12
FIGURE 1.7-2: PROTON DM UPPER STAGE WITHIN ITS AERODYNAMIC SHROUDS .............................................. 1-13
FIGURE 1.7-3: BLOCK DM AS IT APPEARS IN FLIGHT.......................................................................................... 1-14
FIGURE 1.8-1: PROTON M/BREEZE M MAJOR HARDWARE ELEMENTS ................................................................ 1-16
FIGURE 1.8-2: BREEZE M (WITH AUXILIARY PROPELLANT TANK) ....................................................................... 1-17
FIGURE 1.8-3: THE BREEZE M AND BREEZE M CORE AS THEY APPEAR IN FLIGHT............................................ 1-17
FIGURE 1.9-1: PROTON K AND M PAYLOAD FAIRINGS ......................................................................................... 1-19
FIGURE 1.9-2: BLOCK DM PAYLOAD FAIRING FOR SINGLE SPACECRAFT ............................................................ 1-20
FIGURE 1.9-3: BREEZE-M PAYLOAD FAIRING (STANDARD) FOR SINGLE SPACECRAFT ....................................... 1-21
FIGURE 1.9-4: BREEZE M PAYLOAD FAIRING (LONG) ..........................................................................................1-22
FIGURE 1.10.1-1: OVERALL LAYOUT OF THE BAIKONUR COSMODROME .............................................................. 1-23
FIGURE 1.10.1.2-1: BUILDING 92A-50 SPACE VEHICLE PROCESSING FACILITY ................................................... 1-24
FIGURE 1.10.2-1: PROTON LAUNCH CAMPAIGN FOR 92A-50 ............................................................................... 1-26
FIGURE S-1: TANK COMPONENT FABRICATION AT KHRUNICHEV USES AUTOMATED MACHINING CENTERS ........ S-1
FIGURE S-2: FIRST STAGE PROPELLANT TANK AUTOMATED WELD-UP ................................................................. S-1
FIGURE S-3: FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD STAGE SUB-ASSEMBLIES AWAITING INTEGRATION.............................. S-2
FIGURE S-4: PROTON INTERSTAGE COMPONENT FABRICATION ............................................................................. S-2
FIGURE S-5: FIRST STAGE BUILD UP ON PROTON FIXTURE................................................................................... S-3
FIGURE S-6: INTERSTAGE JOINING SECOND AND THIRD STAGES ........................................................................... S-3
FIGURE S-7: RD-253 HIGH-PRESSURE ENGINE ON THE FIRST STAGE EXTERNAL FUEL TANK ............................ S-5
FIGURE S-8: PROTON FINAL ASSEMBLY HALL AT KHRUNICHEV ............................................................................ S-5
FIGURE S-9: ASSEMBLED FIRST STAGE SHOWING HOLD DOWN POINTS AND AFT END SERVICES
CONNECTORS .................................................................................................................................................. S-6
FIGURE S-10: END-TO END TEST OF ASSEMBLED PROTON AT KHRUNICHEV FACTORY ....................................... S-6
FIGURE S-11: THE BLOCK DM UNDERGOING FINAL ASSEMBLY AND TESTING AT THE ENERGIA PLANT IN
KOROLEV, NEAR MOSCOW............................................................................................................................... S-7
FIGURE S-12: THE COMPLETED BLOCK DM STAGE, BEFORE ATTACHMENT OF THE EXTERNAL SHROUD ........... S-7
FIGURE S-13: FINISHED BLOCK DM STAGES IN THEIR AERODYNAMIC SHROUDS, AWAITING SHIPMENT TO
BAIKONUR ....................................................................................................................................................... S-8
FIGURE S-14: PROTON STANDARD COMMERCIAL PAYLOAD FAIRING EXTERNAL VIEW .......................................... S-8
FIGURE S-15: PROTON STANDARD COMMERCIAL PAYLOAD FAIRING INTERNAL VIEW........................................... S-9
FIGURE S-16: BREEZE M STAGE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS IN MANUFACTURE ................................................ S-9
FIGURE S-17: BREEZE M CORE STAGE MANUFACTURING .................................................................................. S-10
FIGURE S-18: BREEZE M AVIONICS BAY ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................. S-10
FIGURE S-19: BREEZE M STAGE FINAL ASSEMBLY .............................................................................................. S-11
FIGURE S-20: SPACECRAFT ARRIVAL AT BAIKONUR.............................................................................................. S-11
Page xi
FIGURE S-21: SPACECRAFT PROCESSING IN AREA 92 (SVPF) .............................................................................. S-12

FIGURE S-22: SPACECRAFT PROCESSING AND ENCAPSULATION IN AREA 31........................................................ S-13
FIGURE S-23: THE COMPLETE PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE BEING LIFTED ONTO ITS
TRANSPORTER/ERECTOR .............................................................................................................................. S-13
FIGURE S-24: LAUNCH VEHICLE INTERFACES AT A PROTON LAUNCH PAD, BAIKONUR ....................................... S-14
FIGURE S-25: PROTON ERECTION AT THE PAD ..................................................................................................... S-14
FIGURE S-26: MOBILE SERVICE TOWER (MST).................................................................................................... S-15
FIGURE S-27: LIFT-OFF OF THE PROTON K/BLOCK DM CARRYING A COMMERCIAL COMMUNICATIONS SATELLITE
...................................................................................................................................................................... S-16
FIGURE 2.2.1-1: THE BAIKONUR LAUNCH SITE, SHOWING AVAILABLE DIRECT INJECTION INCLINATIONS ........... 2-2
FIGURE 2.3.1-1: TYPICAL PROTON BOOSTER ASCENT ............................................................................................ 2-6
FIGURE 2.3.1-2: TYPICAL PROTON BOOSTER ASCENT GROUND TRACK AND VACUUM IMPACT POINTS................. 2-6
FIGURE 2.3.1-3: TYPICAL GROUND TRACKER ACQUISITION TIMES FOR PROTON ASCENT TO THE
SUPPORT ORBIT ............................................................................................................................................... 2-7
FIGURE 2.3.1-4: TYPICAL PROTON LOWER ASCENT ALTITUDE, INERTIAL VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, AND
DYNAMIC PRESSURE ....................................................................................................................................... 2-7
FIGURE 2.3.2-1: PROTON/BLOCK DM UPPER ASCENT.......................................................................................... 2-9
FIGURE 2.3.2-2: BLOCK DM TWO-IMPULSE TRANSFER TO GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER ORBIT ..................... 2-10
FIGURE 2.3.2-3: PROTON K/BLOCK DM UPPER ASCENT GROUND TRACK TO GSO ........................................... 2-11
FIGURE 2.3.2-4: GROUND TRACKER ACQUISITION TIMES FOR PROTON ASCENT TO A GSO ................................ 2-11
FIGURE 2.3.3-1: TYPICAL BREEZE M FLIGHT PROFILE TO GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER ORBIT ...................... 2-13
FIGURE 2.6.1-1: PROTON K/BLOCK DM PERFORMANCE TO REPRESENTATIVE GEOSYNCHRONOUS
TRANSFER ORBITS ......................................................................................................................................... 2-17
FIGURE 2.6.1-2: PROTON M/BREEZE M PERFORMANCE TO REPRESENTATIVE GEOSYNCHRONOUS
TRANSFER ORBITS ......................................................................................................................................... 2-19
FIGURE 2.8-1: SC SEPARATION ATTITUDE ........................................................................................................... 2-25
FIGURE 3.1.1.1-1A: FAIRING AIR AND LIQUID THERMAL CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC AND OPERATIONS
TIMELINE (BLOCK DM) .................................................................................................................................. 3-4
FIGURE 3.1.1.1-1B: FAIRING AIR AND LIQUID THERMAL CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEMATIC AND OPERATIONS
TIMELINE (BREEZE M) ................................................................................................................................... 3-5
FIGURE 3.1.1.2-1: SUPPLEMENTAL FAIRING AIR CONDITIONING SCHEMATIC (REPRESENTATIVE; DETAILED DESIGN
CONDUCTED PER CUSTOMER REQUEST) .......................................................................................................... 3-6
FIGURE 3.3.1-1: TYPICAL VENTING PROFILE DURING ASCENT ............................................................................. 3-9
FIGURE 3.4.1.2-1: QUASI-STATIC DESIGN LOAD FACTORS .................................................................................. 3-11
FIGURE 3.4.1.2-1: QUASI-STATIC DESIGN LOAD FACTORS (CONTINUED)........................................................... 3-12
FIGURE 3.4.1.2-2: FLIGHT LIMIT ACCELERATIONS AT THE SC INTERFACE .......................................................... 3-13
FIGURE 3.4.2-1: EQUIVALENT SINE LEVELS AT SPACECRAFT INTERFACE - FLIGHT ENVIRONMENT .................... 3-15
FIGURE 3.4.2-2: RANDOM VIBRATION LEVELS-GROUND TRANSPORTATION BY RAIL, SC IN CONTAINER
AND SC ATTACHED TO ASCENT UNIT .......................................................................................................... 3-16
FIGURE 3.4.2-3: TRANSPORTATION OF SC IN CONTRACTOR’S CONTAINER, TRANSPORTATION OF SC IN
KHSC CONTAINER, TRANSPORTATION OF ASCENT UNIT .............................................................................. 3-17
FIGURE 3.4.2-4: RANDOM VIBRATION LEVELS-GROUND TRANSPORTATION BY RAIL, SC AND ASCENT
UNIT ATTACHED TO L/V................................................................................................................................ 3-18
FIGURE 3.4.2-4: TRANSPORTATION OF INTEGRATED PROTON LV........................................................................ 3-19
FIGURE 3.4.3-1: MAX EXPECTED ACOUSTIC ENVIRONMENT (THIRD OCTAVE).................................................... 3-20
Page xii
FIGURE 3.4.4-1: PYROSHOCK SPECTRUM AT ADAPTER/PAYLOAD INTERFACE ......................................................3-22

FIGURE 3.5.2-1A: LAUNCH VEHICLE AND LAUNCH BASE PAD NARROWBAND RADIATED EMISSIONS
(PROTON K/BLOCK DM) (TBC)................................................................................................................... 3-27
FIGURE 3.5.2-1B: LAUNCH VEHICLE AND LAUNCH BASE PAD NARROWBAND RADIATED EMISSIONS
(PROTON M/BREEZE M) (TBC) ....................................................................................................................3-28
FIGURE 3.5.2-2: LAUNCH VEHICLE AND LAUNCH PAD RADIATED SUSCEPTIBILITY LIMITS................................. 3-29
FIGURE 4.1.1-1: LV COORDINATE SYSTEM ............................................................................................................ 4-1
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-1A: PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT (SHEET 1 OF 3) .................. 4-4
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-1B: PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT (SHEET 2 OF 3) .................. 4-5
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-1C: PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT (SHEET 3 OF 3).................. 4-6
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-2A: GENERIC PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME
DIMENSIONS (SHEET 1 OF 3) ........................................................................................................................... 4-7
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-2B: GENERIC PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-2C: GENERIC PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-3A: PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT
(SHEET 1 OF 3)............................................................................................................................................... 4-10
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-3B: PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT
(SHEET 2 OF 3)............................................................................................................................................... 4-11
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-3C: PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT
(SHEET 3 OF 3)............................................................................................................................................... 4-12
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-4A: GENERIC PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME
DIMENSIONS (SHEET 1 OF 3) ......................................................................................................................... 4-13
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-4B: GENERIC PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-4C: GENERIC PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-5A: PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT (SHEET 1 OF 4) ....... 4-16
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-5B: PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT (SHEET 2 OF 4) ....... 4-17
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-5C: PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT (SHEET 3 OF 4)....... 4-18
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-5D: PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING GENERAL LAYOUT (SHEET 4 OF 4)....... 4-19
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-6A: GENERIC PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME DIMENSIONS
(SHEET 1 OF 3)............................................................................................................................................... 4-20
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-6B: GENERIC PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME DIMENSIONS
(SHEET 2 OF 3)............................................................................................................................................... 4-21
FIGURE 4.1.3.1-6C: GENERIC PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING - USEABLE VOLUME DIMENSIONS
(SHEET 3 OF 3)................................................................................................................................................4-22
FIGURE 4.2.1.6-1: DRY LOOP FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC ..................................................................................... 4-25
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-1A: LOCATIONS OF MEASUREMENT SYSTEM SENSORS ON BLOCK DM FAIRING (TYPICAL) ........ 4-32
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-1B: LOCATIONS OF MEASUREMENT SYSTEM SENSORS ON BREEZE M FAIRING (TYPICAL) ......... 4-33
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-2: LOCATIONS OF MEASUREMENT SYSTEM SENSORS ON 1666 ADAPTER SYSTEM (TYPICAL)....... 4-34
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-3: LOCATIONS OF MEASUREMENT SYSTEM SENSORS ON 1194 ADAPTER SYSTEM (TYPICAL) ...... 4-35
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-4: INSTRUMENTATION DURING TRANSPORTATION OF SC IN CONTRACTOR’S CONTAINER ......... 4-36
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-5: INSTRUMENTATION DURING TRANSPORTATION OF SC IN KHSC CONTAINER ....................... 4-36
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-6: INSTRUMENTATION DURING TRANSPORTATION OF ASCENT UNIT ......................................... 4-37
Page xiii
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-7: INSTRUMENTATION DURING INTEGRATION OF ASCENT UNIT TO LV..................................... 4-37

FIGURE 4.2.1.7-8: INSTRUMENTATION DURING TRANSPORTATION OF INTEGRATED PROTON LV....................... 4-38
FIGURE 4.2.1.7-9: INSTRUMENTATION DURING ON-PAD OPERATIONS .............................................................. 4-39
FIGURE 4.2.2-1: SPACECRAFT TO LAUNCH VEHICLE AND GROUND SYSTEMS ELECTRICAL INTERFACES............. 4-40
FIGURE 4.2.3-1: SC TO BUNKER RF/ELECTRICAL INTERFACE BLOCK DIAGRAM ............................................... 4-46
FIGURE 5.1.3-1A: BASELINE INTEGRATION SCHEDULE (NON-RECURRING PROGRAM)........................................ 5-2
FIGURE 5.1.3-1B: BASELINE INTEGRATION SCHEDULE (RECURRING PROGRAM) ................................................. 5-3
FIGURE 6.1-1: BAIKONUR FACILITIES MAP............................................................................................................ 6-2
FIGURE 6.2.1.1-1: BUILDING 92A-50 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT .......................................................................... 6-7
FIGURE 6.2.1.4-1: BUILDING 92A-50 SPACECRAFT PROCESSING AND FUELING AREA ....................................... 6-10
FIGURE 6.2.2-1: SPACECRAFT PROCESSING ZONE (AREA 31) .............................................................................. 6-15
FIGURE 6.2.2.2-1: BUILDING 40, HALL 100 (COMMON HALL) LAYOUT............................................................... 6-16
FIGURE 6.2.2.3-1: BUILDING 40D, FIRST FLOOR LAYOUT ................................................................................... 6-17
FIGURE 6.2.2.4-1: BUILDING 40D, SECOND FLOOR LAYOUT ............................................................................... 6-19
FIGURE 6.2.2.4-2: BUILDING 40D, THIRD FLOOR LAYOUT .................................................................................. 6-19
FIGURE 6.2.3.1-1: BUILDING 44 (FILLING HALL) FLOOR PLAN .......................................................................... 6-21
FIGURE 6.5.2.1-1: BUILDING 92-1....................................................................................................................... 6-24
FIGURE 6.3.1-1: PROTON LAUNCH ZONE, AREA 81.............................................................................................. 6-25
FIGURE 6.3.2.2-1: PROTON MOBILE SERVICE TOWER .......................................................................................... 6-27
FIGURE 7.2.1-1: ORGANIZATION DURING LAUNCH CAMPAIGN ............................................................................ 7-3
FIGURE 7.3-1: COUNTDOWN ORGANIZATION ........................................................................................................ 7-5
FIGURE 7.5-1: TYPICAL SC CAMPAIGN OPERATIONS ASSUMING USE OF BUILDING 92A-50................................. 7-8
FIGURE 7.5-1: TYPICAL SC CAMPAIGN OPERATIONS ASSUMING USE OF BUILDING 92A-50 (CONTINUED) ......... 7-9
FIGURE 7.5-2: TYPICAL SC LAUNCH OPERATIONS ASSUMING USE OF AREA 31 .................................................. 7-10
FIGURE 7.5-2: TYPICAL SC LAUNCH OPERATIONS ASSUMING USE OF AREA 31 (CONTINUED)........................... 7-11
FIGURE 7.7-1: TYPICAL LAUNCH PAD OPERATIONS TIMELINE ............................................................................ 7-17
FIGURE 8-1: PROTON EVOLUTION OPTIONS ........................................................................................................... 8-2
FIGURE 8.1-1: PROTON LARGER PAYLOAD FAIRING CONCEPTS ............................................................................ 8-4
FIGURE 8.2-1: BREEZE-M LAUNCH CONFIGURATION WITH TANDEM LAUNCH SYSTEMS (TLS).......................... 8-6
FIGURE A.1-1: PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE FAMILY ...............................................................................................A-1
FIGURE C3.1-1: SC PENDULUM MODEL ...........................................................................................................C3-12
FIGURE C3.1-2: SC SLOSH PROPERTIES DURING BALLISTIC FLIGHT AND AT SEPARATION ...............................C3-13
FIGURE C3.1-3: PROPELLANT TANK GEOMETRY REQUIRED DATA ...................................................................C3-15
FIGURE D1.2.1-1: SPACECRAFT AND ADAPTER INTERFACE RING CROSS SECTION ............................................ D1-2
FIGURE D1.2.2-1: CAPABILITY OF 1194AX ADAPTER SYSTEM - SC MASS VS LONGITUDINAL C.G. (TBC)......... D1-4
FIGURE D1.3-1A: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 500MM
ADAPTER ...................................................................................................................................................... D1-6
FIGURE D1.3-1B: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 500MM
ADAPTER (SHEET 1 OF 4).............................................................................................................................. D1-7
FIGURE D1.3-1C: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 500MM
FIGURE D1.3-1D: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 500MM
FIGURE D1.3-1E: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 500MM
ADAPTER (SHEET 4 OF 4)............................................................................................................................ D1-10
Page xiv
FIGURE D1.4-1: ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT FORCE PROFILE FOR A SINGLE 37 PIN ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR ............................................................................................................................................... D1-12
FIGURE D1.4-2: PURGE CONNECTOR FORCE DIAGRAM (TYPICAL).................................................................. D1-13
FIGURE D2.2.2-1: CAPABILITY OF 1194AX ADAPTER SYSTEM - SC MASS VS LONGITUDINAL C.G. (TBC)......... D2-4
FIGURE D2.3-1A: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 625MM
ADAPTER ...................................................................................................................................................... D2-6
FIGURE D2.3-1B: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 625MM
FIGURE D2.3-1C: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 625MM
FIGURE D2.3-1D: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 625MM
FIGURE D2.3-1E: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1194AX X 625MM
FIGURE D2.3-2A: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
1194AX X 625MM ADAPTER ....................................................................................................................... D2-11
FIGURE D2.3-2B: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
1194AX X 625MM ADAPTER (SHEET 1 OF 4) (TBC) ................................................................................... D2-12
FIGURE D2.3-2C: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
FIGURE D2.3-2D: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
FIGURE D2.3-2E: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M STANDARD COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
FIGURE D2.3-3A: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
1194AX X 625MM ADAPTER ....................................................................................................................... D2-16
FIGURE D2.3-3B: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
FIGURE D2.3-3C: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
FIGURE D2.3-3D: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
FIGURE D2.3-3E: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BREEZE M LONG COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH
CONNECTOR ................................................................................................................................................D2-22
FIGURE D2.4-2: PURGE CONNECTOR FORCE DIAGRAM (TYPICAL).................................................................. D2-23
FIGURE D3.2.2-1: CAPABILITY OF 1666V ADAPTER SYSTEM - SC MASS VS LONGITUDINAL C.G. (TBC) ........... D3-4
FIGURE D3.3-1A: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1666V X 1000MM
ADAPTER ...................................................................................................................................................... D3-6
FIGURE D3.3-1B: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1666V X 1000MM
FIGURE D3.3-1C: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1666V X 1000MM
Page xv
FIGURE D3.3-1D: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1666V X 1000MM
FIGURE D3.3-1E: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1666V X 1000MM
CONNECTOR ............................................................................................................................................... D3-12
FIGURE D4.2.2-1: CAPABILITY OF 1666A ADAPTER SYSTEM - SC MASS VS LONGITUDINAL C.G. (TBC) ........... D4-4
FIGURE D4.3-1A: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1166A X 1150
ADAPTER ...................................................................................................................................................... D4-6
FIGURE D4.3-1B: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1166A X 1150
FIGURE D4.3-1C: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1166A X 1150
FIGURE D4.3-1D: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1166A X 1150
FIGURE D4.3-1E: USABLE VOLUME - PROTON/BLOCK DM COMMERCIAL FAIRING WITH 1166A X 1150
CONNECTOR ............................................................................................................................................... D4-12
Page xvi
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1.6-1: PROTON K AND PROTON M CHARACTERISTICS COMPARISON ........................................................... 1-8
TABLE 2.2-1: SUMMARY PROTON PERFORMANCE (PSM) TO REFERENCE ORBITS ................................................ 2-1
TABLE 2.2.2-1: ALLOWABLE LAUNCH ENVIRONMENT CONSTRAINTS ..................................................................... 2-3
TABLE 2.3.1-1: TYPICAL BOOSTER ASCENT EVENT TIMES ....................................................................................... 2-5
TABLE 2.3.2-1: TYPICAL BLOCK DM ATTITUDE MANEUVERS FOR GEOSYNCHRONOUS MISSION (90O EAST
LONGITUDE) ..................................................................................................................................................2-12
TABLE 2.4.1-1: LAUNCH VEHICLE MISSION PECULIAR HARDWARE ..................................................................... 2-14
TABLE 2.5-1: PROTON BOOSTER PERFORMANCE TO LOW EARTH ORBITS (DIRECT INJECTION, NO
UPPER STAGE)................................................................................................................................................ 2-15
TABLE 2.6.1-1: PROTON K/BLOCK DM PERFORMANCE TO REPRESENTATIVE GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER
ORBITS............................................................................................................................................................2-18
TABLE 2.6.1-2: PROTON K/BLOCK DM THREE-BURN MISSION PERFORMANCE TO REPRESENTATIVE
GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER ORBITS ..........................................................................................................2-18
TABLE 2.6.1-3: PROTON K/BLOCK DM PARAMETRIC GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER PERFORMANCE DATE
(2 BURN MISSION) .........................................................................................................................................2-20
TABLE 2.6.1-4: PROTON M/BREEZE M PERFORMANCE TO REPRESENTATIVE GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER ORBITS
.......................................................................................................................................................................2-21
TABLE 2.6.1-5: PROTON M/BREEZE M PARAMETRIC GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER PERFORMANCE DATA
(CONFIGURATION 3).......................................................................................................................................2-22
TABLE 2.7-1: BLOCK DM UPPER STAGE ORBIT INJECTION ACCURACIES .............................................................2-23
TABLE 2.7-2: BREEZE M UPPER STAGE ORBIT INJECTION ACCURACIES ..............................................................2-23
TABLE 2.8-1: UPPER STAGE ORBIT INJECTION ACCURACIES, OPTION I................................................................2-24
TABLE 2.8-2: UPPER STAGE ORBIT INJECTION ACCURACIES, OPTION II ...............................................................2-24
TABLE 2.8-3: UPPER STAGE ORBIT INJECTION ACCURACIES, OPTION III..............................................................2-24
TABLE 2.9-1: FORMAT I - PRELIMINARY STATE VECTOR DATA PROVIDED FOLLOWING UPPER STAGE
1ST BURN.........................................................................................................................................................2-26
TABLE 2.9-2: FORMAT II - TRANSFER ORBIT PARAMETERS FOLLOWING UPPER STAGE 1ST BURN........................2-26
TABLE 2.9-3: FORMAT III - PRELIMINARY VECTOR DATA AT SEPARATION EPOCH ...............................................2-27
TABLE 2.9-4: FORMAT IV - VECTOR DATA AT SEPARATION EPOCH.......................................................................2-27
TABLE 2.9-5: FORMAT V - STATE VECTOR DATA AT SEPARATION EPOCH .............................................................2-28
TABLE 2.9-6: SPACECRAFT SUPPLIED SEPARATION DATA .....................................................................................2-28
TABLE 3.1.1-1: 3σ AMBIENT TEMPERATURES AT THE BAIKONUR COSMODROME................................................... 3-1
TABLE 3.1.1-2: SPACECRAFT THERMAL ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................... 3-2
TABLE 3.1.4-1: GROUND HUMIDITY ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................. 3-7
TABLE 3.2.1-1: GROUND CONTAMINATION ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................... 3-8
TABLE 3.4.1.1-1: GROUND LIMIT QUASISTATIC LOAD ENVIRONMENT-TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
OPERATIONS .................................................................................................................................................. 3-10
TABLE 3.4.4-1: SHOCK LOADS DURING TRANSPORTATION IN SC CONTAINER..................................................... 3-21
TABLE 3.4.5.1-1: ACOUSTIC TEST REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 3-23
TABLE 3.4.5.2-1: SINE TEST REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 3-23
TABLE 3.5.2-1: LAUNCH VEHICLE RF CHARACTERISTICS FOR PROTON K/BLOCK DM (TBC)............................ 3-25
TABLE 3.5.2-2: LAUNCH VEHICLE RF CHARACTERISTICS FOR PROTON M (TBC) ............................................... 3-25
TABLE 3.5.2-3: LAUNCH VEHICLE RF CHARACTERISTICS FOR BREEZE M (TBC) ............................................... 3-26
TABLE 4.2.1.7-1: INSTRUMENTATION QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR GROUND OPERATIONS ........................ 4-27
Page xvii
TABLE 4.2.1.7-1: INSTRUMENTATION QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR GROUND OPERATIONS (CONTINUED) ..4-28
TABLE 4.2.1.7-2: INSTRUMENTATION QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR FLIGHT EVENTS (TYPICAL).................. 4-29
TABLE 4.2.1.7-2: INSTRUMENTATION QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR FLIGHT EVENTS (CONTINUED)............ 4-30
TABLE 4.2.1.7-2: INSTRUMENTATION QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS FOR FLIGHT EVENTS (CONTINUED)............ 4-31
TABLE 4.2.3-1A: C-BAND RF LINK CHARACTERISTICS ......................................................................................... 4-42
TABLE 4.2.3-1B: KU-BAND RF LINK 1 CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................. 4-43
TABLE 4.2.3-1C: K-BAND RF LINK 2 CHARACTERISTICS ..................................................................................... 4-44
TABLE 4.2.3-1D: KU-BAND RF LINK 3 CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................. 4-45
TABLE 5.1.5.1-1A: BASELINE MEETING SCHEDULE FOR NON-RECURRING PROGRAM ......................................... 5-5
TABLE 5.1.5.1-1B: BASELINE MEETING SCHEDULE FOR RECURRING PROGRAM .................................................. 5-6
TABLE 5.2-1: ILS DELIVERABLE SCHEDULE FOR A RECURRING AND A NON-RECURRING PROGRAM................... 5-9
TABLE 5.2.2-1: DESIGN REVIEW ANALYSES .......................................................................................................... 5-10
TABLE 5.3-1: CUSTOMER DELIVERABLE SCHEDULE FOR A RECURRING AND A NON-RECURRING PROGRAM ..... 5-12
TABLE A.1-2: PROTON 50-LAUNCH MOVING AVERAGE .........................................................................................A-2
TABLE A.2-1: PROTON LAUNCH RECORD SUMMARY (1970-1998).........................................................................A-3
TABLE A.3-1: PROTON LAUNCH HISTORY ..............................................................................................................A-4
TABLE A.3-1A: PROTON LAUNCH HISTORY (CONTINUED).....................................................................................A-5
TABLE A.3-1B: PROTON LAUNCH HISTORY (CONTINUED).....................................................................................A-6
TABLE A.3-1C: PROTON LAUNCH HISTORY (CONTINUED).....................................................................................A-7
TABLE A.3-1D: PROTON LAUNCH HISTORY (CONTINUED) ....................................................................................A-8
TABLE A.3-1E: PROTON LAUNCH HISTORY (CONTINUED).....................................................................................A-9
TABLE C3.1-1: SC MASS PROPERTIES ..................................................................................................................C3-9
TABLE C3.1-1A: SC MASS PROPERTIES NEAR 0G .................................................................................................C3-9
TABLE C3.1-1B: SC MASS PROPERTIES NEAR 1G .................................................................................................C3-9
TABLE C3.1-1C: SC MASS PROPERTIES(DRY SPACECRAFT) ..............................................................................C3-10
TABLE C3.1-2: DESCRIPTION OF LIQUID MASSES ..............................................................................................C3-11
TABLE C3.2-1: SC RF CHARACTERISTICS ..........................................................................................................C3-16
TABLE C3.2-2A: LVIJ1 UMBILICAL PIN ASSIGNMENTS ......................................................................................C3-18
TABLE C3.2.2B: LVIJ2 UMBILICAL PIN ASSIGNMENTS.......................................................................................C3-20
TABLE C3.5-1: EGSE DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................................C3-22
TABLE C3.5.1-1: SC CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED) .....................C3-23
TABLE C3.5.1-1: SC CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED) .....................C3-24
TABLE C3.5-2: FLUIDS/GASES REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................C3-25
TABLE D1.2.1-1: SPACECRAFT AND ADAPTER INTERFACE RING CHARACTERISTICS .......................................... D1-1
TABLE D1.4-1: SEPARATION SPRING CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................... D1-11
TABLE D1.5-1: STANDARD ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS .................................................................................... D1-14
TABLE D2.5-1: STANDARD ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS..................................................................................... D2-24
Page xviii
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A CLA Coupled Loads Analysis
A Ampere CLS Commercial Launch Services

Ac Alternating Current cm Centimeter
A/C Air Conditioning CRES Corrosion-Resistant Steel
ADJ Attach, Disconnect, and Jettison CSO Complex Safety Officer
AGE Aerospace Ground Equipment CT Command Transmitter
ASCII American Standard Code for Information CV Computervision
Interchange
ASTR Air System, Thermal Regulation CW Continuous Wave
atm Atmospheres CWA Controlled Work Area
ATS Advanced Technology Satellite CX Complex
AU Ascent Unit D
AWG American Wire Gage DAS Data Acquisition System
B DAT Digital Auto Tape
Batt Battery dB Decibel(s)

BOD Board of Directors DB Design Bureau
BOL Beginning-of-Life dBm Decibel(s) Relative to 1 Milliwatt
bpi Bit(s) per Inch dBW Decibel(s) Relative to 1 Watt
BPSK Binary Phase Shift Key dc direct current
Btu British Thermal Unit DEC Digital Equipment Corporation
C DLF Design Load Factor
O
C Degree(s) Celsius DOF Degree(s) of Freedom
CAB Customer Awareness Board DSN Deep Space Network
CAD Computer-Aided Design Dstr Destructor
CCAM Collison and Contamination Avoidance DTSA Defense Technology Security Administration
Manuever
CCSCS Central Control Station of Communication DUF Dynamic Uncertainty Factor
System
CCTV Closed-Circuit Television E
CDR Critical Design Review e Eccentricity
CERT Composite Electrical Readiness Test ECA Environmentally Controlled Area
cg Center of Gravity ECS Environmentally Controlled System
CIB Change Integration Board EED Electro-Explosive Device
CIS Commonwealth of Independent States EHF Extreme High Frequency
Page xix
EIA Electronics Industry Association ft Foot; Feet

ELAN Electronic Library for Analysis of FTP Filt Transfer Protocol
Nonconformances
EM Electromagnetic FTS Flight Termination System
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility G
EMI Electromagnetic Interference g Gravity or Gram
EMK Extended Mission Kit GCS Guidance Commanded Shutdown
EOL End-of-Life GEO Geosynchronous Orbit
EPF Extended Payload Fairing GG Gas Generator
EPT External Propellant Tank (Breeze M) GHe Gaseous Helium
ERB Engineering Review Board GMM Geometric Mathematical Model
ESABASE Thermal Control Geometric Math Modeling G&N Guidance and Navigation
Code
EUTELSAT European Telecommunications Satellite GN&C Guidance, Navigation, and Control
Organization
EVCF Eastern Vehicle Checkout Facility GN2 Gaseous Nitrogen
EWR Eastern/Western Range Regulation GOWG Ground Operations Working Group
ε Emissivity GSE Ground Support Equipment
F GSO Geostationary Orbit
O
F Degree(s) Fahrenheit GTO Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit
FAB Final Assembly Building GTR Gantry Test Rack
FAST Flight Analogy Software Test GTS Ground Telemetry Station
FCDC Flexible Confined Detonating Cord GTV Ground Transport Vehicle
FCS Flight Control Subsystem H
FDLC Final Design Loads Cycle HAIR High Accuracy Instrumentation Radar
FLSC Flexible Linear-Shaped Charge HEO High-Energy (High-Eccentricity) Orbit
FM Flight Model Frequency Modulation HEPA High-Efficiency Particulate Air
FMAR Final Mission Analysis HiGTO High Energy Geoynchrenous Transfer Orbit
FMEA Failure Modes and Effects Analysis HP Hewlett-Packard
FMH Free Molecular Heating HPF Hazardous Processing Facility
FOD Foreign Object Damage hr Hour(s)
FOM Figure of Merit Hz Hertz
FOTS Fiber-Optics Transmission System I
FPA Flight Plan Approval ICD Interface Control Document
FPR Flight Performance Reserve ICWG Interface Control Working Group
FSO Flight Safety Officer I/F Interface
Page xx
IFR Inflight Retargeting LHe Liquid Helium

IGES Initial Graphics Exchange Specification LKE Lockheed Khrunichev Energia
IIP Instantaneous Impact Point LKEI Lockheed Khrunichev Energia International
ILC Initial Launch Capability LM Lockheed Martin
ILS International Launch Services LMC Lockheed Martin Corporation
IMS Inertial Measurement Subsystem LMCLS Lockheed Martin Commercial Launch
Services
in. Inch(es) LN2 Liquid Nitrogen
INTELSAT International Telecommunications Satellite LO2 Liquid Oxygen
Organization
INU Inertial Navigation Unit LOB Launch Operations Building
IRD Interface Requirements Document LR Load Ratio
ISA Interstage Adapter LSC Linear Shaped Charge
ISD Interface Scheduling Document LSTR Liquid System, Thermal Regulation
ISP Specific Impulse LV Launch Vehicle
ITA Intregrated Thermal Analysis LVMP Launch Vehicle Mission Peculiar
ITAR International Traffic in Arms Regulations M
K m Meter
kg Kilogram(s) mA Milliamps
KhSC Khrunichev State Research and Production MDRD Module-Level Design Requirements
Space Center Document
kHz Kilohertz MECO Main Engine Cutoff
km Kilometer(s) MES Main Engine Start
kN Kilonewton(s) MGSE Mechanical Ground Support Equipment
kPa Kilopascal(s) MHz Megahertz
kV Kilovolt(s) MICD Mechanical Interface Control Drawing
L MIL-STD Military Standard
LAE Liquid Apogee Engine min Minute(s)

LAN Longitude of Acending Node MLV Medium Launch Vehicle
lb Pound(s) mm Millimeter(s)
lbf Pound(s)-Force MMH Monomethyl Hydrazine
lbm Pound Mass MON-3 Mixed Oxides of Nitrogen
LC Launch Conductor MOTR Multiple Object Tracking Radar
LCC Launch Control Center MOU Memorandum of Understanding
LEO Low-Earch Orbit MPDR Mission-Peculiar Design Review
LH2 Liquid Hydrogen MR Mixture Ratio
Page xxi
MRB Material Review Board P

MRR Mission Readiness Review Pa Pascal
MRS Minimum Residual Shutdown PA Public Address
MS&PA Mission Success and Product Assurance PCOS Power Changeover Switch
MSPSP Mission System Prelaunch Safety Package PDLC Preliminary Design Loads Cycle
MST Mobile Service Tower PDR Preliminary Design Review
MT Metric Ton PDRD Program-Level Design Requirements
Document
m/s Meters Per Second PFJ Payload Fairing Jettison
µV Microvolt(s) PFM Protoflight Model
mV Millivolt(s) PHA Preliminary Hazard Analysis
MWG Management Working Group PHSF Payload Hazardous Servicing Facility
N PLCP Propellant Leak Contingency Plan
N Newton(s) PLCU Propellant Loading Control Unit

NCAR National Center for Atmospheric Research PLF Payload Fairing
N2H 4 Hydrazine PMPCB Parts, Materials, and Processes Control Board
NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and PMR Preliminary Material Review
Health
NM Not Measured POD Program Office Directive
NM Newton Meter PPF Payload Processing Facility
nmi Nautical Mile(s) ppm Parts Per Million
N2O4 Nitrogen Tetroxide psi/psf Pound(s) per Square Inch/ Pound(s) per
Square Foot
ns Nanosecond(s) psig Pound(s) per Square Inch, Gage
NVR Nonvolatile Residue PSM Payload Systems Mass
O PSS Payload Separation System
O2 Oxygen PST Product Support Team

OASPL Overall Sound Pressure Level PSW Payload Systems Weight
OCC/CS Operator Control Console/Computer Subsystem PSWC Payload Systems Weight Capability
S
Oct Octave(s) PTC Payload Test Conductor
OIS Orbit Insertion Stage Payload Transport Canister
ORD Operational Requirements Document PU Propellant Utilization
OTM Output Transformation Matrix PVA Perigee Velocity Augmentation
Ω Ohm(s) PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
ωP Argument of Perigee P&W Pratt & Whitney
Page xxii
Q SIU Servo-Inverter Unit
q Dynamic Pressure SLC Space Launch Complex

Spacecraft Launch Conductor
QA Quality Assurance SOZ SOZ Unit or Auxiliary Control System
QIC Quarter-Inch Cartridge SPA Spacecraft Processing Area
R SPRB Space Program Reliability Board
RAAN Right Ascension of Ascending Node SQEP Software Quality Evaluation Plan
RCS Reaction Control System SQP Sequential Quadratic Programming
R&D Research and Development SRB Solid Rocket Booster
RDX Research Department Explosive SRF Strategic Rocket Forces
RF Radio Frequency SRM Solid Rocket Motor
RM Room SRPSC State Research and Production Space Center
Roi Return on Investment SRR System Requirements Review
RP-1 Rocket Propellant 1 (Kerosene) Sta Station
RSA Russian Space Agency STC Satellite Test Center
RSC Rocket Space Complex STDN Spaceflight Tracking and Data Network
RSC Range Safety Console STM Structural Test Model
RSF Russian Space Force STS Space Transportation System
RTS Remote Tracking Station SVPF Space Vehicle Processing Facility
S T
s Second(s) tar Tape Archive (File Format)
S/A Safe and Arm TBD To Be Determined
SAEF Spacecraft Assembly and Encapsulation Facility TBS To Be Supplied
SASU Safe/Arm and Securing Unit T&C Telemetry & Command
SC Spacecraft TC Telecommand
SCAPE Self-Contained Atmospheric Protective Test Conductor
Ensemble
SCA Spacecraft Adapter TCD Terminal Countdown Demonstration
SDP Software Documentation Plan TCO Thrust Cutoff
SDRC Structural Dynamics Research Corporation TDRSS Tracking and Data Rela Satellite System
sec Seconds TIM Technical Interchange Meeting
SEPP Systems Effectiveness Program Plan Tlm Telemetry
SFC Spacecraft Facility Controller TLS Tandem Launch System
SFTS Secure Flight Termination System TMM Thermal Mathematical Model
SHA System Hazard Analysis TRM Tension Release Mechanism
SHU Space Head Unit TSB Technical Support Building
SIL Systems Integration Laboratory TVC Thrust Vector Control
Page xxiii
TVCF Transportable Vehicle Checkout Facility

TWG Technical Working Group
3-D Three-Dimensional
U
UDMH Unsymmetrical Dimethylhydrazine
UHF Ultra-High Frequency
UPS Uninterruptable Power Systems
U.S. United States
US Upper Stage-Proton Fourth Stage
UT Umbilical Tower
V
V Volt(s) or Velocity
Vac Volt(s) Alternating Current
Vdc Volt(s) Direct Current
VDD Version Description Document
VHF Very High Frequency
VSWR Voltage Standing-Wave Ratio
VTF Vertical Test Facility
W
W Watt(s)
WB West Bay
WDR Wet Dress Rehearsal
2
W/M Watts Per Square Meter
WSR Weather Service Radar
X
Xdcr Transducer
Page xxiv
1. PROTON LAUNCH SERVICES

International Launch Service’s (ILS) launch support services equal or exceed in comprehensiveness and quality those
services available from any other commercial launch service organization. These services include system integration,
supply of the Proton launch vehicle, custom engineering services and mission analysis, insurance brokering, ground
and air transport, Government export license assistance, launch site spacecraft integration and testing, spacecraft and
launch vehicle integration, launch site support and security services, launch of the spacecraft, and post launch mission
support (see Figure 1-1).
The management approach to the provision of these services has been developed to ensure efficient task completion,
with essential focus on Customer satisfaction. ILS functions as a prime contractor to manage all tasks associated with
the supply of the launch vehicle and associated spacecraft launch services, including all required liaison with various
United States, Russian, and other government organizations and agencies, as well as accommodation of any special
Customer requirements. ILS will support all spacecraft preparation activities, oversee the integration of the spacecraft
with the Proton, and conduct the spacecraft launch. The Customer need interact solely with ILS for full support in all
aspects of the launch.
Figure 1-1: ILS Launch Services Charter
System engineering
Mission planning
Interface data
Lockheed
Custom engineering
Martin
Insurance brokering
Corporation
Export license support
ILS Air transport brokering
Khrunichev
Host services and logistics support
SRPSC
Test planning/requirements
Spacecraft Integration and Test
RSC
Site GSE and consumables
Energia
Launch vehicle/adapter/fairing
Launch vehicle integration
Payload launch
Post launch data analysis
Page 1-1
1.1 CONSTITUENT ILS COMPANIES

In 1992, the Space Systems Division of Lockheed Missiles & Space Co., Inc. established the Lockheed Commercial
Space Company, Inc. (U.S.). This company, along with the Russian organizations now known as the Khrunichev State
Research and Production Space Center and the Rocket Space Complex Energia, signed an agreement to form a joint
venture, Lockheed-Khrunichev-Energia International, Inc. (LKE). This venture, which has since become the Proton
Division of ILS, which in turn reports to the Astronautics Division of Lockheed Martin Corporation (LMC), has the
charter to provide commercial launch services based on the Proton launch vehicle to customers worldwide. The
Corporate parentage of ILS is shown in Figure 1.1-1.
Figure 1.1-1: ILS Corporate Parentage
LMC Khrunichev Energia
LM
Astronautics
ILS
This joint venture has been approved by both the U.S. and Russian governments. Lockheed Martin is the United States
leading company in all aspects of spacecraft/launch vehicle integration, launch vehicle design, development and
manufacture, and launch site operations. Khrunichev (along with its subsidiary, the Salyut Design Bureau) is the
Russian designer and manufacturer of the first stage, second stage, and third stage of the Proton space launch vehicle as
well as the Breeze-M and other upper stages. Energia is the Russian designer and manufacturer of the Block DM
fourth stage of the Proton, and is the largest producer of launch vehicles in Russia. ILS has access to all resources of the
constituent companies required to fulfill spacecraft launch campaign requirements.
Lockheed Martin, Khrunichev, and Energia all function as subcontractors, reporting to ILS, during the execution of a
Customer’s launch services contract. A memorandum of understanding (MOU) that delineates the responsibilities of
each of the companies is in place. (Figure 1.1-2) Constituent senior management of each of the companies have
approved the overall management approach for ILS, and are each represented on the ILS Board of Directors.
The personnel, hardware resources, and facilities needed to support customer launch programs are in place and ready
for immediate activation, as needed.
Page 1-2
ILS personnel are responsible for all Customer interface activities, and for the coordination of all activities of the
constituent companies so that contract objectives are met. They are also responsible for all program system
engineering, custom engineering, mission analysis, program integration and program management, liaison with all
government agencies, and liaison with the world’s financial and insurance markets. Khrunichev is responsible for
manufacturing the Proton first, second, and third stages, manufacturing the Proton’s Breeze M fourth stage,
conducting mission analysis, and providing Baikonur services. Energia is responsible for manufacturing the Proton's
Block DM fourth stage, providing the Block DM timeline, dynamics, and other data for mission analysis, and
providing Baikonur services.
Figure 1.1-2: ILS/LKE Task Partitions
Customerliaison/report
Subcontract direction
ILS/LKE U.S. Government liaison
Lockheed Martin Khrunichev

RSC Energia
Corporation (KhSC)
Launch program integration

System management Block DM production
First, second, and third stage production
Insurance liaison Block DM preparation services
Preparation of stages for launch
Customer reporting for launch
Proton-induced environment design criteria
Mission analysis Proton spacecraft interface
Interface services
Third party liaison design criteria
Launch vehicle GSE, consumables,and launch
Post launch services Proton-induced environment design
services
Performance data liaison criteria
Coordination of Baikonur Cosmodrone services
Interface data liaison Russian subcontract management
CIS government liaison
Custom engineering services Interface services
Subcontract management
Launch processing liaison Launch vehicle GSE,
Breeze M production
consumables, and launch services
Subcontract management
1.2 ILS CONSTITUENT COMPANY EXPERTISE

The joint venture of Lockheed Martin Corporation, Khrunichev and Energia offers the most capable, comprehensive,
and cost-effective spacecraft launch services in the world.
ILS, with access to the technological expertise and resources of Lockheed Martin Corporation, Khrunichev and
Energia, can provide all necessary resources required to support a spacecraft launch. ILS provides spacecraft Customers
with a single point of contact for all mission engineering and launch support tasks using the Proton launch vehicle.
Page 1-3
The constituent companies of ILS have more spacecraft and launch vehicle expertise than any other organizations
providing launch services today. (Figure 1.2-1) Lockheed Martin has built more than half of all Western satellites
flown, and has designed, built and launched the Atlas and Titan launch vehicles, as well as the Agena and Centaur
upper stages, and the Polaris, Poseidon and the Trident strategic defense missiles. Khrunichev, in addition to designing
and building the Proton, is responsible for subcontract management for all of the launch vehicle subsystems.
Khrunichev personnel participate in all Proton integration and launch operations at the Baikonur Cosmodrome.
Khrunichev has also produced a variety of missile systems for the Russian government, as well as the Salyut, Mir, and
Almaz orbital stations, and several different orbital return capsule designs. Energia has provided all of the fourth stages
for the Proton from the inception of the program until 1999, and has also been responsible for significant subcontract
management. Energia is the designer and builder of the R-7 series of space launch vehicles, including the Soyuz and
Molniya launchers, of which more than 1300 have been launched to date. During the 1980’s they developed both the
Energia heavy lift launch vehicle and the Buran space shuttle, in addition to significant portions of the Mir space
station hardware. The constituent companies of ILS have the necessary expertise to successfully and efficiently support
any launch campaign.
Figure 1.2-1: Launch Experience

1950s 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s
Lockheed Martin
Titan I, II, III, , and IV launches
Atlas launches
Agena flights
Polaris/Poseidon/Trident launches
Space Shuttle launches
Mission analysis and system engineering
Khrunichev
200+ Proton launches
Mission analysis and system engineering
Spacecraft/launch vehicle integration
RSC Energia
Spunik, V ostok, Voskhod, Soyuz, Molniya launches
Proton fourth stage production
Spacecraft/launch vehicle integration
1950s 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s
1.3 ADVANTAGES OF USING THE PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE

The use of the Proton launch vehicle provides several significant advantages that result in operational and revenue
generating benefits for the Customer (Figure 1.3-1).
ILS provides full system engineering and mission analysis services and mechanical/electrical interface coordination.
The proven procedures for Proton launch vehicle operations, backed by personnel with extensive experience in these
procedures, provide for efficient and trouble-free launch campaigns.
The considerable lift capability of the Proton, combined with the multiple restart capability of both of the fourth
stages, provides the Customer with mission flexibility and maximized payload capacity to orbit. This results in unique
mission design options, including delivery of spacecraft directly to geostationary orbit by the Proton. Spacecraft apogee
fuel may be dedicated to extended mission life, because inclination reduction and orbit circularization are
accomplished by the Proton’s 4th stage.
Page 1-4
The ability of ILS to meet the full range of Customer requirements guarantees each launch campaign will be
conducted to the Customer’s satisfaction. This approach to satisfying key requirements is shown in Figure 1.3-1. ILS’s
overriding concern in providing commercial launch services is the careful coordination of our company’s resources and
capabilities with the Customer’s detailed requirements, so as to allow ILS to tailor each launch campaign to meet the
individual Customer’s unique needs. This ensures that each campaign will proceed in an efficient manner toward a
successful, on-time launch to the precise orbit required.
Figure 1.3-1: Benefits To The Spacecraft Designer And Owner
Full mission analysis support by all constituent companies
Access to proven launch vehicle manufacturing and support capability
Use of very capable integration and launch support infrastructure
Use of the massive lift capacity of the Proton launch vehicle
Use of the restart capability of the Proton fourth stage for final orbit insertion
1.4 VEHICLE DESCRIPTION

The Proton launch system is designed and manufactured by International Launch Services partners Khrunichev State
Research and Production Space Center (KhSC) and Rocket Space Complex (RSC) Energia, both of Russia. Based on
vehicles in production today, the Proton is one of the most capable commercial expendable launch systems in use,
delivering intermediate and heavy spacecraft to a wide range of orbits from its launch base at the Baikonur
Cosmodrome in Kazakhstan.
The Proton vehicle used for commercial launches can be provided in either a 3-stage or 4-stage configuration to meet
the needs of Low Earth Orbit and High-Energy launch missions. The 3-stage versions of Proton, designated Proton-K
and Proton-M, are designed to lift very heavy spacecraft systems into Low Earth Orbit. The 4-stage version of Proton,
using either the Block DM or the Breeze M upper stage, is designed to meet high-energy launch mission injection
requirements such as those for the Geosynchronous Transfer Mission. Multiple payload fairing and adapter systems are
available in order to accommodate most commercial satellite launch mission needs.
This section provides a general description of the Proton launch vehicle, summarizing the relevant capabilities of the
Proton-K/Block DM launch system and the Proton M/Breeze M launch system.
Page 1-5
Figure 1.4-1: Proton Launch Vehicles Flight Proven Hardware
Page 1-6
1.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROTON FAMILY

The Proton is currently available as three-stage Proton K and Proton M models and as the four-stage Proton K/ Block
DM , Proton K/Breeze M, Proton M/Block DM, and Proton M/Breeze M models. A variety of supplemental orbital
propulsion units, in a range of capabilities, can be used with either the three-stage or the four-stage Proton. In
addition, there are multiple fairing designs presently qualified for flight, including "Standard Commercial Payload
Fairings" developed specifically to meet the needs of Western customers. Tandem launch and multi-spacecraft
dispenser capabilities are in development. Later sections provide more detailed information on these hardware
elements and their operation.
The lower three stages of the Proton are produced by the Khrunichev State Research and Production Space Center
(KhSC) plant in Moscow. Production of the Breeze-M stage is conducted by KhSC. Production of the Block DM
fourth stage is carried out by Russian Space Complex (RSC) Energia, also in Moscow. Production capacity for the
commercial Proton is approximately twelve vehicles per year.
General specifications for both versions of the Proton are similar. Overall height of the vehicle in either configuration
is approximately 61 m (200 ft), while the diameter of the second and third stages, and of the first stage core tank, is 4.1
m (13.5 ft). Maximum diameter of the first stage, including the outboard fuel tanks, is 7.4 m
(24.3 ft). The Block DM fourth stage, when present, has an external diameter of 3.7 m (12.1 ft). The Breeze M, when
present, has a diameter of 4.1 m (13.5 ft). Total mass of the Proton at launch is approximately 651,500 kg (1,524,000
lbm).
Maximum performance capability (Payload Systems Mass, or PSM) of the Proton in the configurations of principal
interest to Western customers, is as follows:
Proton K: Proton M:
LEO (200 km circ.): 19.76 metric tons 21.0 metric tons
Proton K/Block DM: Proton M/Breeze M:
GTO: 4.9 metric tons 5.5 metric tons
GSO: 1.9 metric tons 2.92 metric tons
These figures assume the use of the Standard Commercial Payload Fairings, and optimum event sequences. Specific
performance may differ from the performance cited, if:
a) Use is made of adapters or fairings differing in mass or other characteristics relevant to performance
b) Earlier fairing separation timing is found to be acceptable
c) Special modifications are made to the Proton or its operations
Page 1-7
1.6 PROTON THREE - STAGE BOOSTER

The Proton K and M are series-staged vehicles consisting of three stages. An isometric view of the Proton K and M,
showing the relationships among the major hardware elements, is provided in Figure 1.6-1. All three stages use
nitrogen tetroxide (N2O4) and unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) as propellants. A summary comparison of
the characteristics of the Proton K and Proton M launch systems are shown in Table 1.6-1.
A comparison of the characteristics of the Proton M/Breeze M with those of the Proton K/Block DM is shown in
Table 1.6-1.
Table 1.6-1: Proton K And Proton M Characteristics Comparison
Launch Vehicle/Upper Stage Proton K/Block DM Proton M/Breeze M
Launch Vehicle Liftoff Mass, mt 700 700
Support orbit Payload Mass, mt 20.7 22.0

hcirc.= 200 km, I = 51,6O
Geostationary Orbit Payload Mass, mt Max. 1.9-2.1 Max. 3.0

hcirc.= 36000 km, I = 0O
Geostationary Transfer Orbit Payload Mass, t 3.5…6.5 5.0…7.8

ha = 36000 km, I = 7…51,6O
Payload Bay Volume, m3 65 (Std PLF) 100 (Std PLF)
Launch Vehicle Structure Mass, mt

First Stage 31.0 30.6
Second Stage 11.75 11.4
Third Stage 4.15 3.7
Upper (fourth) Stage 3.13 2.37
Propulsion System Performance

(Maximum Vacuum Thrust), (mt)
First Stage* 1070 1070
Second Stage 237 237
Third Stage 62 62
Upper (fourth) Stage 8.5 2.0
Note: *Augmented First Stage Booster Engines have been used on the Proton Launch Vehicle since 1993.
Page 1-8
Figure 1.6-1: Proton K and M Major Hardware Elements
P a yloa d
fair ing
P a yloa d
a d a p te r T h e thi r d st a g e i s equ i p p ed w ith on e
fi x ed s i ng l e-c h a m b er li q ui d p r o p ell a n t
ro c k et en g ine d evel o pin g 0 .6 M N th r u s t
4 4 .3 m
an d o ne l iqu i d p r o p ella n t c o ntro l r o c k et

long
Th i r d s ta g e en g i ne, w i th f ou r g im b a l ed n o zz l es,
de v el opi n g 30 k N thr us t
4 .1 m ∅
(1 ) R D - 02 10
T h e s ec on d s ta g e is eq u ipp ed w i th f o ur
g im b a l ed s i n g l e-c h a m b e r l iq u i d
pr o p el l a nt r o c k et eng i nes d ev elo p i n g a
to ta l th r u s t o f 2 .3 M N
S e c o nd s ta g e
4 .1 m ∅
(4 ) - RD - 0210
Core
ox id i zer
ta n k
T h e fi r s t s tag e is equ i p p ed w ith si x gi m b aled

si n g le-c h a m b er l iq u id p r o p el l a nt r o c k et
en g in es d ev elop in g a to ta l th r u s t of 9 M N a t
Fi r st st a g e
lif t-of f
2 0 .2 m l o ng
S t r a p -on
7.4 m d i a . ∅
fu el ta n k
1 .7 m ∅
( 6 ) R D -2 5 3
Page 1-9
1.6.1 Proton First Stage

The Proton first stage consists of a central tank containing the oxidizer, surrounded by six outboard fuel tanks.
Although these fuel tanks give the appearance of being strap-on boosters, they do not separate from the core tank
during first stage flight. Each fuel tank also carries one of the six RD-253 engines that provide first stage power. Total
first stage sea-level thrust is approximately 9.5 MN (2.1 x 106 lbf). Total first stage dry mass is approximately 31,000
kg (68,343 lbm); total first stage propellant load is approximately 419,410 kg (924,641 lbm).
The Proton M booster first stage improves on the current booster with a small reduction in overall stage mass. Mass
optimization results from modern manufacturing techniques and reduction in avionics system mass.
In addition to the structual enhancement, the RD-253 first stage engines are uprated. For performance purposes, rated
thrust on the engines of the first stage of Proton M is being increased by 7%. This enhancement is accomplished with
only a minor modification to the propellant flow control valves. This modification first flew as a mission-unique
enhancement on the Proton K that delivered the MIR space station core module in 1986. Engines incorporating this
change have undergone extensive additional qualification firings since then, in order to approve them for use in
standard production vehicles. Shipsets have already been produced and incorporated onto production Proton K
vehicles. To date, 65 Proton K's have been launched with the modified engines operating at 102% of rated thrust.
Eight Proton K vehicles have flown with the 107% engines. There have been no flight anomalies attributed to the
increased thrust engines.
The propellant feed systems of the first and second stages have been simplified and redesigned in order to reduce
propellant residuals in these stages by 50%, and a propellant purge system has been added to dump all residuals from
the spent first and second stages before they return to the earth's surface.
While a reduction in unusable propellants results in a performance gain, the primary rationale for the increased
utilization of propellants is to reduce the environmental effects of the impact of the first and second stages in the
downrange "land" jettison zones.
1.6.2 Proton Second Stage

The second stage, of conventional cylindrical design, is powered by four RD-0210 engines; it develops a vacuum thrust
of 2.3 MN, or 5.24 x 105 1bf. Total second-stage dry mass is approximately 11,715 kg (25,827 lbm); total second stage
propellant load is approximately 156,113 kg (344,170 lbm).
Modifications to Proton second stage include structural reinforcement of the forward portion of the stage, in order to
carry greater payload and aerodynamic loads, and minor structural weight reductions.
1.6.3 Proton Third Stage

The third stage is powered by one RD-0210, developing 583 kN (1.31 x 105 Lbf) thrust, and a four-nozzle vernier
engine that produces 31 kN (6.9 x 103 lbf) thrust. Total third-stage dry mass is approximately 4,185 kg (9,226 lbm);
total third stage propellant load is approximately 46,562 kg (102,652 lbm).
Modifications to the Proton third stage, include structural reinforcement of the aft portion of the stage in order to
carry greater payload and aerodynamic loads, and minor structural weight reductions.
Page 1-10
1.6.4 Proton Flight Control System

Guidance, navigation, and control of the Proton K during operation of the first three stages is carried out by a triple
redundant closed-loop analog avionics system mounted principally in the Proton's third stage, using data collected
from a distributed set of inertial reference platforms. This system also provides for flight termination in the event of a
major malfunction during ascent.
For Proton M, the principal modification to the Proton K's first three stages is the incorporation of a digital flight
control system based on modern avionics technology. This digital system replaces the analog flight control hardware of
the Proton K, which, although it has achieved a high demonstrated reliability, is based on obsolete 1960's era
electronic designs. The new system eliminates the need to maintain a unique and limited production capability for
Proton K avionics, and allows for simplified control algorithm loading and test. It also enables greater ascent program
design flexibility with respect to vehicle pitch profile and other parameters. The system is being developed by the Mars
and Proton Control Systems Companies.
The self-contained inertial control system uses a precision three-axis gyro-stabilizer and a three-channel voting on-
board digital computer. The digital control computer resides on the Proton M third stage and controls the flight of the
first, second, and third stages.
1.7 BLOCK DM FOURTH STAGE

The Block DM fourth stage, normally uses liquid oxygen and kerosene, although the stage can be operated with several
different kerosene-type fuels. The configuration of the Proton K/Block DM is depicted in Figure 1.7-1. The Block
DM is shown in cutaway, within its aerodynamic shrouds ("middle and lower adapters") in Figure 1.7-2, and as it
appears in flight in Figure 1.7-3. The Block DM and its predecessor, the Block D, have together flown more than 200
times.
The Block DM is optimized for multi-burn space transfer operations. Its main engine (model number 1lD58M)
delivers a vacuum thrust of 83.5 kN (1.88 x 104 lbf), is gimbaled to provide three axis control during powered flight
operations, and can be restarted as many as seven times during flight. The stage is 3.7 m (12.1 ft) in diameter, 6.28 m
(20.6 ft) in length, with an inert mass at separation of 2440 kg (5378 lbm) and a total propellant mass of 15,050 kg
(33,180 lbm). It is three-axis stabilized in unpowered flight by a storable bipropellant (N2O4/UDMH) attitude
control system, comprised of two "SOZ" (or "micro") thruster units located at the base of the Block DM. The fourth
stage can achieve a maximum of 1.5 rpm rotation at the moment of spacecraft separation. It should be noted, however,
that the Block DM can only rotate approximately +/-180 degrees from a "reference" orientation, due to limitations of
the stage's gyro platform; it cannot undergo continuous rotation. Guidance, navigation, and control of the fourth stage
are provided by a triple redundant digital avionics package, which can be ground commanded in flight, if necessary.
The Block DM equipment bay provides the payload adapter and electrical interfaces to the customer’s spacecraft. The
interface between the stage and its payload adapter is 2000 mm in diameter, allowing the Block DM to accommodate
large diameter payload adapters and a static bending moment about this interface of 11,000 kg-m. The Block DM
payload fairing is a two piece composite structure developed specifically to meet the volume and environmental
requirements of commercial spacecraft. Payload fairing usable volume geometry is provided in Appendix D of this
Mission Planner’s Guide.
Page 1-11
Figure 1.7-1: Proton K/Block DM Major Hardware Elements
Payload
Fairing
Payload
The fourth stage is equipped with

Adapter one liquid propellant r ocket engine
developing 86 kN thrust, and two
Fourth Stage "micro" engine clusters for attitude
Block - DM control and ullage maneuvers
(1) 11D58M
Forward fourth
stage shroud
Aft fourth The third stage is equipped with one

stage shroud fixed single-chamber liquid propellant
rocket engine developing 0.6 MN
thrust and one liquid propellant control
4 4 .3 m
lon g
rocket engine, with four gimbaled

Third stage nozzles, developing 30 kN thrust
4.1 m ∅
(1) RD - 0210
The second stage is equipped with four

gimbaled single-chamber liquid
propellant rocket engines developing a
total thrust of 2.3 MN
Second stage
4.1 m ∅
(4) RD - 0210
Core
oxidizer
tank
The first stage is equipped with six gimbaled

single-chamber liquid propellant rocket
engines developing a total thrust of 9 MN
First stage
20.2m long
Strap-on
7.4 dia m ∅
fuel tank
1.7 m ∅
(6) RD-253
Page 1-12
Figure 1.7-2: Proton DM Upper Stage Within Its Aerodynamic Shrouds
φ 2000 m m Plane of spacecraft adapter/

Bloc k D M joint
6
1
1
2
628 0 mm 3
3
4 4
1. Equipment bay
2. O x idizer tank 490 0 mm
5 5
3. Fuel tank
4. Auxilary propulsion for attitude control
("SOZ " units) 6
5. Main engine
6. Middle and lower adapters (shrouds) 6
φ 3700 m m
φ 4100 m m
Page 1-13
Figure 1.7-3: Block DM As It Appears In Flight
Page 1-14
1.8 BREEZE M FOURTH STAGE

The Breeze M upper stage, which is derived from the Breeze K stage flown on the Rokot, offers substantially improved
payload performance and operational capabilities over the Block DM flown on the current Proton K. The Breeze M
program was initiated in 1994 by the Khrunichev Space Center and has the full support of the Russian government. An
isometric view of the Proton M/Breeze M is shown in Figure 1.8-1.
The Breeze M upper stage is 2.61 meters in height and 4.0 meters in diameter, with an inert mass of 2,370 kg and a
total propellant mass of 19,800 kg. It consists of two main elements:
1) a core section (derived from the original Breeze K stage) that accommodates a set of propellant tanks, the
propulsion system, and the avionics equipment bay, and
2) a toroidal auxiliary propellant tank that surrounds the core section, and which is jettisoned in flight following
depletion. Use of an external drop tank substantially improves the performance of the Breeze M stage.
Figures 1.8.-2 and 1.8-3 illustrates the layout and dimensions of the Breeze M.
Page 1-15
Figure 1.8-1: Proton M/Breeze M Major Hardware Elements
Payload
Fairing
Payload
The fourth stage is equipped with

Adapter one liquid propellant r ocket engine
developing 86 kN thrust, and two
Fourth Stage "micro" engine clusters for attitude
Block - DM control and ullage maneuvers
(1) 11D58M
Forward fourth
stage shroud
Aft fourth The third stage is equipped with one

stage shroud fixed single-chamber liquid propellant
rocket engine developing 0.6 MN
thrust and one liquid propellant control
4 4 .3 m
lon g
rocket engine, with four gimbaled

Third stage nozzles, developing 30 kN thrust
4.1 m ∅
(1) RD - 0210
The second stage is equipped with four

gimbaled single-chamber liquid
propellant rocket engines developing a
total thrust of 2.3 MN
Second stage
4.1 m ∅
(4) RD - 0210
Core
oxidizer
tank
The first stage is equipped with six gimbaled

single-chamber liquid propellant rocket
engines developing a total thrust of 9 MN
First stage
20.2m long
Strap-on
7.4 dia m ∅
fuel tank
1.7 m ∅
(6) RD-253
Page 1-16
Figure 1.8-2: Breeze M (With Auxiliary Propellant Tank)
? 249 0 m m 1
1. E q u i p m en t B a y
2. C or e st a g e
4
3. A u x il ia r y pr o p ell a n t tan k
2610 m m
4. O x i d i z er ta n k
5. F u e l tan k 5
6. A u xil ia r y pr o p ul sio n f o r a tt it u d e c o n tr ol 6
7. M ai n e n g ine
7
? 4000 m m
Figure 1.8-3: The Breeze M And Breeze M Core As They Appear In Flight
The Breeze M uses nitrogen tetroxide (N2O4) and unsymmetrical-dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) as propellants.
Propulsion for the Breeze M consists of one pump-fed, gimbaled main engine developing 19.62 kN of thrust, four
"impulse adjustment thrusters" of 396 N thrust each for making fine corrections to the main engine impulse, and 12
attitude control thrusters of 13.3 N thrust each. The main engine can relight up to eight times per mission, and is
equipped with a backup restart system that can fire the engine in the event of a primary ignition sequence failure.
Page 1-17
During two flights of the Phobos space probes in 1988 and three flights of the Breeze K on the Rokot in 1990, 1991,
and 1994 the main engine demonstrated up to five restarts in flight. Following minor modifications to adapt the engine
for the Breeze M, eleven main engines have been ground tested, some up to 6,000 seconds total burn duration. The
Breeze M attitude control thrusters were previously used on the Kvant, Kristall, Spektr, and Priroda modules of the
MIR space station, and are used on the Russian FGB and Service Module components of the International Space
Station.
The control system of the Breeze M includes an on-board digital computer and three axis inertial measurement unit.
It also incorporates GLONASS and NAVSTAR GPS navigation systems. Breeze M can perform preprogrammed
maneuvers about all axes during parking orbit and transfer orbit coast. The stage is normally three axis stabilized
during coast, but can be rotated at up to 2 degrees per second for thermal control. During powered flight the upper
stage attitude is determined by mission specific pitch, yaw and roll programs. Breeze M can perform separation of a
customer's spacecraft in either one of two modes:
1) attitude hold mode, during which the angular rates in relation to any of the coordinate system axes will not exceed
0.5 degrees per second, and the spatial attitude error in relation to the inertial coordinate system will not exceed 1
degree, or
2) spin-up mode, during which the stage can achieve a maximum angular rate with respect to the upper stage
longitudinal axis of 30 degrees per second, and the spin axis deflection from the upper stage longitudinal axis will
not exceed 0.05 degrees.
The typical Proton M/Breeze M mission profile is discussed further in Section 3 of this Mission Planner’s Guide.
The Breeze core structure provides the payload adapter and electrical interfaces to the customer's spacecraft. The
interface between the stage and its payload adapter is 2490-mm in diameter, allowing the Breeze M to accommodate
large diameter payload adapters and a static bending moment about this interface of 18,000 kg-m. The Breeze M stage
is encapsulated within the payload fairing, along with the customer's spacecraft, allowing loads from the payload
fairing to be borne by a short (600-mm) spacer ring attached to the Proton third stage equipment section, rather than
by the Breeze M. The Breeze M payload fairing is a derivative of the payload fairing currently in use with commercial
spacecraft on the Proton K/Block DM. Modifications consist of a redefined attachment geometry at the aft end of the
fairing; the attachment and separation hardware, however, is essentially unchanged from the current design. Payload
fairing usable volume geometry is provided in Appendix D of this Mission Planner’s Guide.
1.9 PAYLOAD FAIRINGS

Figure 1.9-1 illustrates the available payload fairings for the three stage Proton K and Proton M. These fairings
typically enclose both the payload of the Proton and any supplemental orbital propulsion units employed by the
payload. The payload fairing is jettisoned after second stage separation, with the exact time determined by spacecraft
free-molecular heating and impact zone constraints. Normally payload fairing separation occurs at approximately 344
seconds into flight for commercial missions.
Figure 1.9-2 illustrates the standard commercial payload fairing for use with the Block DM upper stage, and either the
Proton K or the Proton M.
Page 1-18
Figure 1.9-3 shows the standard commercial payload fairing available for use with the Breeze M upper stage. The
usable volume of this fairing is comparable to that of the payload fairing for the Block DM. Figure 1.9-4 gives
dimensions for the long version of the Breeze M payload fairing. Use of this fairing results in a decrease in
performance to GTO of approximately 100kg.
Figure 1.9-1: Proton K and M Payload Fairings
3752 mm
1600 mm
300 mm 3000 mm
250 mm 30° 2840 mm 2150 mm
300 mm
250 mm
11970 mm
12650 mm
15882 mm
9047.5 mm 14562 mm
150 mm
150 mm
100 mm 100 mm
L = 2245 mm
1000 mm
250 mm
φ4100 mm φ4100 mm
Page 1-19
Figure 1.9-2: Block DM Payload Fairing for Single Spacecraft
Page 1-20
Figure 1.9-3: Breeze-M Payload Fairing (Standard) For Single Spacecraft
Page 1-21
Figure 1.9-4: Breeze M Payload Fairing (Long)
Page 1-22
1.10 BAIKONUR INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

All Proton launches occur from the Baikonur Cosmodrome, which is located in the Republic of Kazakhstan in central
Asia. Baikonur is approximately 2,000 km (1,300 miles) southeast of Moscow. Located in a semiarid zone, annual
temperature and climate vary considerably. The Proton launch system is designed to reliably operate from just such a
climatic range.
1.10.1 Baikonur Infrastructure

All primary launch systems infrastructure at Baikonur are being maintained in accordance with standard Khrunichev
Space Center (KhSC) and Russian Space Agency (formerly Russian Space Forces) policies concerning operational
efficiency and system safety. A number of facilities in use to support the Proton and satellite mission launch campaign
process have been upgraded to support “Western-style” launch campaign processes. Of primary importance are
upgrades to Launch Complex 24 at Baikonur and the addition of new, integrated payload processing facilities in close
proximity to the launch complex. Figure 1.10.1-1 shows the locations of the major facilities at the Baikonur
Cosmodrome.
Figure 1.10.1-1: Overall Layout Of The Baikonur Cosmodrome

N
Yubileini Airfield
SC Processing Area
(Facility 92A-50)
7
Proton LV 5
Launch Complex 81
Area 31
(Pads 23 and 24)
DM Upper Stage
DM Upper Stage
9 Fueling Area
Area 92 Processing Area
3
6
Proton LV
Processing Area 4
Area 95
Living Quarters
2
75 km
Legend:
Railroad
1 Road
Kranyi Airfield
1-2 24 km
Sir-Darya River 2-3 18 km
Baikonur Town 2-4 18 km
(Leninsk) 4-5 16 km
4-6 23.5 km
6-7 1.25 km
90 km 7-8 9 km
8-9 7 km
Page 1-23
1.10.1.1 Yubileini Airport

All launch campaign personnel, ground support equipment, and the satellite arrive at Baikonur by air via the Yubileini
airport. Yubileini operates as a Category 3 airport facility capable of supporting all large transport aircraft. Airport
instrumentation and support services have been brought inline with western requirements with regard to aircraft
operations and aircraft onload/offload. The facility is capable of supporting operations in most weather conditions.
Upon offload of the spacecraft and support equipment, ground handling equipment is available to place palettes onto a
properly configured series of rail cars for transportation to the payload processing facility. The aircraft offload/rail car
onload process can take up to 8 hours. ILS offers an environmentally controlled rail car for thermal conditioning of the
satellite transportation container.
1.10.1.2 Area 92 Launch Vehicle and Satellite Processing

Area 92 contains the major processing facilities for both the spacecraft and the Proton launch system. Building 92-1 is
the facility in which Proton vehicles are integrated and tested before mating with the fourth-stage/payload “ascent
unit.” Building 92A-50 houses the new SVPF (Figure 1.10.1.2-1). The Space Vehicle Processing Facility is covered in
greater detail in Section 6 of this Mission Planner’s Guide. Area 92A-50 payload processing facilities are
approximately 20 km from airport facilities.
Figure 1.10.1.2-1: Building 92A-50 Space Vehicle Processing Facility
Page 1-24
1.10.1.3 Area 31 Payload Processing

Area 31 was configured to enable nonhazardous and hazardous processing of Western communications satellites to
support the first commercial Proton launches. All ILS launches through the end of 1997 were processed in Area 31
facilities, specifically Building 40D for nonhazardous processing and Building 44 for hazardous processing.
Following transition to the SVPF, Area 31 has been retained in a backup mode to support contingency and/or
processing “surge” commercial requirements. ICD’s for commercial spacecraft should continue to be written to
support this facility. Area 31 will continue to support Russian government payloads such as the SOYUZ manned
system.
1.10.1.4 Area 81 Launch Complex

Area 81 contains both active commercial Proton launch pads. Launch Pad 23 is presently launching commercial
Proton K/Block DM vehicles in support of ILS. Pad 24 has been refurbished to support launch operations for the
Proton K/Block DM system and the Proton M/Breeze M vehicle. Launch operations on Complex 24 will commence
in mid-1999 after refurbishment and upgrades are complete. Complex 23 will support the ILS Proton business as a
backup pad, as business requirements dictate.
1.10.1.5 Area 95 Hotel Facilities

ILS and our KhSC partners have spent significant effort and resources upgrading personnel and logistics-related
facilities. Area 95 houses the three primary hotel facilities used by ILS and western launch campaign teams. Hotels
Fili, Cometa and Polyot are the primary accommodations for satellite contractor personnel.
In addition to the physical accommodations, enhancements have been made to the cafeteria services and utilities
infrastructure to better accommodate western launch crews. A water treatment plant is in operations 24-hours per day,
offering water purified to U.S. standards. Additional support services, such as recreation equipment, have also been
implemented.
ILS typically arranges for the accommodation of up to 30 customer and satellite contractor personnel per spacecraft
during the Baikonur launch campaign process, with each spacecraft campaign expected to last approximately 30 days.
1.10.2 Proton Launch Campaign

For typical commercial Proton launches, ILS has developed a standard 30-day launch campaign schedule for purposes
of initial discussions with potential Proton launch system users. As shown in Figure 1.10.2-1, a 30-day campaign is
based on the general philosophy that the satellite is shipped from the satellite manufacturer’s facility in a near “ship-
and-shoot”condition. For most missions in which ILS is under contract, the satellite is shipped to Baikonur in a
configuration that requires minimal nonhazardous checkout. ILS launch campaign process goals reflect the desire to
minimize launch campaign duration, without jeopardizing mission success. The 30-day cycle is consistent with this
philosophy.
Page 1-25
Figure 1.10.2-1: Proton Launch Campaign for 92A-50
L-30 days
ILS & SC Technical Support

Team Onsite
Spacecraft L-30 days L-28 days L-27 days L-26 days

SC Loaded Move SC Container to Airport SC & GSE Transport SC
into SC Container via 5-Wheel Tow; Load SC Arrives at Airport Install SC
to Technical
at Factory Container into Transport Aircraft Near Baikonur in Cleanroom
Assembly Hall
Launch Site
Ground Support
Equipment L-34 days
L-30 » L-19 days
GSE Loaded in Cargo
Move GSE to Embarkation Connect Electrical
Containers & on
Facility for Shipment to Russia GSE to SC
Pallets at Factory
• Test TC&C Systems
L-3 months L-2.5 months L-2 months L-18 days • Test Solar Arrays
• Pneumatic &
Propellant Shipment to Rail Shipment to Move Fuel Charts Pressure Tests
Temporary Storage • Test Deployment
Russia Port-of-Entry Baikonur to Fuel Hall
Mechanisms
L-11 » L-10 days L-16 » L-14 days L-13 » L-12 days L-17 days L-18 days
• Final Operations on Prepare SC
Checkout Fuel SC at Fueling Hall with
Spacecraft for Fueling &
• Transfer Payload to • Fuel Launch Vehicle Spacecraft SC Fuel Carts & Return to
Transfer to
Launch Vehicle 4th Fourth Stage Pyrotechnics Technical Assembly Hall
Fueling Hall
Stage Refueling Area
• Mate Spacecraft L-6 days L-5 » L-4 days L-3 days
Vertically To Launch
Vehicle 4th Stage • Prepare & Mate Payload • Proton Rollout from Integrated SC
• Tilt to Horizontal & Section with Launch Horizontal Building & Launch
Mate Fairing Vehicle • Install on Launch Pad Vehicle Test
L-9 » L-7 days • Checkout Electrical
• Test Transit Cable • Do General SC L-2 days
• Load Spacehead Unit Transport Payload Connections Checkout on
on Transporter Spacehead • Transfer Launch Vehicle Launch Pad Flight
To Launch Vehicle with Payload Section • General Testing & Readiness
Assembly Area onto Erector Transporter Preparation of SC Review
& Launch Vehicle
• Air Conditioning & L-1 » L-0 days
Batteries Charge
Hook-Up Countdown
• Electrical Tests of SC & Launch
Page 1-26
1.11 PLANNED ENHANCEMENTS

Beyond the Proton M/Breeze M, our Khrunichev partners have planned a number of possible upgrades to the Proton
launch system. Payload fairings that are longer in length and/or wider in diameter have been assessed. A tandem
launch system concept has been studied.
Additionally, a new liquid oxygen/liquid hydrogen high energy upper stage, to be used in place of the current
LOX/hydrocarbon Block DM or storable propellant Breeze M for some missions, is also under development.
Maximum performance capability of the improved Proton is expected to be as follows:
LEO (200 km circ.) 22.0 metric tons
GSO (LOX/LH2) 4.5 metric tons
The above enhancements are currently projected to begin appearing in flight vehicles starting in the year 2001 and on.
Additional detail can be found in Section 8 of this Guide.
1.12 PROTON PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS-SLIDES

Figures S-1 to S-10 show manufacturing operations for first three stages of Proton at the Khrunichev plant outside of
Moscow. Figures S-11 to S-13 show the Block DM assembly area at Energia. Figures S-14 and S-15 show external
and internal views of the Proton Standard Commercial Payload Fairing. Figures S-16 to S-19 show the Breeze M
being manufactured at Khrunichev. Figure S-20 shows the arrival of a commercial spacecraft, in its shipping
container, at the Yubileni airport at Baikonur. Figures S-21 and S-22 show spacecraft processing operations in Area 92
and Area 31, respectively. Figure S-23 shows the complete Proton launch vehicle, after integration of the Ascent Unit
onto the first three stages, being lifted onto its transporter/erector. Figure S-24 illustrates the launch vehicle interfaces
at the base of a Proton launch pad. Figure S-25 shows the Proton being erected onto the pad. Figure S-26 shows the
Proton’s Mobile Service Tower. Figure S-27 shows the Proton at the moment of lift-off.
Page 1-27
PROTON
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
SLIDES
S-1
Figure S-1: Tank Component Fabrication At Khrunichev Uses Automated Machining Centers
Figure S-2: First Stage Propellant Tank Automated Weld-Up
S-2
Figure S-3: First, Second, And Third Stage Sub-Assemblies Awaiting Integration
Figure S-4: Proton Interstage Component Fabrication
S-3
Figure S-5: First Stage Build Up On Proton Fixture
Figure S-6: Interstage Joining Second and Third Stages
S-4
Figure S-7: RD-253 High-Pressure Engine On The First Stage External Fuel Tank
Figure S-8: Proton Final Assembly Hall At Khrunichev
S-5
Figure S-9: Assembled First Stage Showing Hold Down Points and Aft End Services Connectors
Figure S-10: End-To End Test Of Assembled Proton At Khrunichev Factory
S-6
Figure S-11: The Block DM Undergoing Final Assembly And Testing At The Energia Plant In Korolev, Near Moscow
Figure S-12: The Completed Block DM Stage, Before Attachment Of The External Shroud
S-7
Figure S-13: Finished Block DM Stages In Their Aerodynamic Shrouds, Awaiting Shipment To Baikonur
Figure S-14: Proton Standard Commercial Payload Fairing External View
S-8
Figure S-15: Proton Standard Commercial Payload Fairing Internal View
Figure S-16: Breeze M Stage Structural Components In Manufacture
S-9
Figure S-17: Breeze M Core Stage Manufacturing
Figure S-18: Breeze M Avionics Bay Assembly
S-10
Figure S-19: Breeze M Stage Final Assembly
Figure S-20: Spacecraft Arrival at Baikonur
S-11
Figure S-21: Spacecraft Processing In Area 92 (SVPF)
S-12
Figure S-22: Spacecraft Processing and Encapsulation In Area 31
Figure S-23: The Complete Proton Launch Vehicle Being Lifted Onto Its Transporter/Erector
S-13
Figure S-24: Launch Vehicle Interfaces at Proton Launch Pad, Baikonur
Figure S-25: Proton Erection At The Launch Pad
S-14
Figure S-26: Mobile Service Tower (MST)
S-15
Figure S-27: Lift-Off Of The Proton K/Block DM Carrying A Commercial Communications Satellite
S-16
2. VEHICLE PERFORMANCE
2.1 OVERVIEW
This section provides the information needed to make preliminary performance estimates for several variants of the
Proton family, into a variety of mission orbits. It is organized so as to provide the user with essential background
mission planning information; detailed performance tables and charts follow the text material.
Trajectory profile and operational mission characteristics of the Proton K and Proton M launch systems using the
Block DM and Breeze M upper stages are provided in the first sections of the chapter. Mission performance data,
guidance accuracy data, and upper stage attitude control capabilities are found in the last half of this section.
2.2 PROTON LAUNCH SYSTEM CAPABILITIES

The Proton has been operational since 1970 (Pre-1970 launches were considered developmental), and has carried out
more than 246 launches as of December 1998. Over the last 50 launches, the Proton has achieved a success rate in
excess of 92%. The Proton launch vehicle is presently available in three variants: the three-stage Proton booster the K
and M variants offer similar performance in this configuration and the four-stage Proton K/Block DM and Proton
M/Breeze M variants. Proton K/Breeze M and Proton M/Block DM variants may also be implemented, should this
be desireable.
The production Proton K 4-stage vehicle is equipped with a large upper stage known as the Block DM. The Block DM
can place spacecraft into a variety of orbits including low, intermediate, and high Earth circular, geotransfer,
geosynchronous, sun synchronous, and inter-planetary trajectories.
The Proton M is presently completing development. Although identical in outward appearance to the existing Proton
K, it incorporates improvements to the avionics and structures of the first three stages. It also incorporates improved
engines that have been flying since 1996. The Proton M is capable of delivering 21.0 metric tons into a 200 km
circular, 51.6° inclination orbit. The Proton M/Breeze M will become available for commercial use in 2000. The
Breeze M storable propellant upper stage offers enhanced performance and operational capability and is described in
Section 1. Table 2.2-1 summarizes performance for Proton K, Proton M, Proton K/Block DM, and Proton
M/Breeze M to a range of mission orbits.
Table 2.2-1: Summary Proton Performance (PSM) to Reference Orbits
Mission Proton K (Standard) Proton K (Enhanced) Proton M
LEO (51.6 degrees) 19,760 kg (43,560 lb) 19,760 kg (43,560 lb) 21,000 kg (46,300 lb)
GSO 1,880 kg (4,145 lb) 1,880 kg (4,145 lb) 2,920 kg (6,435 lb)
GTO (1800 m/s from GSO) 4,350 kg (9,590 lb) N/A 6,220 kg (13,710 lb)
GTO (1500 m/s from GSO) 4,350 kg (9,590 lb) 4,910 kg (10,825 lb) 5,500 kg (12,125 lb)
Lunar 4,530 kg (9,987 lb) 4,530 kg (9,987 lb) 5,600 kg (12,345 lb)
Mars Transfer 2,940 kg (6,482 lb) 2,940 kg (6,482 lb) 4,800 kg (10,580 lb)
Page 2-1
2.2.1 The Baikonur Launch Site

The Proton launch complex, consisting of spacecraft and launch vehicle processing and integration facilities and four
launch pads (two of which are available for commercial use), is located at the Baikonur Cosmodrome. Baikonur,
shown in Figure 2.2.1-1, is located approximately 2,000 km (1,300 miles) southeast of Moscow in the Republic of
Kazakhstan. The Baikonur Cosmodrome measures approximately 90 km east-to-west, and 75 km north-to-south, and
supports many other launch vehicles, including the Soyuz, Vostok, Molniya, Zenit and Energia. Temperatures range
from -40°C to 45°C during the year.
Figure 2.2.1-1: The Baikonur Launch Site, Showing Available Direct Injection Inclinations
80 o
FLIGHT AZIMUTH: 22.5 o
INCL INATION: 72.7 o
FLIGHT AZIMUTH: 31.0o

INCL INATION: 64.8 o
FLIGHT AZIMUTH: 61.3 o
60 o MOSCOW INCL INATION: 51.6 o
C
A
SP
IA
BLACK SE N
A SE
A
ME
DI
TER
40 o
RAN
EA
N S
EA
BAIKONUR
COSMODROME
RE
D
(45.6o N)
SE
A
(TYURATAM)
20 o
0o o
20 0o 20 o 40 o 6 0o 80 o 100 o 120 o 140 o 160 o 1 80 o
2.2.2 Launch Availability

The Proton launch system is designed to operate under the severe environmental conditions encountered at Baikonur
(Table 2.2.2-1). The Proton can be launched year around, and the time between launches from an individual pad can
be as short as 25 days. Proton has demonstrated a launch rate of four per month from multiple launch pads, and a long
term average launch rate of approximately twelve per year. The capability of the Proton system to launch in severe
environmental conditions decreases launch delays and ensures that payloads reach orbit as scheduled to begin revenue
generating activities. The short turnaround time between launches can ensure that spacecraft constellations are
deployed quickly, minimizing the time required to enter service.
Page 2-2
Table 2.2.2-1: Allowable Launch Environment Constraints
Temperature -40OC to 45OC
Maximum Launch Ground Winds (Commercial PLF) 16.5 m/s
Times Launches available year round
Turn Around Times 25 days per pad
Number of Pads 4 (2 Commercial)
2.2.3 Payload Fairings and Adapters
2.2.3.1 Payload Fairings

Multiple payload fairings types have flown on the Proton; these fairings are discussed in detail in Sections 1 and 4 of
this document. ILS currently offers one standard commercial payload fairing for the four stage Proton K/Block DM.
Two additional fairings are available for the Proton M/Breeze M.
Payload fairing jettison times are constrained to occur so that fairing hardware will impact in designated areas. For
Proton K/Block DM and initial Proton M/Breeze M flights, fairing jettison occurs at approximately 342 to 344
seconds (121-125 kilometers altitude) into the flight. Free molecular heating is below 1,135 W/m2 for these cases.
2.2.3.2 Payload Adapters

Available Proton payload adapters are shown in Appendix D. These adapters provide mechanical and electrical
interfaces compatible with established commercial launch industry standards and can accommodate a wide range of
payload requirements. ILS can assist in the development of specialized adapters as required.
2.2.4 Upper Stage Capabilities

Two upper stages are currently available for commercial Proton missions, the Block DM and the Breeze M.
The Block DM has many unique capabilities that can accommodate unique mission requirements. The heavy lift
capability of the Proton’s first three stages, coupled with the Block DM’s high performance, allows the placement of
spacecraft directly into their final orbits, reducing the size and complexity of spacecraft propulsion systems. The Block
DM’s multiple start capability, designed for up to 7 starts in flight (with 5 demonstrated to date), and a minimum 24-
hr orbital lifetime, can increase mission utility through unique mission design. Block DM orbital lifetime can be
extended through battery upgrades and other hardware modifications.
The Breeze M upper stage expands upon the capabilities enabled by the Block DM. The main engine of the
Breeze M can be restarted up to 8 times in flight and allows the stage to offer high precision placement of spacecraft
into orbit. With storable propellant, Breeze M orbital lifetime is limited only by available on board battery power and
is currently in excess of 24 hours. The jettisonable, toroidal propellant tanks offer significant mission design flexibility
and enable launch services to be offered for low and high energy delivery requirements.
Page 2-3
2.3 PROTON ASCENT PROFILE
2.3.1 Proton Booster Ascent

The first three stages of the Proton launch vehicle use a standard ascent trajectory to place the orbital unit (upper stage
and/or payload) into a 200 km (108 nmi) circular parking orbit inclined at either 51.6°, 64.8°, or 72.7°. A standard
ascent trajectory is required to meet jettisoned stage and payload fairing impact point constraints. The use of a standard
ascent trajectory also simplifies lower ascent mission design and related analysis, thereby increasing system reliability.
Once a payload is in the standard parking orbit at one of the three available inclinations, it can be transferred to its
final orbit by either the Block DM or Breeze M.
Figure 2.3.1-1 pictorially illustrates a typical Proton ascent into the standard parking orbit. Table 2.3.1-1 lists the time
of occurrence for major ascent events for a typical launch. The six Stage 1 RD-253 engines are ignited at
approximately T-1.6 sec. and are commanded to 40% of nominal thrust. Thrust is increased to 100% at T-0 sec.
Liftoff confirmation is signaled at T+0.5 sec. The staged ignition sequence allows verification that all engines are
functioning nominally before being committed to launch. The launch vehicle executes a roll maneuver beginning at
T+10 sec. to align the flight azimuth to the desired direction. The vehicle incurs its maximum dynamic pressure of
3,890 N/m2 (800 psf) approximately 65 sec. into flight. Stage 2’s four RD-0210 engines begin their ignition sequence
at 122 sec. and are commanded to full thrust when Stage 1 is jettisoned at 126 sec. Payload fairing jettison typically
occurs at 344.2 sec into flight, depending on spacecraft heating constraints. Stage 3’s vernier engines are ignited at 332
sec. followed by Stage 2 shutdown at 334 sec. Stage 2 separation occurs after six small, solid retro-fire motors are
ignited at 335 sec. into flight. Stage 3’s single RD-0210 engine is ignited at 339 sec. and burns until shutdown at 567.1
sec. The four vernier engines burn for an additional 10 sec. and are shutdown at 585 sec. After a 10 second coast, the
Stage 3 retro-fire motors are ignited and Stage 3 is separated from the upper stage or spacecraft. Figure 2.3.1-2 shows
the ascent vacuum instantaneous impact points and ground track. Figure 2.3.1-3 shows the ascent telemetry coverage
provided by the CIS ground stations. Figure 2.3.1-4 shows the times and values for the vehicle’s inertial velocity,
altitude, and dynamic pressure.
Page 2-4
Table 2.3.1-1: Typical Booster Ascent Event Times
Event Description Event Time (sec)
Stage 1 ignition - 10% thrust -1.60
Begin stage 1 thrust to 100% -0.00
Lift-off 0.57
Stage 1 thrust to 100% 1.00
Stage 2 ignition 116.91
Stage 1 / 2 separation 121.11
Stage 3 vernier engine ignition 330.00
Stage 2 engine shutdown 332.70
Stage 2 / 3 separation 333.40
Stage 3 main engine ignition 335.80
PLF jettison 344.20
Stage 3 main engine shutdown 567.11
Stage 3 vernier engine shutdown 577.11
Stage 3 upper stage separation 582.01
Page 2-5
Figure 2.3.1-1: Typical Proton Booster Ascent
Separation
of 2nd stage Separation of payload fairing
T=335.12 T=344.2
Ignition No. 1 Ignition No. 2
V=4331.9 V=4340.5
Separation of 4th stage of 4th stage
H=148.11 H=157.7
of 1st stage nx=0.44 nx=0.9
nx=2.8/0.04 nx=0.9
T=126.73
q=0 q=0
V=1649.4
H=43.5
nx=3.6/0.4 Burnout Burnout and
Separation
q=3350 n =0.9 separation
of 3rd stage x
nx=1.7/0
T=589.0
V=7477.4
H=228.0
qmax nx=0.13/0
T=65 q=0
V=125.1
T= time (seconds)
H=10.5
V= velocity (meters per second)
nx=1.97
H= altitude (kilometers)
q=35265 L= horizontal distance (kilometers)
L = 310 L = 1985 q= dynamic pressure (Pa)
1750 x 6 = 10500 kN nx = axial acceleration at end of prior
stage/beginning of next stage
583 x 4 = 2332 kN
583 + 31 = 614 kN
83.5 kN 83.5 kN
Retro Retro
Figure 2.3.1-2: Typical Proton Booster Ascent Ground Track and Vacuum Impact Points
Vacuum Impact Points

90
75
Stage 2 Jettison PLF Jett Option 2
60
45 Moscow
30
Stage 1 Jettison PLF Jett Option 1
L a ti t u d e , d e g r e e s
15
0
-15
Orbit Injection
-30
-45
-60
-75
-90
-180 -150 -120 -90 -75 -60 -45 -30 -15 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 135 165
-165 -135 -105 120 150 180
Longitude, degrees
Page 2-6
Figure 2.3.1-3: Typical Ground Tracker Acquisition Times for Proton Ascent to the Support Orbit
U s s ur i c k ( U S K )
K o l p a s he v o ( K L P )
Dshusali (D Z h S )
0 100 2 00 3 00 400 500 600

T i m e f r o m L i f t o f f ( s e c o n d s)
Figure 2.3.1-4: Typical Proton Lower Ascent Altitude, Inertial Velocity, Acceleration, and Dynamic Pressure
Velo cit y ( m/s ec)
Alti tud e (k m)
c pres sure (N/m 2 )
Accel erat ion ( g)
Dynami
Page 2-7
2.3.2 Block DM Trajectory and Sequence

The Block DM transfers payloads to a variety of mission orbits. This section describes the two options enabling the
Block DM to transfer a payload to a geosynchronous transfer orbit.
Figures 2.3.2-1 and 2.3.2-2 illustrate a typical Block DM ascent into a geosynchronous transfer orbit. The Block DM
is delivered to the 200 km circular parking orbit with a 51.6-deg inclination. Once on orbit and separated from the
Proton third stage, the Block DM executes a 15-min duration maneuver to properly align its longitudinal axis for the
first burn. After the alignment maneuver, the Block DM enters into a stabilized flight mode. Twenty-five min after the
longitudinal alignment maneuver, the Block DM executes a 180-deg turn about the roll axis to compensate for
possible gyroscopic drift. This maneuver can also help with spacecraft thermal management. Forty min after the roll
maneuver, the Block DM reaches the first ascending node, and the two SOZ unit’s four 2.5-kg axial loading engines
begin a 300-sec burn to settle the stage’s propellants. After this settling burn, the main engine ignites, raising the
transfer orbit apogee to geosynchronous altitude. The first main engine burn lasts approximately 450 sec. After engine
cutoff, the Block DM executes another alignment maneuver to place the longitudinal axis in the correct orientation for
the second burn. The Block DM then enters stabilized flight for the approximately 5 hr and 15 min transfer required
to reach transfer orbit apogee. At approximately 2.5 hr into this transfer ellipse, another 180-deg rotation about the
roll axis is executed. After reaching the transfer orbit apogee, the Block DM initiates another 300-sec propellant
settling burn followed by a main engine burn of approximately 230 sec. duration to circularize the orbit and reduce the
inclination to 0 deg. The Block DM then commands spacecraft separation 14.8 ±0.05 sec after the end of the final
burn. Figure 2.3.2-3 depicts the upper ascent ground track and Figure 2.3.2-4 shows available tracker coverage
provided by the CIS ground stations. Telemetry (including state vector) data can also be collected from the Block DM
during transfer orbit flight by Russian geostationary spacecraft. Table 2.3.2-1 gives the times and values of the Block
DM attitude maneuvers. These maneuvers may be modified to assist in spacecraft thermal management; the Block
DM can perform a maximum of 11 such maneuvers between the 1st and 2nd burn during a normal mission. with a
mission maximum of 14. The standard mission scenario for commercial spacecraft involves retention of the SOZ units
to provide attitude control following main engine shutdown. This allows spacecraft separation to be delayed until after
the Block DM completes reorientation to a customer specified separation attitude.
To more optimally deliver western satellites to orbit, the Block DM is also capable of performing a suborbital burn in
order to enable larger masses to be delivered to low earth orbit. The larger mass is made up of the heavier payload and
more fuel on the Block DM stage for orbital maneuvers. The “enhanced” Block DM performance level is enabled
with the suborbital burn.
Normally, injection into final orbit occurs at 90O however, longitude placement for geosynchronous orbits can be
controlled with an increment of 12.25 deg by allowing the Block DM and payload to coast in the standard parking
orbit for the required number of revolutions, and initiating the first transfer orbit burn on either the ascending or
descending node. Each parking orbit revolution will change the final longitude by 22.5 deg. Fifteen standard parking
orbit revolutions are within the lifetime constraints of the Block DM, giving complete 360-deg coverage.
Page 2-8
Figure 2.3.2-1: Proton/Block DM Upper Ascent
MECO2
Block DM Begin altitude 180° rotation
180° rotation Begin propellant 1st burn maneuver for about roll Block DM/
axis
about roll axis settling burn (MES1) block DM
Begin propellant payload
Begin attitude (MES1 - 300sec) 2nd burn separation
settling burn
maneuver for (MES1 - 300sec) MECO2
MECO1 +14.8sec
block DM 1st burn
Event description Event time Block DM
(block DM upper ascent) (sec) 2nd burn
(MES 2)
Block 4 upper adapter Jettison 637
SOZ unit first setting burn (SOZ1) 5437
Block 4 DM first burn 5732
SOZ unit engine shutdown 5737
SOZ unit second burn (SOZ2) 24,800
Block 4 DM second burn 25,105
SOZ unit engine shutdown 25,105
Block 4 DM separation 25, 345
Page 2-9
Figure 2.3.2-2: Block DM Two-Impulse Transfer to Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit
5
DV 3 Intermediate
Transfer Orbit
DV1
SC Separation 6
2
1 i t= variable
iref = 51.6o
Parking Orbit
4
DV 2
Target Orbit
Ha = 36,000 km
GSO
Hp = variable km
1 - Launch from Baikonur Cosmodrome and booster ascent

2 - (DV1 ) For sub-orbital burn cases, first Bl ock DM main engine fairing
3 - Coast to ascending node of parking orbit
4 - (DV2 ) Bl ock DM main engine firing to raise orbit from LEO to GTO
5 - Coast to apogee of transfer orbit (5.25 hours)
6 - (DV3) Block DM main engine firing to optimall y raise perigee and reduce inclination
7 - Spacecraft separation from Bl ock DM
Page 2-10
Figure 2.3.2-3: Proton K/Block DM Upper Ascent Ground Track to GSO
B ooster
AY1
B ur n 3 Burn 2
KO
Figure 2.3.2-4: Ground Tracker Acquisition Times for Proton Ascent to a GSO
Shelkovo (SHLK)
Petropavlovsk-Kamchatski
(PPK)
Ussurick
Ulan-Uden (ULD)
Kolpaashevo (KLP)
Dshusali (DZhS)
600 5,60 10,600 15,60 20,600 25,600
0 Time from liftoff 0
(seconds)
Page 2-11
Table 2.3.2-1: Typical Block DM Attitude Maneuvers for Geosynchronous Mission (90O East Longitude)
Start Time of Attitude Change in Change in Change in Duration of Comments

Maneuver (hr.min.sec) Pitch Angle Yaw Angle Roll Angle Maneuver
(deg) (deg) (deg) (sec)
00.10.44 43.00 - - 86
00.10.59.9 33.02 7.54 -13.25 269 Attitude alignment for First

Block DM burn
00.17.51 - - 180.00 900 IMU Compensation
00.35.45 - - -180.00 -900 IMU Compensation
01.01.19 12.07 - - 60 First Block DM burn
-01.13.28 -20.90 - - 420 First Block DM burn
01.21.36 9.00 - - 48 First Block DM burn
02.26.45 - 180.00 - 900 IMU Compensation
03.38.37 180.00 - - 900 IMU Compensation
04.50.10 - 180.00 - 900 IMU Compensation
06.18.33.5 7.78 68.37 2.6 273 Second Block DM burn
2.3.3 Breeze M Trajectory Sequence

The Breeze/payload unit is placed into a high-energy suborbital state by the third stage of Proton. After jettison of the
third stage, the Breeze upper stage performs a small propulsive maneuver to deliver itself and the attached satellite to a
standard low earth parking orbit. After a coast of approximately 45 minutes, the Breeze stage performs the second of
four propulsive maneuvers. This second main burn is used to begin the process of raising the apogee of the transfer orbit
to geosynchronous altitude.
Due to the thrust of the Breeze M stage (19.6 kN), the optimum mission profile results by splitting the "apogee raising"
propulsive maneuver into two smaller burns. The first burn raises apogee altitude to approximately 5,000 km - 7,000
km; the actual value is mission and satellite mass dependent. After one full revolution in this intermediate transfer
orbit (approximately 2.5 hours), the third main burn of the Breeze M main engine occurs raising apogee altitude to
geosynchronous. Perigee altitude and inclination are adjusted somewhat based on the trajectory optimization process
that occurs during the mission integration process.
During all nonthrusting periods, the fourth stage of Proton is able to align the satellite to an attitude that is compatible
with the thermal and solar incidence requirements for the satellite. Roll maneuvers can be programmed to ensure even
heating/cooling of the satellite surfaces.
After a coast of approximately 5.2 hours, the Breeze M provides its fourth and typically final propulsive maneuver,
raising perigee altitude and lowering orbit inclination to the optimum extent. After completion of the Breeze M fourth
burn, the satellite is oriented and separated from the upper stage. Total elapsed time from launch for a typical Breeze
M mission is approxiamately 10 hours.
Page 2-12
Normally, injection into final orbit occurs at 90O however, longitude placement for geosynchronous orbits can be
controlled with an increment of 12.25 deg by allowing the Breeze M and payload to coast in the standard parking orbit
for the required number of revolutions, and initiating the first transfer orbit burn on either the ascending or descending
node. Each parking orbit revolution will change the final longitude by 22.5 deg. Fifteen standard parking orbit
revolutions are within the lifetime constraints of the Breeze M, giving complete 360-deg coverage.
Figure 2.3.3-1 illustrates the main characteristics of the trajectory for a Proton M/Breeze M launch to geosychronous
transfer orbit.
Figure 2.3.3-1: Typical Breeze M Flight Profile to Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit
2.3.4 Collision and Contamination Avoidance Maneuver

The Block DM and Breeze M can perform a variety of maneuvers to minimize the possibility of recontact with or
contamination of a customer’s spacecraft. The separation event provides a typical relative velocity between the
spacecraft and the upper stage of 0.3 meter/sec.
Page 2-13
2.3.4.1 Block DM Upper Stage

Approximately 2 ½ hours after spacecraft separation, a 300-sec burn of the SOZ units is performed to increase the
relative separation velocity between the upper stage and the spacecraft. This is followed by a burn of opposing pairs of
SOZ thrusters to SOZ propellant depletion (with zero net delta-velocity). Finally the LOZ tank residuals are vented
through a pair of forward facing nozzles located on either side of the stage near the bottom of the LOZ tank. These
nozzles are canted at 15 degrees from the vertical in such a way as to spin up the stage whole simultaneously adding a
relative velocity increment between spacecraft and upper stage of up to 5 m/sec.
2.3.4.2 Breeze M Upper Stage

Approximately 1 ½ hours after spacecraft separation, the Breeze M stage performs an attitude change maneuver to re-
orient the stage. A small propulsive maneuver is made to increase relative velocity between the upper stage and
spacecraft. After completion of the maneuver, the upper stage propellant tanks are depressurized and the stage is made
inert. Relative velocity increments between the spacecraft and upper stage are similar to those for Block DM are
achieved.
2.4 PERFORMANCE GROUNDRULES

A number of standard mission groundrules have been used to develop the reference Proton K and Proton M
performance capabilities identified in this document. They are identified in this section.
2.4.1 Payload Systems Mass Definition

Performance capabilities quoted throughout this document are presented in terms of payload systems mass. Payload
Systems Mass (PSM) is defined as the total mass delivered to the target orbit, including the separated spacecraft, the
spacecraft-to-launch vehicle adapter, and all other hardware required on the launch vehicle to support the payload
(e.g., harnessing). Table 2.4.1-1 provides masses for the standard Proton adapter systems. Data is also provided for
estimating the performance effects of various mission-peculiar hardware requirements. As a note, the performance
effects shown are approximate.
Table 2.4.1-1: Launch Vehicle Mission Peculiar Hardware
Block DM Breeze M
∅1666 mm 175 kg (386 lb) &1666 mm adapter 175 kg (386 lb)

two piece adapter
&1194 mm adapter 120 kg (265 lb) &1194 mm adapter 150 kg (331 lb)
500 mm height
&1194 mm adapter 130 kg (287 lb) TBD adapter 200 kg (441 lb)
625 mm height
Page 2-14
2.4.2 Payload Fairings

All performance quotes in this document are based on use of standard payload fairing options. For Proton K/Block
DM the standard commercial payload fairing is used. For Proton M/Breeze M the baseline “short” payload fairing
option that enables a usable volume similar to Block DM is used. For Proton M/Breeze M, a performance
degradation of approximately 100 kg results for high-energy geosynchronous transfer missions when the “long”
payload fairing option is used.
In all cases, the payload fairing is jettisoned at a location that ensures a free molecular heating rate after jettison of
<1135 W/m2.
2.4.3 Mission Analysis Groundrules

All Proton mission estimates provided in this document assume launch from the Baikonur Cosmodrome. Launch
Complex 23/24 at Baiknour is located at the 46.1 degrees north geodetic latitude and 63.0 east longitude. All identified
altitudes are based on an Earth radius of 6378.16 km (3443.93 nmi).
Caution must be exercised in deriving performance estimates for missions whose inclinations differ from those
presented. The first three stages of the Proton launch system can only deliver payloads directly into, or near, the
standard low earth parking orbit at an inclination of 51.6 degrees, 64.8 degrees, or 72.7 degrees. All other inclinations
can be reached only through an orbital plane change maneuver. Performance estimates should not be made based on
interpolation between performance values derived from different parking orbit inclinations.
2.4.4 Performance Confidence Levels

Proton missions are targeted to meet the requirements of each user. Historically, Proton missions have been targeted
based on a conservative 3-sigma confidence level (or greater) that the mission objectives would be achieved. All Proton
performance information contained in this document assumes a 3-sigma confidence level.
2.5 DIRECT INJECTION LEO MISSIONS

The three stages of the Proton vehicle typically inject their payload into the standard approximately 200 km (108 nmi)
circular parking orbit at inclinations of 51.6°, 64.8°, or 72.7°. Table 2.5-1 shows the performance into these three
available orbits.
The Proton launch vehicle can only be launched along the flight azimuths that yield orbit inclinations of 51.6°, 64.8°,
and 72.7°, as shown in Figure 2.2.1-1. The flight azimuths are constrained by available stage and fairing impact points
along the flight trajectory. If a mission requires an inclination different from 51.6°, 64.8°, and 72.7°, the inclination
change is performed by the Block DM or Breeze M, or the spacecraft after achieving Earth orbit.
Table 2.5-1: Proton Booster Performance to Low Earth Orbits (Direct injection, no upper stage)
Orbit Inclination Proton K Proton M
186 x 222 km, 51.6 deg 19,760 kg 43,560 lb 21,000 kg 46,300 lb
175 km circular, 64.8 deg 19,300 kg 42,550 lb 20,610 kg 45,435 lb
170 km circular, 72.7 deg 18,900 kg 41,668 lb 19,975 kg 44,035 lb
Page 2-15
2.6 GEOSYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MISSIONS
2.6.1 Launch to Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit

The high-energy geosynchronous transfer mission is the standard mission profile for most commercial Proton
launches. Variable mass satellites are delivered to a geosynchronous transfer orbit with a 35,786 km apogee altitude, a 0
degree argument of perigee, and a variable orbit perigee and inclination consistent with the liftoff mass of the satellite
and the delivered launch vehicle performance. From this point, the satellite will perform the remaining perigee raising
and inclination reduction to reach geosynchronous orbit.
For reference purposes, ILS has established a reference goesynchronous transfer mission performance quotation based
on an orbit that is 1,500 m/sec delta-velocity from geosynchronous orbit. This reference mission is indicative of the
geosynchronous transfer missions used by vehicles launched from low inclination launch sites. The reference orbit
assumes a 5,500 km perigee altitude, a 35,786 km apogee altitude, a 25.0 degree orbit inclination, and a 0.0 degree
argument of perigee.
Proton K/Block DM Performance - Performance to elliptical transfer orbits with GSO apogees is shown in Figure
2.6.1-1 for the Proton K/Block DM. Data is shown that represents launch vehicle performance as a function of
payload systems and residual delta-velocity from targeted transfer orbit to geosynchronous orbit. Analyses have been
conducted to determine the near optimum orbit that can be achieved with Proton given a spacecraft mass and the
various performance variants of the Proton launch system. Given a payload mass and launch from the Baikonur
Cosmodrome, the upper stage of Proton delivers the satellite to a high-energy GTO that results in the minimum delta-
velocity remaining to reach GSO. The derived perigee altitudes and orbit inclinations are provided in Table 2.6.1-1 for
the standard Block DM 2-Burn mission profile. Table 2.6.1-3 provides parametric GTO performance data for a full
range of perigee altitude and orbit inclination combinations.
For specific payload mass ranges, the Proton booster ascent profile can be tailored to enable a suborbital burn of the
Block DM upper stage enabling a higher upper stage/payload mass to be delivered to low earth orbit. The 3-Burn
mission is executed by the Proton K booster delivering a 23,000 kg (50,700 lb) orbit unit “stack” to a high-energy
suborbital state. The Block DM, after separation from the third stage of Proton, performs a main engine firing to
achieve a low earth parking orbit. The Block DM mission then progresses similarly to the two burn profile. In this
instance, 3 firings of the Block DM main engine result in a higher performance capability results as the Block DM
reaches LEO with a higher propellant load than if it were offloaded and delivered directly to LEO by the booster
statges. Table 2.6.1-2 identifies the optimum geosynchronous transfer orbit versus payload relationship for the
“Enhanced” 3-Burn mission capability. The 3-burn profile is enabled with payloads that are greater than or equal to
4,600 kg (10,141 lb). Additionally, the Block DM structural load limitations, as specified elsewhere in this document,
must be adhered to in order for this capability to be enabled.
Proton M/Breeze M Performance – For Proton M/Breeze M, three performance configurations are identified. Figure
2.6.1-2 plots optimum GTO payload versus Delta-Velocity to GEO for these three performance variants of Proton
M/Breeze M. The first configuration (Configuration 1) represents the performance capability for Proton K/Breeze M
for initial flights which are to commence in early 1999. In this configuration, the Proton K booster delivers the Breeze
M to orbit. A payload systems mass of 4800 kg can be delivered to a reference GTO in this case. With introduction of
the Proton M booster, vehicle performance to GTO increases to 5200 kg PSM. Flights 5, 6 and 7 of the Breeze M, to
be launched during the second half of 2000, will deliver this performance capability to GTO and are represented by the
Configuration 2 data. Table 2.6.1-4 provides tabular data corresponding to the data identified in the performance plot.
Additionally, Table 2.6.1-5 provides parametric performance data for a full range of geosynchronous transfer missions
for the mature flight configuration, Configuration 3, of Proton M/Breeze M.
Page 2-16
Figure 2.6.1-1: Proton K/Block DM Performance To Representative Geosynchronous Transfer Orbits
5500
Enhanced
5000 Standard
4500
Payload System Mass (kg)
4000
3500
3000
2500
500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
Delta-V to GSO (m/s)
Page 2-17
Table 2.6.1-1: Proton K/Block DM Performance To Representative Geosynchronous Transfer Orbits

Delta-V to GSO Orbit Inclination Perigee Altitude Payload Systems Mass (PSM)
(m/s) (deg) Hp (km) (2-Burn)
600 7.0 16600 2732
700 8.2 14400 2887
800 9.7 12600 3046
900 11.3 11000 3210
1000 13.1 9600 3382
1100 15.0 8300 3560
1200 17.0 7200 3740
1300 19.0 6100 3925
1400 21.1 5100 4143
1500 23.3 4200 4350
1600 25.7 3400 4350
1800 31.0 2100 4350
Transfer Orbit Parameters as Specified with Apogee Altitude of 35,786 km;

Argument of Perigee of 0.0 deg; Payload Fairing Jettison on 3- Sigma qV < 1135 W/m2;
Launch Mission Duration Approximately 6.5 hours.
Table 2.6.1-2: Proton K/Block DM Three-Burn Mission Performance to Representative Geosynchronous Transfer
Orbits
Delta-V to GSO Orbit Inclination Perigee Altitude Payload Systems Mass (PSM)
(m/s) (deg) Hp (km)
1343.6 19.83 5600 4600
1375.0 20.52 5310 4666
1400.0 21.08 5082 4719
1425.0 21.64 4859 4772
1450.0 22.21 4640 4825
1475.0 22.79 4425 4879
1500.0 23.37 4217 4932
1525.0 23.96 4016 4985
1500.0 25.00 5500 4910
Transfer Orbit Parameters with Apogee Altitude of 35,786 km;

2
Argument of Perigee of 0.0 deg; Payload Fairing Jettison on 3-Sigma qV < 1135 W/m ;
Page 2-18
Figure 2.6.1-2: Proton M/Breeze M Performance To Representative Geosynchronous Transfer Orbits
6500
Config 1
Config 2
6000
Config 3
5500
Payload Systems Mass (kg)
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900
Delta-V to GSO (m/s)
Page 2-19
Table 2.6.1-3: Proton K/Block DM Parametric Geosynchronous Transfer Performance Date (2 Burn Mission)
Inclination, deg. 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0

Perigee altitude, km
200 3450 3680 3920 4170 4350 4350
500 3430 3655 3895 4150 4350 4350
1000 3390 3615 3860 4115 4350 4350
2000 3310 3540 3780 4040 4310 4350
4000 3150 3380 3625 3880 4150 4350
6000 3010 3240 3475 3725 3985 4250
8000 2880 3100 3335 3580 3830 4085
10000 2760 2980 3210 3445 3690 3930
12000 2650 2870 3090 3320 3555 3790
15000 2505 2715 2935 3150 3380 3600
19000 2340 2545 2750 2965 3175 3385
23000 2200 2400 2600 2805 3000 3200
27000 2080 2275 2470 2670 2860 3050
35786 1880 2060 2245 2430 2610 2780
Transfer Orbit Parameters as specified with Apogee Altitude of 35,786 km;

Argument of Perigee of 0.0 deg; Payload Fairing Jettison on 3-Sigma qV < 1135 W/m2;
Page 2-20
Table 2.6.1-4: Proton M/Breeze M Performance to Representative Geosynchronous Transfer Orbits
Proton Vehicle Variant Performance (kg)

Delta-V to GSO
(m/s) Inclination (deg) Perigee Alt (km) Config 1 Config 2 Config 3
600 7.0 16600 3181 3581 3825
700 8.2 14400 3339 3739 3990
800 9.7 12600 3504 3904 4160
900 11.3 11000 3673 4073 4335
1000 13.1 9600 3850 4250 4518
1100 15.0 8300 4036 4436 4710
1200 17.0 7200 4221 4621 4903
1300 19.0 6100 4416 4816 5104
1400 21.1 5100 4616 5016 5311
1500 23.3 4200 4821 5221 5523
1600 25.7 3400 5034 5434 5743
1700 28.3 2700 5276 5676 5993
1800 31.0 2100 5496 5896 6220
1500 25.0 5500 4800 5200 5500
Transfer Orbit Parameters as Specified with Apogee Altitude of 35,786 km;

Configuration 1: Performance for Proton K/Breeze M Flights (Flights 1, 2, and 3) and contrained performance
for Proton M/Breeze M (Proton/Block DM backup)
Configuration 2: Performance for Proton M/Breeze M Flights 5, 6, and 7
Configuration 3: Performance for Proton M/Breeze M Flights 8 and on
Page 2-21
Table 2.6.1-5: Proton M/Breeze M Parametric Geosynchronous Transfer Performance Data (Configuration 3)
Inclination, deg. 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0

Perigee altitude, km
200
500
1000
2000
4000
6000
8000
TO BE SUPPLIED
10000
12000 AT A LATER TIME
15000
19000
23000
27000
35786
Transfer Orbit Parameters as specified with Apogee Altitude of 35,786 km;

Launch Mission Duration Approximately 10 hours.
Page 2-22
2.7 ORBIT INJECTION ACCURACY

Table 2.7-1 shows Block DM 3-sigma accuracy predictions for various missions. The accuracy predictions are
enveloping values and mission-unique analysis will be performed to verify that payload accuracy requirements are
satisfied. Table 2.7-2 provides similar orbit injection accuracy values for the Breeze M upper stage.
Table 2.7-1: Block DM Upper Stage Orbit Injection Accuracies
Perigee Apogee Inclination Arg of Perigee Longitude of Period

Ascending Node
200 km Circular ± 6 km ± 15 km ± 0.5O ± 0.25O ± 0.025O ±8 sec

Support Orbit
10000 km Circular ± 45 km ± 30 km ± 0.5O ± 0.25O ± 0.1O ± 550 sec

Orbit
5500 km X 36000 km ± 400 km ± 150 km ± 0.5O ± 0.25O ± 0.5O ± 100 sec

@ 25.0 deg GTO
Eccentricity Longitude Inclination Period
Geostationary 0.009 ±1 O
0.75 O
± 20 min
Table 2.7-2: Breeze M Upper Stage Orbit Injection Accuracies
Perigee Apogee Inclination Arg of Perigee Longitude of Period

Ascending Node
200 km Circular ± 6 km ± 15 km ± 0.025O ± 0.3O ± 0.15O ±8 sec

Support Orbit
500 km Circular Orbit ± 5 km ± 5 km ± 0.05O ± 0.3O ± 0.15O ± 100 sec
1000 km Circular ± 10 km ± 10 km ± 0.05O ± 0.3O ± 0.15O ± 100 sec

Orbit
5500 km x 36000 km ± 400 km ± 150 km ± 0.5O - - ± 550 sec

@ 25.0 deg GTO
Eccentricity Longitude Inclination Period
Geostationary 0.009 ±1O 0.75 O ± 20 min
Page 2-23
2.8 SPACECRAFT ORIENTATION AND SEPARATION

The Proton is upper stages are capable of aligning the spacecraft and separating in a 3-axis stabilized mode; with a
longitudinal spinup, or with a transverse spinup enabled with either asymmetric separation springs or via upper stage
maneuvering. Tables 2.8-1 through 2.8-3 show the separation and pointing accuracies for the Block DM and Breeze M
upper stages, for all three separation options. The selected payload separation mechanism will affect separation rates.
The orientation and separation conditions are typical values, and mission unique analysis will be performed to verify
that payload requirements are satisfied. The Proton upper stagges can accommodate Customer requirements for spin
rates at separation of up to 9.0 deg/sec. Figure 2.8-1 illustrates separation attitude capabilities.
Table 2.8-1: Upper Stage Orbit Injection Accuracies, Option I
Reference Value
SC spin rate about Zsc axis -6 deg/s ± 1%
SC tip-off rate about Ysc and Zsc axes ± 0.8 deg/ s
Relative separation velocity ≥ 0.35 m/s
SC separation pointing vector error ± 5 deg
Table 2.8-2: Upper Stage Orbit Injection Accuracies, Option II
Reference Value
SC spin rate about Xsc axis -2 deg/s ± 1%
SC tip-off rate about Ysc and Zsc axes ± 0.7 deg/ s
Table 2.8-3: Upper Stage Orbit Injection Accuracies, Option III
Reference Value
SC tip-off rate about any of SC axes ± 1.8 deg/ s
Page 2-24
Figure 2.8-1: SC Separation Attitude
Up p e r S t ag e
L on g it ud i na l ax i s
L o ng it u di n al Spi n
Su n L i n e
S p a c e c r a ft P o s i t i o n
Ve ct o r T ra ns v er s e
Sp i n
X
2.9 LAUNCH VEHICLE TELEMETRY DATA

ILS will provide (in Formats I-V , Tables 2.9-1 through 2.9-5 respectively) Launch Vehicle state vector data following
stage 4 insertion into transfer orbit and Spacecraft separation.
Such data is then submitted to the customer by ILS at Baikonur via fax or voice to the Spacecraft Mission Control
Center.
ILS has adopted standard formats regarding orbital state vector data that are provided to the launch services customer
during and after the launch mission. These standard formats enable the satellite operator to properly determine orbital
conditions at various times during the mission. The standard data is transmitted to the spacecraft Mission Control
Center at relevant times
The data formats are:
a) Format I - preliminary within 30 minutes after main engine first cut-off, final within 60 minutes. (Table 2.9-1)
b) Format II - within 120 minutes after main engine first cut-off. (Table 2.9-2)
c) Format III - within 30 minutes after Spacecraft separation. (Table 2.9-3)
d) Format IV - within 120 minutes after Spacecraft separation. (Table 2.9-4)
e) Format V - within 30 minutes after deorbit maneuver. (Table 2.9-5)
Page 2-25
The data in Formats I and III are preliminary and subject to clarification in Formats II and IV.
Table 2.9-1: Format I - Preliminary State Vector Data Provided Following Upper Stage 1st Burn
Item Units
st
Magnitude of DV for main engine 1 firing m/sec
Upper stage 1st burn cutoff (actual) Date and Time (hr, min, sec (GMT))
Roll angle deg
Yaw angle deg
Pitch angle deg
Roll angular velocity deg/sec
Yaw angular velocity deg/sec
Pitch angular velocity deg/sec
Table 2.9-2: Format II - Transfer Orbit Parameters Following Upper Stage 1st Burn
Item Units
Launch time Date and time(hr, min, sec (GMT))
Upper stage 1st burn cutoff (actual)
Semi-major axis km
Eccentricity ---
Inclination deg
Right ascension of the ascending node deg
Argument of perigee deg
Argument of latitude deg
Perigee altitude km
Apogee altitude km
Note: Osculating elements of the orbit are referred to True Equator and Equinox of the liftoff epoch. The moment of osculation is
the estimated time of the Block DM 1st burn cutoff.
Page 2-26
Table 2.9-3: Format III - Preliminary Vector Data At Separation Epoch
Item Units
Magnitude of DV for main engine 2nd firing m/sec
Upper stage 2nd burn cutoff (actual) Date and Time (GMT)
Actual time of Spacecraft separation from 4th stage Date and Time (GMT)
Roll angle deg
Yaw angle deg
Pitch angle deg
Roll angular velocity deg/sec
Yaw angular velocity deg/sec
Pitch angular velocity deg/sec
Table 2.9-4: Format IV - Vector Data At Separation Epoch
Item Units
Launch time Date and time(hr, min, sec (GMT))
Separation time Date and time(hr, min, sec (GMT))
Estimated spacecraft separation time Date and time(hr, min, sec (GMT))
Semi-major axis km
Eccentricity ---
Inclination deg
Argument of perigee deg
Argument of latitude deg
Perigee altitude km
Apogee altitude km
Spacecraft +X axis right ascension deg
Spacecraft +X axis declination deg
the estimated moment of spacecraft separation.
Page 2-27
Table 2.9-5: Format V - State Vector Data At Separation Epoch
Item Units
Fourth Stage third ignition time(UTC) for deorbit Date and time(hr, min, sec (GMT))
maneuver
Fourth Stage third burn cutoff time (UTC) for deorbit Date and time(hr, min, sec (GMT))
maneuver
De-orbit DV m/s
the estimated moment of spacecraft separation.
Within two days following separation, the SC contractor will provide spacecraft derived state vector data to ILS as
shown in Table 2.9-6.
The SC contractor will provide SC rotation data about the SC X,Y and Z axes from the point of SC acquisition until
15 minutes after acquisition. This data will be provided at [Launch + 15 Days].
Table 2.9-6: Spacecraft Supplied Separation Data
Spacecraft Supplied Separation Data
Parameter Units
Separation date (GMT) MDY
Separation time (GMT) HMS
Semi-major axis km
Eccentricity --
Inclination deg
True anomaly deg
Perigee radius km
Apogee radius km
Longitude of ascending node deg
Spacecraft separation spin axis relative right ascension deg
Spacecraft separation spin axis declination deg
Page 2-28
2.10 MISSION OPTIMIZATION/ PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENTS
2.10.1 Nonstandard Mission Designs

The missions presented in the previous sections represent standard missions for the Proton K and M Boosters and
Block DM and Breeze M Upper Stages. ILS can take advantage of the unique capabilities of the Proton launch system
to design nonstandard mission profiles to meet unique mission and payload requirements.
2.10.2 Subsynchronous Transfer

Perigee velocity augmentation by the spacecraft can be used to increase payload weight to high Earth orbits. This
maneuver consists of separating the spacecraft in a transfer orbit whose apogee is less than its final desired value. The
spacecraft then performs one or more burns to raise apogee, as well as a final burn to raise perigee. This maneuver is
generally not used with the Proton launch system due to the Proton’s high throw weight capability, but it can be
investigated if desired.
2.10.3 Super Synchronous Transfer

Use of a super synchronous transfer trajectory can increase performance into 24-hr orbits. The super synchronous
transfer trajectory takes advantage of the increased efficiency with which the inclination change can be performed at a
higher altitude. A number of vehicle hardware and satellite operational constraints interact with missions utilizing
supersynchronous transfer. ILS is able to asses supersynchronous missions by specific request and with detailed satellite
configuration data.
The long coast life and multiple restart capabilities of the Block DM and Breeze M can also assist in constellation
phasing, thereby reducing spacecraft propellant usage.
ILS also has the resources available to develop special hardware items, such as dispensers for multiple spacecraft, to
meet unique mission requirements.
Page 2-29
3. SPACECRAFT ENVIRONMENTS
This section provides the ground and flight environments applicable for a Proton launch campaign and flight.
3.1 THERMAL/HUMIDITY
The thermal and humidity environment for the spacecraft is defined in this section, from transportation from the
Yubeleini Airport through launch base processing, launch and separation. SC component temperatures to be used for
assessing thermal compatibility will be calculated by analysis using a SC thermal model provided by the Customer.
3.1.1 Ground Thermal Environment

Ambient temperatures at the Baikonur Cosmodrome are provided in Table 3.1.1-1. Facility and transportation
temperatures are provided in Table 3.1.1-2. During transport, the spacecraft is air-conditioned either by Customer
provided air-conditioning equipment or by a railcar mounted thermal control unit. While on the pad, thermal control
is provided by a pad air conditioning system and/or a liquid thermal control system (refer to Section 3.1.1.1 for a
description of the on-pad systems).
σ Ambient Temperatures at the Baikonur Cosmodrome

Table 3.1.1-1: 3σ
Month Max (OC) Min (OC)
January 8 -40
February 12 -38
March 24 -28
April 35 -12
May 42 0
June 46 8
July 46 9
August 42 8
September 38 0
October 30 -12
November 22 -30
December 13 -40
Page 3-1
Table 3.1.1-2: Spacecraft Thermal Environment

Location/event Item Temperature Temperature Control
(deg. C)
Min. Max.
Spacecraft Container Inlet air to 15 30 External air-conditioning unit provided by ILS/Khrunichev.
container Flow rate of 2000 to 8000 cubic m/hr. Monitoring of the
temperature environment in S/C container is the SC
contractor’s responsibility. *
Fueling Hall
92A-50 Spacecraft 15 25 Building air-conditioning*
Bldg 44 ambient air 17 27
Payload Processing Area
Area 31 rm 119 ambient air 17 27
Fourth Stage Integration Area
Area 31 rm 100A ambient air 17 27
Upper Stage fueling station/ Spacecraft 15 25 External air-conditioning unit provided by ILS/Khrunichev.
(Breeze M only) ambient air Maximum flow rate to 4000 m3/hr. *
Bldg 92-1 Spacecraft 15 25 External air-conditioning unit provided by ILS/Khrunichev.
ambient air Maximum flow rate to 4000 m3/hr. *
Encapsulated in fairing during Spacecraft 15 25 External air-conditioning unit provided by ILS/Khrunichev.
transportation ambient air Preconditioning will be established by Khrunichev (taking
into account SC contractor recommendations) prior to
transport to pad to guarantee temperature range during
erection. Maximum flow rate to 6000 m3/hr. *
Erection Spacecraft 10 30 No active temperature control is provided.
ambient air
On-pad with air-conditioning
through umbilical
Block DM Spacecraft 13 27 Air-conditioning through umbilical, flow rates adjustable
Breeze M ambient air 13 23 3
from 5000 to 13000 M /hr.*
On-pad following removal of Spacecraft 10 30 Temperature control panels in fairing.
air-conditioning umbilical ambient air Temperature could decrease to -5 deg. in Boattail area.
*Temperature is to be preset within the indicated range per SC contractor request and maintained accurate to + 2OC.
Page 3-2
3.1.1.1 On-Pad Thermal Control

An external thermal insulation shroud is placed around the fairing prior to pad rollout to provide additional insulation
during the erection of the Launch Vehicle on the pad when there is no active air conditioning. During transportation to
the pad, conditioned air is provided to the spacecraft from the Thermal Control Railcar. At the pad, the air
conditioning is disconnected and the Launch Vehicle is erected. Following erection, the Mobile Service Tower is
brought up to the Launch Vehicle and the pad air conditioning is connected. This pad air conditioning is known as the
“ASTR” for Air System, Thermal Regulation. Total time between disconnection of the Thermal Control Railcar air
conditioning to the connection of on pad air conditioning is 4 hours maximum. A thermal analysis is performed to
verify that under worst case ambient conditions, the spacecraft temperature will not exceed allowable temperature
limits during the erection process.
The on-pad air conditioning system remains active 24 hours a day until approximately 1.5 hours prior to launch when
preparations are begun for Mobile Service Tower rollback. To provide thermal conditioning of the fairing after Mobile
Service Tower rollback, a liquid thermal control system is provided in the fairing. This system is known as the
“LSTR” for Liquid System, Thermal Regulation. It consists of radiators on the fairing inside wall connected to
ethylene glycol filled pipes which run to a thermal control system in the launch pad complex. This system is activated 3
hours prior to launch and purged with dry nitrogen 5 minutes prior to launch to insure that the lines are free of liquid
prior to liftoff. Should the launch be aborted, the liquid system can be quickly reactivated and the Mobile Service
Tower will be brought up to renew air-conditioning within 2 hours. A schematic of both the liquid and air thermal
control systems is shown in Figures 3.1.1.1-1a and 3.1.1.1-1b along with an approximate operational timeline, for
both the Block DM and the Breeze M upper stages.
Page 3-3
Figure 3.1.1.1-1a: Fairing Air and Liquid Thermal Control System Schematic and Operations Timeline (Block DM)
Air outlet
emissivity = <0.1
Air temperature
sensors
H
Heat exchanger panels
SC
~H/2
Adapter
Ascent
Unit
Temperature
sensors
Air inlet into ascent unit
Air flow rate = 13,000 m3/h max

Liquid flow rate = 0.250 - 0.9 m3/h
T = 10 to +40oC
T = -10 to +80oC
LSTR ASTR
Launch Vehicle installed Liquid system, Air system,
on launch pad thermal regulation thermal regulation
deg. C
Upper admissible temperature
27
Winter
22
Summer
17
Time
12
Liftof
Preparation to 10' f 5'
Preliminary launch Launch cancellation
preparation
(12-28 hr) (~1.5 hr) (~4 hr) (4-5 days) (2 hr) (1.5 hr) (2 hr) (15')
Switch L
Thermal Transportation off Switch Thermal Switch Switch Switch a Switch Switch Switch
cover 92-1 to thermo- on cover on of off off u on off
on
n
mounting launch pad stating ASTR removal LSTR ASTR LSTR c LSTR ASTR LSTR
car h
Page 3-4
Figure 3.1.1.1-1b: Fairing Air and Liquid Thermal Control System Schematic and Operations Timeline (Breeze M)
Ai r out le t
emissivity = <0.1
Air temperature
sensors
Ascent
He at ex ch an g er pan el s
Unit
S
C A dapt e r
Temper ature
sensors
Air inlet into ascent unit
Air flow rate = 13,000 m3/h max
T = 10 to +40oC
Liquid flow rate = 0.250 - 0.9 m 3/h
T = -10 to +80 oC
ASTR
Air system,
LSTR thermal regulation
Launch V ehicle installed Liquid system,
on launch pad thermal regulation
de g . C
Upper admissible temperature
27
Winter
22
Summer
17
Time
12
Liftof
Preparation to 10' f 5'
Preliminary launch Launch cancellation
preparation
(12-28 hr) (~1.5 hr) (~4 hr) (4-5 days) (2 hr) (1.5 hr) (2 hr) (15')
Switch L
Thermal Transportation off Switch Thermal Switch Switch Switch a Switch Switch Switch
u
cover 92-1 to thermo- on cover on of off off n on on off
mounting launch pad stating ASTR removal LSTR ASTR LSTR c LSTR ASTR LSTR
car h
Page 3-5
3.1.1.2 Supplemental Air Conditioning for Spacecraft Battery Charging

Supplemental SC air-conditioning can be provided on the pad during SC battery charging operations if required. Up
to 480 m3 /hr can be provided through 2 access doors in the fairing at a temperature selectable between 10 and 16 deg.
C. up until the time of Mobile Service tower rollback 1.5 hours prior to launch. The air inlets can be positioned in
existing fairing access doors in the aft section of the fairing. See Figure 3.1.1.2-1 below.
Figure 3.1.1.2-1: Supplemental Fairing Air Conditioning Schematic (Representative; detailed design conducted per
customer request)
30o
35o
2100
7.5o
30
300
160
260 Fai ring Access Door
1200
840
Fair i ng /Bloc k DM Interfa ce Plane
Battery Radi ator Cooling System Nozzle L ocati on
3.1.2 Ascent
During Ascent, the launch vehicle will be exposed to aerodynamic heating. Following fairing jettison, the space craft
will be exposed to solar radiation and free molecular heat flux. A thermal analysis will be performed using the
Customer supplied SC thermal model to predict spacecraft temperatures during this phase of the mission. The heat
flux density radiated upon the spacecraft by the internal surfaces of the NF should not exceed 500 W/M2 from the time
of launch until NF jettison. For commercial missions, the fairing is jettisoned at 342 - 344 seconds (121 – 125 km
alt.) into flight and the free molecular heat flux shall not exceed 1135 W/M2 at any time following fairing jettison.
Page 3-6
3.1.3 Orbit
Following injection into parking orbit, the spacecraft thermal environment is determined mainly by solar radiation,
albedo and infrared earth radiation flux. Reorientation maneuvers of the Fourth Stage can be programmed to provide
desired sun angles for maintaining thermal control. An integrated thermal analysis is performed to determine
spacecraft temperatures as a function of time throughout the flight up to spacecraft separation.
3.1.4 Humidity
The ground humidity environment is shown in Table 3.1.4-1 below.
Table 3.1.4-1: Ground Humidity Environment
Location/event Item Relaative Humidity Humidity Control

(RH) %
Min. Max.
Inside Spacecraft Inlet air to container 35 60 ILS/Khrunichev provided air-conditioning

Container
Fueling Hall Building air 35 60 Building air-conditioning
Payload Processing Area Building air 35 60 Building air-conditioning
Fourth Stage Integration Building air 35 60 Building air-conditioning
Encapsulated in fairing Air inside fairing 35 60 ILS/Khrunichev provided air conditioning

during transportation
Fairing conditioning in Air inside fairing 35 60 ILS/Khrunichev provided air conditioning

Bldg 92-1
Erection Air inside fairing 35 60 None
On-pad with air- Air inside fairing 0.5 60 Air-conditioning through umbilical, flow rates
conditioning through adjustable from 5000 to 13000 M3/hr.
umbilical Max dewpoint approx 0 deg. C.
On-pad following removal Air inside fairing 0.5 60 None

of air-conditioning
umbilical
Note: Should the relative humidity drop below 30%, SC contractor will be consulted prior to any work beginning in the vicinity of
the spacecraft (inside the payload fairing after encapsulation).
3.1.5 Air Impingement Velocity

The air impingement velocity on the spacecraft surfaces shall not exceed 3m/sec during ground operations following
encapsulation through launch.
Page 3-7
3.2 CONTAMINATION ENVIRONMENT
3.2.1 Ground Contamination Control

The contamination environment around the spacecraft is controlled by use of Class 100 000 clean room facilities and
strict control of material cleanliness of flight hardware in proximity to the spacecraft. During transportation using ILS
provided air-conditioning systems and while on the pad, air is filtered to provide better than Class 100 000 particle
content. Air cleanliness is monitored regularly in all areas where the SC is present to ensure particle count levels are
maintained within specification. In addition, witness plates can be mounted inside the fairing following encapsulation
to monitor particle fallout inside the fairing up until the day prior to launch. The ground contamination environment
around the spacecraft meets the cleanliness levels specified in Table 3.2.1-1.
Table 3.2.1-1: Ground Contamination Environment
Location/event Cleanliness Level Comments

Required*
Spacecraft container 100 000 ILS/Khrunichev supplied conditioned air.
SC Processing Facilities 100 000 Facility air conditioning
Bldg 92-1 100 000 Payload encapsulated, filtered air provided
Encapsulated in fairing during 100 000 Payload encapsulated, filtered air provided
transportation and battery charging
Erection 100 000 Payload compartment sealed
On-pad with air-conditioning through 100 000 Filtered air provided

umbilical
On-pad following removal of air- 100 000 Payload compartment sealed

conditioning umbilical
* Per FED Std 209E
3.2.2 In Flight Contamination Control

The Launch Vehicle systems are designed to preclude in-flight contamination of the SC. The Launch Vehicle
pyrotechnic devices near the spacecraft used for fairing jettison and SC separation have sealed gas chambers and do not
release significant contamination to the outside environment. The fairing liquid thermal control system pipes are
sealed by automatic valves which close at fairing jettison. The third stage retro rocket plume does not result in any
significant particle contact with the spacecraft due to their position on the aft end of the third stage and the orientation
of the retro rocket plume 15 degrees away from the Launch Vehicle longitudinal axis. The thrusters are located on the
aft section of the Fourth Stage and oriented perpendicular to the attitude control longitudinal axis (worst case) such
that the plume does not contact the spacecraft while the spacecraft is attached to the Fourth Stage. Following
separation, the Fourth Stage is attitude controlled to prevent reorientation relative to the spacecraft until the spacecraft
is a safe distance away from the Fourth Stage. Finally, an evaporative cooling system in the Fourth Stage ejects a 20
percent alcohol/water vapor periodically following third/fourth stage separation at the aft end of the Fourth Stage.
This gas is diverted away from the spacecraft and therefor has no contaminating influence.
Page 3-8
3.3 PRESSURE
3.3.1 Payload Compartment Venting

During ascent, the payload compartment is vented through 4 venting orifices distributed equally about the cylindrical
portion of the fairing. Maximum rate of pressure drop in the fairing will not exceed 3.5 kPa/s. A representative
pressure drop profile inside the fairing during flight is given in Figure 3.3.1-1.
At the moment of fairing jettison, the pressure across the fairing halves shall not exceed 700 Pa.
The archimedes volume of the spacecraft to be taken into account for the venting analysis will be provided by the
Customer.
Figure 3.3.1-1: Typical Venting Profile During Ascent
1.20E+05
1.00E+05
8.00E+04
Pascals
6.00E+04 Atmosphere
Inside Fairing
4.00E+04
2.00E+04
0.00E+00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Time, seconds
Time, sec Pressure (Pascals)

Atmosphere Inside Fairing
0 100000 100000
10 98000 99000
20 91000 93000
30 80000 83000
40 65000 70000
50 49000 55000
60 32500 38500
70 19300 26500
80 10000 17000
90 5000 11000
100 2500 7500
110 1000 5000
120 0 3500
130 0 2000
Page 3-9
3.4 MECHANICAL LOADS

The spacecraft is subject to various types of mechanical loads due to transportation and handling during the launch
campaign as well as due to the various flight events following liftoff. This section breaks down these events by type of
excitation: quasi-static, sine/random, acoustic and shock.
3.4.1 Quasi-Static Loads

Design Load Factors are provided in Tables 3.4.1.1-1 and Figure 3.4.1.2-1 for use in preliminary design of primary
structure and/or evaluation of compatibility for existing spacecraft with the Proton launch vehicle. The load factors
were derived for application at the center of gravity of a rigid spacecraft and generate a conservative estimate of flight
maximum interface axial, shear, and bending moments. The actual interface responses experienced during flight are a
function of the static and dynamic characteristics of the spacecraft, but these load factors have generally proven
conservative for spacecraft in the weight range of 2000 - 4800 kg with c.g. height (above the interface) between 1.0 and
m− z
2.0 meters and where > 0.85 ; where: m=mass, z=c.o.g. location, I=maximum lateral moment of inertia. The
I
spacecraft cantilevered fundamental frequencies are assumed to be a minimum of 10 Hz lateral and 25 Hz axial to
insure applicability of both the ground Transport and the Flight load factors. Spacecraft that do not meet these criteria
will require preliminary analyses to generate loads environments for assessing compatibility with Proton. The Proton
load factors are conservative, but do not include uncertainty factors. It is recommended that the spacecraft analyst use
uncertainty factors in preliminary sizing of primary structure if the new design is not within the family of spacecraft
integrated on Proton.
3.4.1.1 Ground Loads

During ground transportation and handling operations, the spacecraft will be subjected to low frequency loads. Table
3.4.1.1-1 provides the bounding quasistatic loads at the S/C center of mass in longitudinal and lateral axes.
Table 3.4.1.1-1: Ground Limit Quasistatic Load Environment-Transportation and Handling Operations
Operations Accelerations, (g) Safety Factor

X Y Z
SC in container transported as a separate item + 1.0 1.0 + 1.0 + 0.4 1.5
SC transported as part of the Ascent Unit +0.5 1 + 0.5 + 0.4 1.5
SC transported as part of the Proton LV +0.4 1.0 + 0.3 + 0.15 1.5
Handling 0.15 1 + 0.5 1.5
Notes:
In the transportation case, the axes are those of the transporter, namely:
a) X axis runs along the direction of movement.
b) Y axis is downward in direction of gravity.
c) Z is lateral axis in right hand frame.
For handling:
a) Y axis runs vertically along the lifting and lowering direction, respectfully.
b) X axis runs along any lateral directions.
c) Accelerations exist simultaneously along X,Y,Z.
d) All accelerations are specified for a wind velocity W< 20 m/s.
Page 3-10
3.4.1.2 Flight Loads

In flight, the spacecraft will be subjected to low frequency input at the base of the spacecraft. The events which produce
the worst case loading are liftoff and 1st/2nd stage separation. Figure 3.4.1.2-1 provides the bounding quasistatic loads
in longitudinal and lateral axes at the SC center of mass. Loads along perpendicular axes are independent.
Static and dynamic accelerations at the SC interface are measured by flight instrumentation and their maximum 3σ
values are as provided in Figure 3.4.1.2-2. Flight loads shall be evaluated by Coupled Loads Analysis using a dynamic
model incorporating the spacecraft and launch vehicle.
Figure 3.4.1.2-1: Quasi-Static Design Load Factors
2
Londitudinal, g
1
Block DM
(Axial)
Breeze M
0
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
-1
-2
-3
-4
Lateral, g
Page 3-11
Figure 3.4.1.2-1: Quasi-Static Design Load Factors (Continued)

Block DM Quasi-Static Design Load Factors
Event Longitudinal, g Lateral, g
Lift-off 2.3 2.3 -2.3

0.3 2.3 -2.3
Maximum Dynamic Pressure (Qmax) 2.2 1.2 -1.2
1st/2nd stages before separation 4.3 1.4 -1.4
1st/2nd stages after separation (max
compression) 3 1.4 -1.4
tension) -2.8 1.4 -1.4
2nd/3rd stages separation 3 0.3 -0.3
3rd/4th stages separation 2.8 0.3 -0.3
Breeze M Quasi-Static Design Load Factors
Event Longitudinal, g Lateral, g
Lift-off 2.3 1.35 -1.35

0.3 1.35 -1.35
Maximum Dynamic Pressure (Qmax) 2.2 1.2 -1.2
1st/2nd stages before separation 4.3 0.9 -0.9
1st/2nd stages after separation (max 3 0.9 -0.9
tension) -3 0.9 -0.9
2nd/3rd stages separation 3 0.3 -0.3
3rd/4th stages separation 2.8 0.3 -0.3
Page 3-12
Figure 3.4.1.2-2: Flight Limit Accelerations at the SC Interface
2
(Axial) Longitudinal,g
0
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
-1
-2
-3
Transverse,g
Event Longitudinal Longitudinal Transverse

Static g Dynamic g Dynamic g
Liftoff 1.5 1.5 -1.5 1.1 -1.1
Wind and Blast
(Qmax) 2.2 0.5 -0.5
Before 1st stage
Separation 1st/2nd booster separation 3.6 0.9 -0.9 0.9 -0.9
After 1st stage
stages
booster separation 1 2 -2.8 0.9 -0.9
2nd stage engine cutoff 2.7 0.3 -0.3 0.3 -0.3
3rd stage engine cutoff 2.5 0.3 -0.3 0.5 -0.5
Note: Used only to evaluate measured flight loads.
Page 3-13
3.4.2 Sine and Random Vibration Loads

At launch, when the propellant valves of the first stage engines are opened, reactive forces act on the liquid propellant
in the tanks (for approximately 0.1 sec) causing launch vehicle lateral oscillations on the elastic pad supports.
Prevailing oscillation frequencies are approximately 4 Hz with amplitudes of 0.3 g.
The engines operate at a preliminary thrust level that remains constant for approximately 1.6 sec. During this period,
the Launch Vehicle experiences flexible bending oscillations brought about by uneven thrust among the six engines and
unequal offloading of the pad supports. The prevailing frequencies are 5 to 7 Hz.
Longitudinal flexible body oscillations appear simultaneously with frequencies ranging from 5 to 15 Hz. They are
magnified as the engines are throttled up to full thrust within 0.5 sec as the Launch Vehicle leaves the pad.
During first stage flight, lateral dynamic loads are generated by wind gusts superimposed on steady state wind loads
generated by the jetstream. Launch Vehicle longitudinal flexible oscillations are produced at 10-12 Hz by the natural
random pulsation of the engine thrust. There is no pogo phenomenon. The maximum value of these oscillations based
on telemetry measurements is +/- 0.35 g’s.
From 0.5 to 0.6 sec before first stage cutoff, the four second stage engines start up and gain preliminary thrust. Because
of the uneven thrust of the four engines, lateral reaction forces are generated, causing lateral flexible oscillations of the
Launch Vehicle body. These oscillations are influenced additionally by the first stage engines reacting to control system
commands. The first stage cutoff is characterized by an abrupt decay from 90% to 20% within 0.03 sec which causes
significant flexible longitudinal oscillations of the Launch Vehicle second stage, driven by the preliminary thrust of its
own engines. The oscillations are additionally magnified due to the increase in thrust to 100%. These oscillations damp
out within about 3 seconds.
Dynamic loads occuring during the propulsive events following first/second stage separation are enveloped by the
preceding events.
The above dynamic load environment can be represented by the quasi-sinusoidal vibration environment applied at the
SC/LV interface plane shown in Figure 3.4.2-1. This can be considered a flight limit load environment.
Page 3-14
Figure 3.4.2-1: Equivalent Sine Levels at Spacecraft Interface - Flight Environment
Lateral Axes
Lateral Axes
1.2
0.8
Frequency (hz) Level (g's)
Level (g's)
0.6 5 10 0.3
10 20 0.4
0.4
20 40 0.6
0.2 40 100 0.7
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Frequency (hz)
Longitudinal Axes
Longitudinal Axes
1.2
0.8
Level (g's)
Frequency (hz) Level (g's)

0.6
5 8 0.3
0.4 8 20 0.8
20 40 0.6
0.2
40 100 0.9
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Frequency (hz)
Page 3-15
During ground transportation, random excitation is produced by the rail system. The random vibration levels for
different transport configurations are as shown in the following Figures 3.4.2-2, 3.4.2-3, 3.4.2-4 and 3.4.2-5.
Figure 3.4.2-2: Random Vibration Levels-Ground Transportation By Rail, SC In Container And SC Attached To
Ascent Unit
3.50E-03
3.00E-03
Power Spectral Density (G2/hz)
2.50E-03
2.00E-03 X-X
Y-Y
1.50E-03 Z-Z
1.00E-03
5.00E-04
0.00E+00
1 10 100
Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (hz) PSD (G2/hz) Notes:

X-X Y-Y Z-Z X axis is in the direction of movement
2 0.000075 0.000150 0.000150 Y axis is in the vertical direction parallel to gravity field
4 0.000575 0.003300 0.000330 Z axis is in the direction that provide right a handed set
8 0.002000 0.003200 0.000660 - Transportation velocity less than or equal to 15 km/hr
10 0.000600 0.003200 0.000800 - Levels are at Container Base for container transportation and at
14 0.000280 0.000833 0.000330 SC/adapter interface for transportation as part of Ascent Unit
20 0.000275 0.000150 0.000320

25 0.000275 0.000150 0.000310
30 0.000275 0.000150 0.000300 *Durations are as follows:
35 0.000500 0.000150 0.000185 Transport SC Container Yubeleini to Area 31 120 minutes
40 0.000180 0.000150 0.000037 Transport SC Container Yubeleini to 92A-50 60 minutes
45 0.000125 0.000150 0.000037 Transport Ascent Unit Area 31 to 92-1 120 minutes
50 0.000125 0.000150 0.000037 Transport Ascent Unit 92A-50 to 92-1 5 minutes
Duration
(minutes) * * *
Page 3-16
Figure 3.4.2-3: Transportation of SC in Contractor’s Container, Transportation of SC in KhSC Container,

Transportation of Ascent Unit
Page 3-17
Figure 3.4.2-4: Random Vibration Levels-Ground Transportation by Rail, SC and Ascent Unit Attached to L/V
2.00E-05
1.80E-05
1.60E-05
Power Spectral Density (G2 /hz)
1.40E-05
1.20E-05
1.00E-05 X-X
Y-Y
8.00E-06
Z-Z
6.00E-06
4.00E-06
2.00E-06
0.00E+00
1 10 100
Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (hz) PSD (G2/hz)

X-X Y-Y Z-Z
2 0.000002 0.000002 0.000002
4 0.000002 0.000002 0.000002
8 0.000002 0.000002 0.000002
10 0.000002 0.000002 0.000002
14 0.000002 0.000020 0.000002
20 0.000010 0.000001 0.000010
25 0.000001 0.000001 0.000001 Notes:
30 0.000001 0.000001 0.000001 X axis is in direction of movement
35 0.000003 0.000001 0.000001 Y axis is in vertical direction parallel to gravity field
40 0.000001 0.000001 0.000001 Z axis is in direction to provide right handed set
45 0.000001 0.000001 0.000001 Transportation velocity less than or equal to 10 km/hr
50 0.000001 0.000001 0.000001 Levels are at SC to L/V interface
Duration
(minutes) 10 10 10
Page 3-18
Figure 3.4.2-4: Transportation of Integrated Proton LV
3.4.3 Acoustic Loads

The launch acoustic loads arise from acoustic sound waves generated by the supersonic jets from the first-stage engine
nozzles being diverted by the launch pad and flame deflectors. At transonic velocity and maximum aerodynamic drag,
acoustic loads are caused by aerodynamic pressure pulsation effects on the payload fairing surface. The peak acoustic
loads do not act longer than 3 sec at liftoff and 50 sec while passing through the zone of maximum aerodynamic drag.
Acoustic load characteristics normalized to the threshold pressure of 20 µPa are shown in Figure 3.4.3-1.
Page 3-19
Figure 3.4.3-1: Max Expected Acoustic Environment (Third Octave)
140
130
Level (dB)
120
110
100
10 100 1000 10000
Frequncy (Hz)
1/3 Octave Band Center Acoustic Levels on

Frequency (hz) Spacecraft (dB)
25 117
31.5 123
40 127
50 126.5
63 127.8
80 131.6
100 132.4
125 131.3
160 132.1
200 132.1
250 132.1
315 129.9
400 129
500 127
630 124
800 121
1000 119
1250 117
1600 114.5
2000 112.5
2500 111
3150 109
4000 108
5000 107
6300 105.5
8000 104
10000 103.5
OASPL 141.4
Page 3-20
3.4.4 Shock Loads

Worst case shock levels are introduced into the spacecraft during the firing of the SC/adapter separation system. The
level is dependent on the type of clampband and the clampband tension. For the existing standard adapter
configurations, three specific levels may be encountered as indicated in Figure 3.4.4-1. The 1194 separation systems
use either a 26.6 kN or a 40 kN preload and the shock levels differ accordingly. The 1666 separation systems use a 30
kN preload and the corresponding shock level is as indicated.
Shock loads during transportation in the SC container at the launch site shall not exceed the levels provided in Table
3.4.4-1.
Table 3.4.4-1: Shock Loads During Transportation in SC Container
Event Acceleration amplitude, g
X axis runs along the direction of motion + 1.0
Y axis upward vertical axis 1.0 + 1.0
Z lateral axis + 0.4
One Semisinusoidal impulse duration, ms 30
Note: Assumes 5% damping (Q=10)
Page 3-21
Figure 3.4.4-1: Pyroshock Spectrum at Adapter/Payload Interface
10000
Q= 10
40 kN 1194 Sep Syst.

1000
g's
26.6 kN 1194 Sep Syst.

30 kN 1666 Sep Syst.
100
100 1000 10000
Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (Hz) g's

40 kN 1194 26.6 kN 1194 30 kN 1666
Sep Syst. Sep Syst. Sep Syst.
100 150 100 150
600 - 1800 -
800 3000 - 3000
1200 5500 - -
1500 6500 - -
2000 5000 5000 -
3000 - - 3000
4000 5000 - -
6000 - - 3500
10000 8000 5000 4000
Page 3-22
3.4.5 Environmental Test Requirements
3.4.5.1 Acoustic Test Requirements

The spacecraft test requirements are as follow:
Table 3.4.5.1-1: Acoustic Test Requirements
Type of Test Levels Test Duration (seconds)
Acceptance Minimum of Figure 3.4.3-1 in each band 60
Qualification Acceptance levels + 3 db 120
Protoqualification Acceptance levels +3 db 60
3.4.5.2 Static and Sine Test Requirements

Static testing of primary structure is required as a qualification of the structure for flight. This static test must
demonstrate the capability of the structure to withstand the worst case combination of quasi-static loads shown in
Table 3.4.1.1-1 and Figure 3.4.1.2-1 or obtained from coupled loads analysis. Qualification margins for structure
static testing of 1.1 to yield and 1.25 to ultimate must be assumed. For ground handling lift points, qualification
margin to ultimate shall be 1.5 minimum.
Demonstration of the spacecraft secondary structures ability to withstand dynamic loads induced by flight events and
ground transportation is required for qualification and acceptance of the spacecraft design.
The following tests are required:
Table 3.4.5.2-1: Sine Test Requirements
Type of Test Levels Test Frequency Sweep Rate

(octaves/min)
Sine sweep qualification Sine levels in Figure 3.4.2-1 x 1.25 2
Sine sweep Levels in Figure 3.4.2-1 x 1.25 4

protoqualification
Sine sweep acceptance Levels in Figure 3.4.2-1 4
Page 3-23
Notching should be minimized, and as a test goal should not allow base inputs to decrease below the base equivalent
level produced by the Final Coupled Loads Analysis multiplied by the appropriate Factor of Safety and should not
allow spacecraft response to go below the worst case response predicted by the Final Coupled Loads Analysis
multiplied by the appropriate Factor of Safety.
For Spacecraft secondary structure which does not attain the worst case level predicted from the Final Coupled Loads
Analysis multiplied by the appropriate Factor of Safety, an analysis must show the capability to sustain the CLA result
multiplied by the appropriate Factor of Safety.
3.4.5.3 Shock Test Requirements

A shock test using the adapter clamp system with the flight adapter and spacecraft is required at the SC manufacturer’s
facility in conjunction with a mechanical/electrical fitcheck for first of a kind spacecraft and the first follow-on
spacecraft in a series. For this test the flight band will be tensioned to the same level as will be used for the flight
installation per the manufacturers test procedure. Shock levels will be measured at a location on the adapter 120 mm
above the SC separation plane.
3.5 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) emissions and susceptibility of the SC and the LV shall be individually controlled
to the extent necessary to ensure EMC of the fully integrated system.
3.5.1 EMI Safety Margin (EMISM)

The integrated SC/LV system shall be designed to provide EMC with a minimum of 20 dB EMISM (vs. DC no-fire
Threshold) for ordnance circuits and 6dB EMISM overall.
3.5.2 Radiated Emissions

The launch vehicle intentional emissons are described in Tables 3.5.2-1 and 3.5.2-2a and 3.5.2-2b. The SC needs to be
compatible with these emissions.
The launch vehicle generated and launch base spurious EMI sources shall not exceed the levels of Figures 3.5.2-1a and
3.5.2-1b in a plane 1 meter below and parallel to the SC/LV interface plane.
The SC generated and spurious EMI sources shall not exceed the levels of Figure 3.5.2-2 in a plane 1 meter below and
parallel to the SC/LV interface plane.
Page 3-24
Table 3.5.2-1: Launch Vehicle RF Characteristics for Proton K/Block DM (TBC)
Parameters First Stage First Stage Second Stage Third Stage Third Stage Block DM Block DM
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2 Transmitter Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2 Transmitter Receiver
Carrier Frequency (Mhz) 192 137 240 232 132 923 769
3db Bandwidth (Mhz) .256 3.0 .256 .256 3.0 0.5 0.5
Modulation type and

characteristics PM APM/FM PM PM APM/FM PM PM
Transmitter output power

(dbW) Max (at carrier freq.) 20.8 11.8 20.8 20.8 11.8 9.0
Receiver sensitivity at the

carrier freq (dbW), Nom. -137
Antenna gain, db -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 9
Antenna description and Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular
polarization
OMNI EP OMNI EP OMNI EP OMNI EP OMNI EP OMNI EP OMNI EP
Operating on pad? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Operating in flight? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Table 3.5.2-2: Launch Vehicle RF Characteristics for Proton M (TBC)
Parameters First Stage First Stage Second Stage Third Stage Third Stage Tracking
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2 Transmitter Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
Carrier Frequency (MHz) 192 137 240 232 132 3410
3db Bandwidth (MHz) 0.256 3.0 .256 .256 3.0 40
Modulation type and

characteristics PM APM/FM PM PM APM/FM PM

(dbW) Max (at carrier freq.) 20.8 11.8 20.8 20.8 11.8 9.0

carrier freq (dbW), Nom.
Antenna gain, dB -10 - 10 - 10 - 10 - 10 -9 within angles of

+70 degrees
-10 within angles of
+85 degrees
Antenna description and Omni-directional, circular limited view omni

polarization antenna
Operating on pad? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Operating in flight? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Page 3-25
Table 3.5.2-3: Launch Vehicle RF Characteristics for Breeze M (TBC)
Parameters Breeze M Breeze M Breeze M Breeze M Glonass/ GPS

Telemetry Telemetry Telemetry Receiver
Carrier Frequency (MHz) 15150 1018.5 1020.5 5750-5760 1570-1640
3db Bandwidth (MHz) 0.5 0.128 0.128 50 55
Modulation type and

characteristics PM FM FM PM PM

(dbW) Max (at carrier freq.) 9.0 11.8 11.8

carrier freq (dbW), Nom. - 137 - 137
Antenna gain , dB 21 3 to 10 3 to 10 -7 3
(Parallel to (Parallel to
Xsc axis) Xsc axis)
Antenna description and right circular limited view limited view limited view limited view
polarization horn omni antenna omni antenna omni antenna omni antenna
Operating on pad? No Yes Yes No Yes
Operating in flight? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Page 3-26
Figure 3.5.2-1a: Launch Vehicle and Launch Base Pad Narrowband Radiated Emissions (Proton K/Block DM) (TBC)
140
120
100
80
dBm V/m
60
40
20
0
100 1000 10000 100000
Frequency (MHz)
Frequency (MHz) dBmV/m 3dB Band width (MHz)

132 98 3
137 74 3
192 84 0.256
232 100 0.256
240 87 0.256
769 25 0.5
923 120 0.5
2000 70 N/A
100000 15 N/A
Page 3-27
Figure 3.5.2-1b: Launch Vehicle and Launch Base Pad Narrowband Radiated Emissions (Proton M/Breeze M) (TBC)
140
120
100
80
dBm V/m
60
40
20
0
100 1000 10000 100000
Frequency (MHz)
Frequency (MHz) dBmV/m 3dB Band width (MHz)

132 98 3
137 74 3
192 84 0.256
232 100 0.256
240 87 0.256
1000 127 0.5
2000 70 N/A
3400 123 0.5
15150 135 0.5
30000 15 N/A
Page 3-28
Figure 3.5.2-2: Launch Vehicle and Launch Pad Radiated Susceptibility Limits
130
110
90
dBmV/m
70
50
30
10
1.00E-01 1.00E+00 1.00E+01 1.00E+02
Frequency (GHz)
Frequency (GHz) dBmV/m

0.01 120
0.1 120
0.75 60
1 129
20 80
3.5.3 RF Transmitter/Receiver Systems EMC

Standard RF system compatibility analyses will be performed which shall insure integrated system EMC of
simultaneously operated SC and LV transmitters and receivers during time frames where such operations are necessary.
Page 3-29
4. SPACECRAFT INTERFACES
4.1 MECHANICAL INTERFACES
4.1.1 Structural Interfaces

The SC to LV structural/mechanical interfaces include a payload adapter, a separation system, umbilical connectors,
separation switches and bonding straps. The structural/mechanical interfaces are defined for each adapter system in
Appendix D of this Mission Planner’s Guide.
The LV coordinate system is shown in Figure 4.1.1-1 with a representative SC.
Figure 4.1.1-1: LV Coordinate System
4.1.2 General SC Structural and Load Requirements
4.1.2.1 Design Criteria

The SC and LV interface structure shall support the SC during the maximum load condition without yielding. The
clearance between the flanges of the SC and the adapter prior to clampband tensioning shall not exceed 0.6 mm. The
geometry of the spacecraft flange is provided in Appendix D for a temperature of 21° C. The surface flatness of the SC
interface ring shall be less than 0.3 mm.
4.1.2.2 SC Stiffness
The spacecraft primary structural stiffness shall be such that the minimum fundamental lateral and axial mode
frequencies shall be greater than 10 Hz and 25 Hz respectively as cantilevered from a rigid interface. The SC/LV
interface is assumed to behave linearly under all loading conditions.
Page 4-1
4.1.2.3 SC Interface Loads

The SC lifting device and structure shall be capable of lifting the SC plus the payload adapter and the separation
system. Maximum adapter, separation system and other mass to be lifted by SC = 220kg.
Loads affecting the SC at the SC/LV interface include the adapter springs and the SC/LV electrical umbilical
connectors. The adapter spring forces and the SC/LV electrical umbilical connector forces are provided in the adapter
Appendix D of this Mission Planner’s Guide.
4.1.2.4 SC Center of Gravity Offset Requirements

TBS
4.1.3 Fairing Interfaces

This section provides a description of fairing interfaces including generic fairing useable volume, allowable access door
locations and RF window locations.
4.1.3.1 Fairing General Description

A general layout of the Proton M/Block DM Commercial Fairing is provided in Figure 4.1.3.1-1. A general layout of
the Breeze M Standard and Long Commercial Fairings are provided in Figures 4.1.3.1-3 and 4.1.3.1-5.
Figure 4.1.3.1-2 provides the layout for the Proton/Block DM generic useable volume. Figures 4.1.3.1-4 and
4.1.3.1-6 provide the layouts for the Proton/Breeze M Standard and Long Commercial fairing generic useable
volumes. These generic useable volumes do not take into account any specific adapter configuration. Specific adapters
will alter the bottom portion of the useable volume in order to take into account required adapter clearances for
installation and required flight clearances with the adapter structure. Specific useable volumes tailored to individual
adapter systems are provided in the adapter Appendix D of this Mission Planner’s Guide.
The definition of useable volume used throughout this Mission Planner’s Guide is as follows:
Useable Volume: The spacecraft static envelope (maximum dimensions of unloaded spacecraft, including
manufacturing tolerances and expansion of thermal blankets) must not protrude beyond the useable volume, except
where it is mutually agreed upon by ILS and Khrunichev. Spacecraft dynamic displacements due to ground or flight
loads and deviations caused by an imperfect installation of the spacecraft on the Fourth Stage may protrude beyond the
boundaries of this useable volume. An assumption made is that spacecraft dynamic displacements will not exceed 50
mm. This must be verified by coupled loads analysis.
Page 4-2
4.1.3.2 Fairing Access Locations

Four fairing access doors are located on the lower boattail of the fairing structure of the Block DM vehicle and are
dimensioned as shown in Figure 4.1.3.1-1. These doors are nominally used for access to the Block DM. The Customer
may use these doors for access to spacecraft related interface equipment. These access requirements need to be
coordinated and agreed upon with ILS in the mission specific ICD. Up to 2 access doors may be provided in the
fairing in the locations shown in Figures 4.1.3.1-1, 4.1.3.1-3 and 4.1.3.1-5 for the Block DM and Breeze M vehicle
versions. These access locations may be accessed at times coordinated with ILS from the time of fairing encapsulation
up to the beginning of Launch Vehicle fueling on the launch pad.
Page 4-3
Figure 4.1.3.1-1a: Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 4-4
Figure 4.1.3.1-1b: Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 2 of 3)
Page 4-5
Figure 4.1.3.1-1c: Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 3 of 3)
Page 4-6
Figure 4.1.3.1-2a: Generic Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 4-7
Figure 4.1.3.1-2b: Generic Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 3)
Page 4-8
Figure 4.1.3.1-2c: Generic Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 3 of 3)
Page 4-9
Figure 4.1.3.1-3a: Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 4-10
Figure 4.1.3.1-3b: Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 2 of 3)
Page 4-11
Figure 4.1.3.1-3c: Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 3 of 3)
Page 4-12
Figure 4.1.3.1-4a: Generic Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 4-13
Figure 4.1.3.1-4b: Generic Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 3)
Page 4-14
Figure 4.1.3.1-4c: Generic Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 3 of 3)
Page 4-15
Figure 4.1.3.1-5a: Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 1 of 4)
Page 4-16
Figure 4.1.3.1-5b: Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 2 of 4)
Page 4-17
Figure 4.1.3.1-5c: Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 3 of 4)
Page 4-18
Figure 4.1.3.1-5d: Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing General Layout (Sheet 4 of 4)
Page 4-19
Figure 4.1.3.1-6a: Generic Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 4-20
Figure 4.1.3.1-6b: Generic Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 3)
Page 4-21
Figure 4.1.3.1-6c: Generic Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing - Useable Volume Dimensions (Sheet 3 of 3)
Page 4-22
4.1.4 GN2/Dry Air Purge Option

For an additional fee the Customer can obtain a GN2/dry air purge at the adapter interface via special pneumatic
fittings. GN2 can be provided via Customer provided gas bottles during operations in the PPF and on the Launch Pad
up to Mobile Service Tower rollback. At this time, the line can be connected to a dry air source running through the
LV to provide a dry air purge up to liftoff. Characteristics of this purge system are as follows:
Item Characteristic
Number of fittings 1
Type fitting pneumatic 0.172 inches internal diameter, 0.281 inches external diameter, 303 CRES material
(provided by customer)
Period of operation a)accessible by Customer during payload operations in PPF up to on pad prior to Mobile
Service Tower rollback (including during transportation operations as mutually agreed upon
between ILS and Customer)
b)connected to ILS dry air source through LV from Mobile Service Tower rollback to launch
Operational gas Gaseous nitrogen or air
Gas Content
Particulate Size <50 microns
Hydrocarbon Content Maximum Condensable Hydrocarbons-
5.0X10-4 % by mass
Helium Content At Standard Atmosphere Concentrations
5.0X10-4 % maximum by volume
Filtration Preliminary purification and availability of filter at system outlet with mesh of 25-50 microns
Temperature -30 degrees C to +30 degrees C
Humidity Requirement Maximum Dew Point Temperature = -55 degrees C
Flow rate at SC/LV interface 450-650 cm3/min
Maximum pressure drop 0.048 Pa

from SC/LV interface
through SC
For a typical mechanical interface layout, see Appendix D of this Mission Planner’s Guide.
Page 4-23
4.2 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES

Electrical interfaces include the SC/LV airborne interfaces, EGSE interfaces, and telemetry/command links.
4.2.1 Airborne Interfaces

Electrical umbilical interfaces are used primarily for providing power to the spacecraft from Customer ground power
supplies located in the Vault under the launch pad. They are also used for hardline telemetry and command links
between the spacecraft and the Customer ground support equipment located in the Bunker. Additionally, the Customer
has an option to provide spacecraft measurements to the Launch Vehicle telemetry system on the Fourth Stage via
these umbilicals.
4.2.1.1 Electrical Connectors

Two 37 or 61 umbilical connectors are provided at the Spacecraft interface with the Launch Vehicle adapter. The
connectors are spring-loaded and at separation will disconnect from the adapter.
Appendix D of this Mission Planner’s Guide describes the standard adapters also provides the type, location and
mechanical configuration for these connectors.
Umbilical connector brackets provide +/- 2 mm adjustment in longitudinal direction and +/- 4 mm adjustment in
the lateral axes.
4.2.1.2 Separation Verification

Two diametrically opposed separation microswitches are provided on the top adapter interface flange. Refer to
Appendix D for specific locations and mounting configuration for each specific adapter. At separation, the
microswitches will open a circuit and the Launch Vehicle telemetry will detect this as the separation event.
In addition, continuity loops are provided in each umbilical connector on the spacecraft side. At separation, the
umbilical connectors will disengage, thereby opening these circuits and providing a redundant indication of separation
to the Launch Vehicle telemetry system.
4.2.1.3 Interface Electrical Constraints

All SC and LV electrical interface circuits shall be constrained at least 20 seconds prior to SC separation such that there
is no current flow greater than 100 mA per wire during the Separation event.
4.2.1.4 Accelerometer Measurements

Five accelerometers are mounted near the top of the adapter interface flange to record acceleration from liftoff until
stage three/four separation. Their positions are illustrated in Section 4.2.1.7. Three accelerometers measure
longitudinal loads and two measure lateral loads. Refer to Section 4.2.1.7 for characteristics of these telemetry
channels and Appendix D for the installation of the accelerometers on the adapter.
4.2.1.5 Separation Microswitches

Two diametrically opposed separation microswitches are provided, located on the top adapter interface flange. Refer to
Appendix D for angular locations and for cross-section views.
Page 4-24
4.2.1.6 Pre-Separation “Dry Loop” Commands

The Customer may choose as an optional service up to 2 primary and 2 redundant in flight commands in the form of
relay closures for initiating spacecraft commands during flight. The command for closure will be issued after launch
and before SC/LV separation. Timing and signal characteristic requirements need to be provided by the Customer no
later than at L-12 months. Characteristics of this command are as follows:
Item Characteristic
Type of relay Single pull single throw
Actuation time Any time from liftoff up to separation
Pulse duration up to 210 ms
Timing accuracy +/- 0.03 ms
Allowable max voltage through relay contact at relay closure 36 Volts
Allowable max steady state current through SC/LV interface 1 Ampere

contact
A schematic of this dry loop command is provided in Figure 4.2.1.6-1.
Figure 4.2.1.6-1: Dry Loop Functional Schematic
K7 K13 K8 K14 K9 K15 K10 K1

6
K11 K11 K12
K12
K1 K7 K14 K8 K1 K9 K1 K10
3 5 6
PO2A
2 6 1 5 11 15 12 16
J1 J2
SC/LV Interface
Page 4-25
4.2.1.7 Launch Vehicle Telemetry, Command and Power

The launch vehicle provides the spacecraft separation command and the power for initiating the separation system.
There are no launch vehicle power or command lines which pass across the spacecraft separation plane.
Table 4.2.1.7-1 provides a description of the telemetry which is used during ground handling. Table 4.2.1.7-2 provides
the characteristics and location of each flight telemetry sensor. Finally, Figures 4.2.1.7-1 to 4.2.1.7-9 show the
locations of each sensor on the LV or ground transportation device.
4.2.1.7.1 Optional SC Telemetry through LV Telemetry System

There is a Customer option for monitoring up to 2 spacecraft parameters during flight by routing up to 2 spacecraft
telemetry points through the umbilicals to the Third and Fourth Stage telemetry system. Characteristics are described
below:
Item Characteristic
Data channel voltage range TBD
Data channel sample frequency 8000 Hz
Data channel measurement window From lift-off command to third stage separation
Allowable round trip impedance from umbilical connector to 2 kohm (any combination of resistance, impedance and
spacecraft TM point (ohms) to maintain measurement error inductance)
within +/- 7%
Minimum isolation required between signal line and spacecraft TBD

structural ground (Megohms)
Data recorded for these TM points will be provided to the Customer as part of the Post-Launch Report submission
and in electronic format.
Page 4-26
Table 4.2.1.7-1: Instrumentation Quantities and Locations for Ground Operations

Accelerometer Location and Amplitude Frequency
Accelerations Measurement Directions Measurement Measurement
Dynamic Range, Hz
Range, G’s
Transport by Motor Vehicle or Location: In the area of the attachment of the container
Rail, Spacecraft Mounted in on shock pallet to the Transport Vehicle
Shipping Container on Shock Vertical 1.0 (TBX1) Up to 50 Hz
Pallet Lateral 1.0 (TBY1)
Longitudinal 1.0 (TBZ1)
Transport by Rail, Spacecraft Support Point of Fourth Stage Aft Interface Ring
Mounted on LV Fourth Stage Vertical 1.0 (TBX3) Up to 50 Hz
(Fourth Stage and Fairing Lateral 1.0 (TBY3)
Only) Longitudinal 1.0 (TBZ3)
Support Point of Fairing Assembly at Cylinder-Nose
Cone Transition
Vertical 1.0 (TBX4) Up to 50 Hz
Lateral 1.0 (TBY4)
Spacecraft to SCA Separation Joint Interface
Vertical 1.0 (TBX) Up to 50 Hz
Lateral 1.0 (TBY)
Longitudinal 1.0 (TBZ)
Transport by Rail, Spacecraft Support Point of Fourth Stage Aft Interface Ring
Mounted on Proton Launch Vertical 1.0 (TBX6) Up to 50 Hz
Vehicle Assembly Lateral 1.0 (TBY6)
Support Point of Proton First Stage at Aft Ring
Vertical 1.0 (TBX5) Up to 50 Hz
Lateral 1.0 (TBY5)
Spacecraft to SCA Separation Joint Interface
Vertical 1.0 (TBX) Up to 50 Hz
Lateral 1.0 (TBY)
Longitudinal 1.0 (TBZ)
Temperature Temperature Sensors Location Measurement Range, °C
All ground events 2 Thermocouples mounted on spacecraft support ring -10°C to +40°C (TA5, TA6)
All ground events 2 Thermocouples measuring bulk air temperature inside -10°C to +40°C (TBK1, TBK2)
Khrunichev container
All ground events Temperature of inlet/exit air from thermal conditioning 0-50 °C
car
On Pad Temperature on Adapter -50 to 80 °C (TA5, TA6)
Temperature of Air Supplied to Fairing -50 to 80 °C (T20, T21)
Page 4-27
Table 4.2.1.7-1: Instrumentation Quantities and Locations for Ground Operations (Continued)
Humidity Humidity Sensors Location Measurement Range,

Transportation in Container Relative humidity inside shipping container 0-90%
All transportation events Relative humidity of inlet, exit air from KhSC thermal 0-80%
conditioning car
Contamination Contamination Sensors Location Measurement Range,
All ground events Particulate size at inlet/exit from air conditioning car (see 0.5 microns/5 microns and
facility drwg) higher
All ground events Witness Plates (2) located inside fairing on boat-tail section
On Pad Access to fairing air supply for manual reading of 0.5 microns/5 microns and
contamination levels higher (SENSOR LABEL**)
Page 4-28
Table 4.2.1.7-2: Instrumentation Quantities and Locations for Flight Events (Typical)
Purpose Quantity, measurement Sensor designation and location Time of operation Sensor
range sampling
frequency
Temperature sensors
Environment 1 0...150C T1 Nose internal surface From liftoff command 0.3 Hz
under fairing 2 -40...100C T22 (T20) Cylinder, IV pl. to nose fairing separation
2 -40...100C T23 (T21) Cylinder, II pl. (Temperature sensors in
Ext. surface 1 -40...600C T26 30 degree cone parenthesis are used on
thermal 1 -40...500C T25 20 degree cone the ground only).
insulation 1 -40...200C T27 Cylinder
External External skin
surfaces of the 1 -40...200C T2 30 degree cone
cellular 1 -40...200C T3 20 degree cone
construction 2 -40...200C T5,T4 Cylinder I pl.
skin and 1 -40...200C T6 Cylinder III pl.
thermal 1 -40...200C T7 Inverse cone I pl.
insulation Internal Skin
1 -40...200C T8 30 deg. cone I pl.
1 -40...200C T9 20 deg. cone I pl.
2 -40...200C T11,T10 Cylinder I pl.
1 -40...200C T12 20 deg. cone I pl.
1 -40...200C T13 Inverse cone I pl.
Thermal insulation
1 -40...100C T16 30 deg. cone I pl.
1 -40...100C T28 20 deg. cone I pl.
1 -40...100C T18 Cylinder III pl.
1 -40...100C T19 Inverse cone I pl.
Panel liquid thermoregulating system
heater (LTS)
1 -40...100C T14 20 deg. cone I pl.
Construction 4 -10...77C TA1 From liftoff command 1.6 Hz
of adapters TA2 adapter to spacecraft separation
TA3 upper frame
TA4
2 -90...100C TA5 To liftoff command continuous
TA6 adapter middle (ground sensors)
4 -90...100C TA7 From liftoff command 1.6 Hz
TA8 adapter bottom to spacecraft separation
TA9 frame
TA10
Spacecraft separation sensors
Adapter 2 Separation To spacecraft 50-100 Hz
plane separation
J1, J2 2
Page 4-29
Table 4.2.1.7-2: Instrumentation Quantities and Locations for Flight Events (Continued)
range sampling
frequency
Nose fairing separation sensors
Nose fairing 2 1-2 To nose fairing 50-100 Hz
4 5-6 separation
7-8
4 1-2
3-4
Pressure sensors
Nose fairing 4 0...780 1 20 degree cone, From liftoff command to 50 Hz
mm Hg 2 external surface nose fairing separation
3
4
1: 0...400 mm Hg 5 Inverse cone,
1: 0...780 mm Hg 6 external surface
1: 0...780 mm Hg 1 20 degree cone,
1: 0...250 mm Hg 2 internal surface
1: 0...780 mm Hg 3 Inverse cone,
1: 0...50 mm Hg 4 internal surface
4: 0...780 mm Hg 1 Above vents
6
8
10
7: 0...780 mm Hg 2 Below vents
3
4
5
7
9
11
Acoustic loads sensors
Nose fairing 2 places AB-1 In the internal From liftoff command to 8000 Hz
internal and 30-2000 Hz AB-2 volume between first stage separation
external 120-155 dB SC and nose
acoustic fairing. AB-1 on KhSC
pressure 2 places adapter, AB-2 on fairing
measurement 30-2000 Hz AH-1 On the nose
125-165 dB AH-2 fairing external
Page 4-30
Table 4.2.1.7-2: Instrumentation Quantities and Locations for Flight Events (Continued)
range sampling
frequency
Vibration loads sensors (low frequency)
Low frequency 3 places along X KX-1 On From liftoff command to 200 Hz
vibration up to 32 Hz KX-2 adapter near third stage separation 200 Hz
measurement from -2...+4 g KX-3 SC interface 200 Hz
along X, Y, and KY-4 200 Hz
Z axes KZ-5 200 Hz
2 places along Y & Z KX-1 At time of each stage 400 Hz

up to 32 Hz KX-2 separation 200 Hz
±0.6 g KX-3 200 Hz
KY-4 100 Hz
KZ-5 100 Hz
Vibration loads sensors (high frequency)
High 2 places On adapter From liftoff command to 8000 Hz
frequency 15...2000 Hz third stage separation
vibration up to 8 g BX-CT
measurement up to 8 g BY-CT
along X and Y
axes
Page 4-31
Figure 4.2.1.7-1a: Locations of Measurement System Sensors on Block DM Fairing (Typical)
Page 4-32
Figure 4.2.1.7-1b: Locations of Measurement System Sensors on Breeze M Fairing (Typical)
TBS
Page 4-33
Figure 4.2.1.7-2: Locations of Measurement System Sensors on 1666 Adapter System (Typical)
Page 4-34
Figure 4.2.1.7-3: Locations of Measurement System Sensors on 1194 Adapter System (Typical)
TBS
Page 4-35
Figure 4.2.1.7-4: Instrumentation During Transportation of SC in Contractor’s Container

Rail Transportation of SC in SC contractor’s container from Yubeleini to SC Processing Facility (70 km at
≤ 15 km/hr)
Conditioned Air Inlet

Thermal Rail Car Conditioned Air Exhaust
Air Temperature
Relative Humidity
Particle Count
TBX1, TBY1, TBZ1
Figure 4.2.1.7-5: Instrumentation During Transportation of SC In KhSC Container

Rail Transportation of SC in KhSC container to/from Fueling Hall (0.5 km at ≤ 5 km/hr). (For fueling operations in
Area 31 only)
Exhaust to Atmosphere (2)

Thermal Rail Car
T21
Air Temperature (internal to container
Relative Humidity opposite to T20)
Particle Count
T20
TBX1, TBY1, TBZ1 (internal to container
opposite to T21)
Page 4-36
Figure 4.2.1.7-6: Instrumentation During Transportation of Ascent Unit

Rail Transportation of SC with upper stage from SC processing facility to area 95: 70 km at ≤ 15 km/hr.
TBX, TBY, TBZ

T20, T21
Conditioned Air Inlet TA5, TA6
Thermal Rail Car Conditioned Air Exhaust
Air Temperature (inlet, exit)

Relative Humidity (inlet, exit) TBX3, TBY3, TBZ3
Particle Count (inlet, exit)
TBX1, TBY1, TBZ1
Figure 4.2.1.7-7: Instrumentation During Integration of Ascent Unit To LV

Temp., Humidity, Particle Count and Witness Plate measurements during the Ascent Unit mate to the LV.
TBX, TBY, TBZ Conditioned Air Inlet (2)
Exhaust to Atmosphere
T20, T21
Air Temperature
Witness Plates Relative Humidity
Particle Count
TA5, TA6
Page 4-37
Figure 4.2.1.7-8: Instrumentation During Transportation of Integrated Proton LV

Temp., Humidity, Particle Count and Witness Plate measurements during transport from Area 95 to the Launch Pad.
Relative Humidity (inlet, exit)

Air Temperature (inlet, exit)
Particle Count (inlet,exit)

Conditioned Air Exhaust
Witness Plates
T20, T21
TA5, TA6
TBX, TBY,TBZ
Filter Block

TBX3, TBY3, TBZ3
TBX1, TBY1, TBZ1
Page 4-38
Figure 4.2.1.7-9: Instrumentation During On-Pad Operations

Temperature, Humidity, Particle Count, and Witness Plate measurements while on the launch pad.
Fairing Air Exhaust to Atmosphere

Temperature inside (two at 420 x 500)
Fairing, T20 and T21
(see table for description,
see fairing schematic
for exact location). Witness Plates
(access door on Fairing boat tail)
Temperature on Adapter,
Conditioned Air Inlet to Fairing
TA5 and TA6 (Air sample access: continuous
(see table for description, monitoring of air used to measure
see fairing schematic temp., humidity, and contamination
for exact location). levels)
AIR THERMAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ATCS)

Temperature
Humidity
Particle Count
Page 4-39
4.2.2 Launch Pad EGSE Interfaces

The two interface connectors described in Section 4.2.1 are wired to a Mission Specific wiring harness on the adapter
which is connected to the LV flight umbilical harness running the length of the vehicle to an interface connector Ø06 at
the bottom of the first stage. From here, ground cabling connects the umbilical to an interface panel in the Vault under
the launch pad where the Customer electrical interface equipment is located. As can be seen from Figure 4.2.2-1, there
are test access connectors on the Fourth Stage which permit access to the umbilical from the Mobile Service Tower up
to 8 hours prior to launch. These can be used to interface Customer battery charging power supplies on the Mobile
Service Tower with the SC. They can also be used to connect with wiring in the Mobile Service Tower to provide a
parallel path with the flight LV umbilical to reduce overall resistance drop from the SC to Customer GSE for high
current power lines.
The Launch Pad interfaces include connections from the base of the Proton LV (and connections at station 43.85 on
the Mobile Service Tower if required) to ground wiring interfacing with SC EGSE. ILS provides all necessary
electrical harnesses and cables between the SC/LV IFD’s and the SC EGSE interface enables in the Vault and on the
MST. Figure 4.2.2-1 provides a block diagram of the electrical interfaces available between the payload, Launch
Vehicle and the ground systems.
Figure 4.2.2-1: Spacecraft to Launch Vehicle and Ground Systems Electrical Interfaces
Spacecraft
Mobile Service
37 or 61 pin Deutsch Tower
Connectors
Mission Specific
Wiring
O 1A
Notes: 1) Cable length from level 6 of MST to Vault: 400 meters

Level 6 2) Cable length from SC connectors to O 06: 50 meters
3) Cable length from O 06 to Vault: TBD meters
Bunker Rm 250
O 06
Junction Vault
Box X1 Customer
STE
Customer
MPS
Mission Specific Wiring
Page 4-40
4.2.2.1 EGSE Interface Electrical Constraints

The maximum voltage at the P1 and P2 spacecraft umbilical connectors is 100 V.
SC contractor equipment needs to provide protection against exceeding 100 V at spacecraft umbilical interface. It also
needs to provide continuous monitoring and recording of this bus voltage.
All EGSE interfaces to the SC shall be current limited by the Customer to preclude damage to the LV ground and
airborne systems in the event of a short circuit . SC STE shall shut off power within 0.2 sec if Imax is exceeded by 50%.
SC and GSE will be de-energized prior to mating and demating of umbilical connectors for electrical checkouts and
flight mating.
All SC EGSE electrical interface circuits shall be constrained at least 5 minutes prior to liftoff such that there will be
no current flow greater than 100 mA per wire across the T-0 interface .
4.2.3 Telemetry/Command Links

An RF link for telemetry/command is provided between the SC on the pad and the Bunker. The Customer can choose
between one of the 4 links defined in Tables 4.2.3-1a, 4.2.3-1b, 4.2.3-1c and 4.2.3-1d. A block diagram of the SC to
bunker RF/electrical interface is shown in Figure 4.2.3-1.
In order to confirm compatibility with the link, the following is required of the Customer:
a) The SC Checkout Station shall have 1 physical command interface and 1 physical telemetry interface.
b) SC GSE RF interface impedance shall be 50 OHM
c) Uninterrupted operation of RF devices shall not exceed 8 hours, with a 30 minute break before the next 8 hour
session.
d) The SC contractor shall provide to Khrunichev the measured coefficient values for TT &C signals via the RF
window obtained during the RF channel checkup in the integration facility following the Ascent Unit
encapsulation.
e) Prior to installation of the LV+Ascent Unit on the pad and following the delivery of the STE to the bunker, the
SC manufacturer shall verify continuity between command RF link and STE and issue to Khrunichev the
Certificate of Launch Pad Readiness to accommodate the LV and Ascent Unit.
f) After installation of LV+Ascent Unit and prior to the roll-up of service tower, the SC manufacturer, in
conjunction with Khrunichev, shall check out the RF link between the Ascent Unit and STE. Such check out shall
be performed 20 minutes after the mating of the LV aft section. SC contractor to confirm functionality of the RF
link within 45 minutes.
g) At L-6 months, the SC manufacturer shall provide to Khrunichev two connectors for installation by Khrunichev
on the existing RF cables in the bunker, two spare connectors and two corresponding jacks, as well as instructions
on cable dressing and cable performances.
Page 4-41
Table 4.2.3-1a: C-Band RF Link Characteristics
Telemetry Link
Reference Value Note

Frequency range, GHz 3.95 ± 0.2
Bandwidth, MHz > 250
Signal polarization Left-hand circular
Radio link output signal power
maximum. dBm minus 0.0 with Service Tower rolled back
minus 6.2 with Service Tower in place
minimum, dBm minus 30.0 with Service Tower rolled back
Radio link gain factor, dB minus 31.0 ±5 with Service Tower rolled back
minus 42.2 ± 2 with Service Tower in place
Gain factor adjustment limit for 30
radio link input, dB
Radio link output signal-to-noise 64
ratio, dB*Hz
Command Link

Signal polarization Right-hand circular
maximum, dBW/m2 minus 22.2 with Service Tower rolled back
minimum, dBW/m2 minus 72.2 with Service Tower rolled back
Radio link gain factor, dB minus 43.2 with Service Tower rolled back
Gain factor adjustment limit for radio 30
link input, dB
Radio link output signal-to-noise ratio, 70
dB*Hz
Page 4-42
Table 4.2.3-1b: Ku-Band RF Link 1 Characteristics
Telemetry Link

Signal polarization Linear vertical
Radio link output signal power with SC antenna input signal power of 0 dBW
maximum, dBm minus 31 with Service Tower rolled back
minus 37 with Service Tower in place
minimum, dBm minus 41 with Service Tower rolled back
Radio link gain factor, dB minus 78.3 ± 5 with Service Tower rolled back
minus 80.0 ± 2 with Service Tower in place
link input, dB
dB*Hz
Command Link

Signal polarization Linear, horizontal
Radio link output signal power with SCS antenna input signal power of
3 dBW
Gain factor adjustment limits for radio from -65 to -41
link input, dB from -67 to -43
dB*Hz
Page 4-43
Table 4.2.3-1c: K-Band RF Link 2 Characteristics
Telemetry Link

Signal polarization left-hand circular
Radio link output signal power with SC antenna input signal power of 0 dBW
maximum, dBm 2 with Service Tower rolled back
minimum, dBm minus 8 with Service Tower rolled back
Radio link gain factor, dB minus 35 ± 5 with Service Tower rolled back
minus 45 ± 2 with Service Tower in place
link input, dB
dB*Hz
Command Link

Signal polarization Right-hand circular
Radio link output signal power with SCS antenna input signal power of 3 dBW
maximum, dBW/m2 minus 31 with Service Tower rolled back
minimum, dBW/m2 minus 41 with Service Tower rolled back
Gain factor adjustment limits for radio from -50 to -80
link input, dB from -52 to -82
dB*Hz
Page 4-44
Table 4.2.3-1d: Ku-Band RF Link 3 Characteristics
Telemetry Link

Signal polarization Linear horizontal
maximum, dBm minus 8.0 with Service Tower rolled back
minimum, dBm minus 44.0 with Service Tower rolled back
link input, dB
dB*Hz
Command Link

Signal polarization Linear vertical
Gain factor adjustment limit for radio link 30
input, dB
dB*Hz
Page 4-45
Figure 4.2.3-1: SC to Bunker RF/Electrical Interface Block Diagram
Launc h Pad
SC RF link
RF TM
RF TC
Khrunichev
RF
Rack
Interconnect
Panel
Interconnect Interconnect
Panel Panel
Underground Vault Bunker

A048
4.2.3.1 RF Window Requirements

Figures 4.1.3-1, 4.1.3-3 and 4.1.3-5 show locations of fairing doors and RF window cutouts for the fairing.
There are 2 RF window positions in the fairing to take into account the possible view angles required at each of the 2
Proton launch pads. When the launch pad is designated, 1 out of the 2 windows will be covered with conductive enamel
leaving 1 active window for transmission of the spacecraft T and C signal between the spacecraft and the Bunker. The
RF link between the spacecraft and the ground RF equipment is required before and after Mobile Service Tower
rollback. Prior to rollback, the signals will be transmitted via a repeater on the Mobile Service Tower. Following
rollback, signals will be transmitted directly between the spacecraft and the Bunker antenna. During rollback, there
could be a maximum 20 minute outage of signal as the tower rolls through the line of site between the spacecraft and
the bunker antennas.
Page 4-46
4.2.4 Electrical Grounding

All payload preparation areas used by the SC as a launch base facilities used by SC and SC EGSE are equipped with
earth referenced steel ground busses with equipment attach points (threaded studs). The resistance between any point
on these bars and the building earth ground is less than 4 ohms. The floor surfaces in the payload and hazardous
payload processing areas is anti-static and connected to the facility grounding system. The SC contractor shall provide
all cables and attachment hardware required to interconnect the SC and support equipment with facility grounds.
4.2.5 Electrical Bonding

The resistance across the spacecraft/adapter separation plane shall be less than 10 milliohms at a current less than 10
milliamps. This may be accomplished either by conductive surface contact between the spacecraft and adapter
interface ring (1666 adapters) or by the use of 2 bonding straps which incorporate a friction contact connector that
releases upon spacecraft separation with a separation force of 40 ± 5 N. Signal and power grounds from the spacecraft
are passed through the umbilical without connecting them to Launch Vehicle structure. Likewise umbilical shield
grounds are isolated from the Launch Vehicle structure.
4.2.6 SC/LV Lightning Protection

All payload preparation areas used by the SC will be equipped with a lightning protection system for direct and
indirect hits. Augmentation of the standard provisions for any necessary SC individual circuit protection shall be
provided by the SC contractor.
4.2.7 Static Discharge

During the entire flight through SC separation, no electrostatic discharge shall occur from either the LV or the SC
surface through the LV to SC interface plane.
4.3 FITCHECK OF MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL INTERFACES

A fitcheck of electrical/mechanical interfaces with the flight adapter and spacecraft is required at the SC
manufacturer’s facility for first of a kind spacecraft and the first follow-on spacecraft in a series.
Page 4-47
5. MISSION INTEGRATION AND MANAGEMENT

ILS provides the Customer a SOW which define the management approach for a Customer Launch Service
Agreement, the deliverables provided to the Customer during the course of the LSA and a schedule for all Mission
Integration activities. This section highlights these provisions.
5.1 MANAGEMENT PROVISIONS
5.1.1 Key Personnel

Immediately after execution of each LSA, ILS and the Customer will designate their respective Mission Managers
who will be responsible for performing all management functions related to the LSA.
ILS shall ensure that personnel necessary for the performance of this contract are made available to the program to
perform the work in a timely fashion and to satisfy requirements of the contract and its exhibits.
5.1.2 Interface Control Document (ICD)

The ICD will be created by ILS based on a generic ICD template and the Customer provided IRD. It will provide the
Customer's technical requirements for the launch of their spacecraft and characteristics and constraints of the Launch
Vehicle and Launch Site relating to the interface with the spacecraft.
5.1.3 Schedule Monitoring
ILS will create and maintain an interface activities milestone schedule that provides all key technical interface
milestones necessary for successful completion of the contract. A typical mission integration schedule is as shown in
Figure 5.1.3-1a and 5.3.1-1b for a non-recurring and recurring program respectively. It is based on the meeting
schedule in Section 5.1.5.1 and the deliverable milestones provided in Sections 6 and 7. This integrated program
schedule for a particular program will be presented and agreed upon between all Parties at the Kickoff Meeting and
further changes shall be made as necessary and agreed upon at subsequent Technical Interface Meetings (TIM). In case
of changes to internal schedules, the other party will be promptly informed.
Page 5-1
Figure 5.1.3-1a: Baseline Integration Schedule (Non-Recurring Program)
STANDARD INTEGRATION SCHEDULE-NON-RECURRING

Revised: 08/21/98
ID # Activity Resp L-24 L-21 L-18 L-15 L-12 L-9 L-6 L-3 LAUNCH L+2
MEETINGS
1 Kickoff All Kickoff
2 Preliminary ICD Review All ICD Review
3 Preliminary Design Review (PDR) All PDR
4 Launch Site Visits All Site Visit No.1 Site Visit No.2
5 Operations Review All Operations Review #1 Operations Review #2
6 ICD Sign-Off All ICD Sign-Off
7 Fitcheck All Fitcheck
8 Shock Test All Shock Test
9 Critical Design Review (CDR) All CDR
10 Launch Vehicle Preshipment Rev All LV Preship
11 Spacecraft Preshipment Review All SC Preship
12 Launch Site Acceptance Review All Site Review
13 Launch Vehicle Quality Review All LVQR Update
14 Update
LV Roll-out Authorization Review All LV Roll-out Auth
15 Board
LV Loading Authorization Review All LV Loading Auth
Board ICD DEVELOPEMENT
16 IRD (Amendment for specific SC) SCC IRD (Amendment for specific SC)
17 Preliminary ICD ILS Prelim ICD
18 ICD prior to meeting to sign ILS Signed ICD
PRELIMINARY DESIGN
19 Preliminary SC Dynamic Model SCC Preliminary SC Dynamic Model
20 Annex [x] of PDR package, CLA ILS CLA Report (if required)
21 Report
SC Thermal Model SCC SC Thermal Model
22 PDR Package, all except Annex [x] ILS PDR Package
CRITICAL DESIGN
23 Inputs to Final Analysis (except SCC Inputs to Final Analysis (except CLA)
24 CLA)
Final SC Dynamic Model (test SCC Final SC Dynamic Model
25 verified)
Annex [x] of PDR package; CLA ILS CLA Report
26 Report
CDR Package; all except Annex [x] ILS CDR Package
SPACECRAFT TESTING
27 SC Environmental Test Plan SCC SC Environmental Test Plan
28 Inputs to Fitcheck & Shock Test PlanSCC Inputs to Fitcheck & Shock Test Plan
29 Fitcheck & Shock Test Plan ILS Fitcheck & Shock Test Plan
30 Fitcheck & Shock Test Report ILS Fitcheck & Shock Report
31 SC Environmental Test Results SCC SC Environmental Test Results
SAFETY DATA AND CERTIFICATES REQUIRED FOR LICENSING
32 Safety Submissions SCC Safety Submissions
33 All Certificates All All Certificates
LAUNCH CAMPAIGN
34 SC Launch Operations Plan SCC SC Launch Ops Plan (Prelim)
35 (Preliminary)
SC Launch Operations Plan (Final) SCC SC Launch Ops Plan (final)
36 Participants List w/ Passport Info SCC Participants List w/ Passport Info
37 SC Orbital Data ILS SC Orbital Data
38 Launch Evaluation Report ILS Launch Eval Report
MANAGEMENT
39 Management Report ILS
Printed:31AUG98
Page 5-2
Figure 5.1.3-1b: Baseline Integration Schedule (Recurring Program)
STANDARD INTEGRATION SCHEDULE - RECURRING

Revised: 08/21/98
ID # Activity Resp L-12 L-10 L-8 L-6 L-4 L-2 LAUNCH L+2
MEETINGS
1 Kickoff All Kickoff
2 ICD Sign-Off All ICD Sign-Off
3 Critical Design Review (CDR) All CDR
4 Fitcheck All Fitcheck
5 Shock Test All Shock Test
6 LV Preshipment (Quality) Review All LV Preship Rvw
7 SC Preshipment Readiness Review All SC Preship Readiness Rvw
8 Operations Review All Ops Review
9 Launch Site Acceptance Review All Site Review
10 Launch Vehicle Quality Review All LVQR Update
11 Update
LV Roll-out Authorization Review All LV Roll-out Auth
12 Board
LV Loading Authorization Review All LV Loading Auth
Board ICD DEVELOPEMENT
13 IRD (Amendment for specific SC) SCC IRD
14 ICD prior to meeting to sign ILS ICD
revision CRITICAL DESIGN
15 Inputs to Final Analysis (except SCC Inputs to Final Analysis
16 CLA)
Final SC Dynamic Model (Test SCC Final SC Dynamic Model
17 Verified)
Annex [X] of CDR package; CLA ILS CLA Report
18 Report
CDR Package; all except Annex [x] ILS CDR Package
SPACECRAFT TESTING
19 SC Environmental Test Plan SCC SC Environmental Test Plan
20 Inputs to Fitcheck & Shock Test PlanSCC Inputs to Fitcheck & Shock Test Plan
21 Fitcheck & Shock Test Plan ILS Fitcheck & Shock Test Plan
22 Fitcheck & Shock Test Report All Fitcheck & Shock Report
23 SC Environmental Test Results SCC SC Environmental Test Results
24 Safety Submissions SCC Safety Submissions
25 All Certificates ILS All Certificates
LAUNCH CAMPAIGN
26 SC Launch Operations Plan (final) SCC SC Launch Ops Plan (final)
27 Participants List w/ Passport Info SCC Participants & Info List
28 Orbital Data ILS Orbital Data
29 Launch Evaluation Report ILS Launch Eval Report
MANAGEMENT
30 Management Report ILS
Printed:31AUG98
Page 5-3
5.1.4 Documentation Control and Delivery

ILS maintains an internal documentation and configuration control system for all LSAs. Deliverable documentation
shall be maintained under this configuration control system.
All technical correspondence between ILS and the Customer relating to work on the LSA is strictly between the
Customer Mission Manager and the ILS Mission Manager.
5.1.5 Meetings and Reviews

ILS and the Customer will meet as often as necessary to allow good and timely execution of all activities related to
launch preparation of each satellite. A preliminary meeting schedule is defined in Section 5.1.5.1 and meeting
schedules will be updated through the course of the contract as part of the interface activities milestone schedule
generated by ILS. Exact dates, locations, agendas, and participation are agreed upon in advance, on a case-by-case
basis, by the ILS Mission Manager and the Customer Mission Manager.
5.1.5.1 Interface Meetings and Reviews

The ILS Mission Manager chairs all meetings unless otherwise specified. ILS will provide meeting minutes at the end
of each meeting signed by ILS and the Customer.
A baseline meeting schedule is provided in Tables 5.1.5.1-1a and 5.1.5.1-1b for a non-recurring and recurring
program respectively. A non-recurring program is one with a first of a kind SC which requires 2 analysis cycles. A
recurring program is one with a similar SC which requires only one analysis cycle and no significant changes to the
launch vehicle and the launch site.
Page 5-4
A description of each type of meeting is provided below:
Table 5.1.5.1-1a: Baseline Meeting Schedule for Non-Recurring Program
Meeting Date* Location
Kickoff L-24 TBD
Preliminary ICD Review L-20 TBD
Preliminary Design Review (PDR) L-14 Moscow
Launch Site Visit No. 1 L-12 Launch Site
Operations Review No. 1 L-12 TBD
ICD Signoff L-11 TBD
Fitcheck L-6 SC Manufacturer
Shock Test L-6 SC Manufacturer
Critical Design Review (CDR) L-6 Moscow
Launch Site Visit No. 2 L-5 Launch Site
Launch Vehicle Preshipment Review L-3 Moscow
Spacecraft Preshipment Review L-2 SC Manufacturer
Operations Review No. 2 L-2 TBD
Launch Site Acceptance Review L-2 Launch Site
Launch Vehicle Quality Review Update (TBC) L-7 days Launch Site
Launch Vehicle Rollout Authorization Review Board L-6 days Launch Site
Launch Vehicle Fueling Authorization Review Board L-1 day Launch Site
* Date: Launch Minus X Months
Page 5-5
Table 5.1.5.1-1b: Baseline Meeting Schedule for Recurring Program
Meeting Date* Location
Kickoff L-12 TBD
ICD Signoff L-10 TBD
Critical Design Review (CDR) L-6 Moscow
Fitcheck L-6 SC Manufacturer
Shock Test L-6 SC Manufacturer
Launch Vehicle Preshipment (Quality)Review L-3 Moscow
Spacecraft Preshipment Readiness Review L-2 SC Manufacturer
Operations Review L-2 TBD
Launch Site Acceptance Review L-2 Launch Site
Launch Vehicle Quality Review Update (TBC) L-7 days Launch Site
Launch Vehicle Rollout Authorization Review Board L-6 days Launch Site
Launch Vehicle Fueling Authorization Review Board L-1 day Launch Site
* Date: Launch Minus X Months
Kickoff
This meeting represents the formal start of the program. A description of overall LSA services will be presented as well
as management organization and preliminary program schedules. The Interface Requirements Document will be
discussed to kickoff generation of the ICD.
Preliminary ICD Review
The preliminary ICD will be reviewed and agreement reached on inputs to begin the Preliminary Analysis cycle.
Preliminary Design Review (PDR)
ILS will present all results of preliminary analyses and compare with ICD requirements.
Launch Site Visit No. 1
This first visit to the launch site will provide a first orientation to the Customer. A key goal is to verify compliance with
ICD requirements.
Operations Review
Review of requirements and corresponding implemention for launch base operations.
Page 5-6
Review of inputs to Final Analyses
Agreement will be reached at this meeting to all final analysis inputs prior to starting these analyses.
Fitcheck
This is a fitcheck of flight adapter and separation system hardware to the flight spacecraft at the SC manufacturer's
facility.
Shock Test
This is an actuation of the flight type separation system with the flight spacecraft at the manufacturer's facility. It is
done in conjunction with the fitcheck.
Critical Design Review (CDR)
ILS presents all results from the final analysis cycle.
Launch Site Visit No. 2
This is the last visit prior to certification of the launch facility for this mission.
Launch Vehicle Preshipment Review
This meeting is held at Khrunichev as part of the quality control process. Khrunichev presents the quality status of all
Launch Vehicle hardware per design documentation.
Spacecraft Preshipment Review
This meeting is held at the SC manufacturer's facility and provides a status of the spacecraft readiness to ship to the
Launch Site.
Launch Site Acceptance Review
This meeting is held at the Launch Site prior to SC arrival to confirm the readiness of the Launch Site to begin the
launch campaign. The compliance with requirements in the ICD and Operations Plan will be verified.
Launch Vehicle Quality Review Update
At this meeting, the data presented by Khrunichev at the Launch Vehicle Preshipment Review is updated to take into
account all subsequent activities up to L-7 days before launch (TBC).
Page 5-7
LV Rollout Authorization Review Board
A meeting is held at the Launch Site to confirm readiness to rollout the LV to the Launch Pad.
LV Fueling Authorization Review Board
A meeting is held at the Launch Site to confirm readiness to load the LV with propellants and confirm SC readiness to
launch.
Action Item Control
ILS maintains a centralized action item control system for each LSA.
5.1.6 DTRA Oversight

ILS arranges for Defense Threat Reduction Agency (DTRA) oversight, as necessary for technical interchange
involving foreign nationals.
5.1.7 Quarterly Report

At the end of each contract quarter, ILS provides a report for each LSS covering management and technical progress
including: subcontract status, technical status, mission integration schedule, production schedule and status for all
major hardware, action item status, contract deliverable status. Major program issues are summarized and resolution
plans discussed.
5.1.8 Quality Provisions

Refer to Appendix B for a description of Quality Assurance provision in place for Proton launch services.
5.1.9 Launch License And Permits

ILS will obtain all necessary Russian Federation permits and approvals required for the processing and launch of the
Customer's spacecraft.
The Customer will obtain permits and approvals required to import and export the spacecraft and associated
equipment from its country of origin through the Port of Entry in Russia and Kazakhstan.
5.2 ILS DELIVERABLES

ILS provides the following deliverables during the course of each LSA. The baseline delivery schedule is provided in
Table 5.2-1.
Page 5-8
Table 5.2-1: ILS Deliverable Schedule for a Recurring and a Non-Recurring Program
Recurring Non-Recurring
DOCUMENT Date* Date*
ICD DEVELOPMENT
Preliminary ICD L-21
ICD prior to sign off meeting L-11 L-12
PRELIMINARY DESIGN
PDR package PDR -10 days
CRITICAL DESIGN
CDR package CDR -10 days CDR -10 days
SPACECRAFT TESTING
Fitcheck and Shock Test Plan N/A L-9
Fitcheck and Shock Test Report N/A L-5
Safety Certificate L-3 L-3
LAUNCH CAMPAIGN AND LAUNCH
Orbital Data L+0 L+0
Launch Evaluation Report L+2 L+2
MANAGEMENT
Management Report Each quarter Each quarter
5.2.1 ICD Development
5.2.1.1 ICD
ILS shall provide the ICD and will maintain it up to date by issuing revisions as necessary. Preliminary ICD will
contain input data for the Preliminary Design. The signed ICD will contain input data for the Critical Design.
5.2.2 Preliminary and Critical Design

ILS will conduct all performance and mission analyses required for the proper implementation of the Customer’s
launch mission, including those analyses identified below.
The following analyses are conducted during the mission integration effort for each satellite launch mission. For first
of a kind spacecraft, one preliminary and one final analysis cycle will normally be conducted during each satellite
integration effort. For follow-on spacecraft, one analysis cycle will be performed in most cases. Two analysis cycles
will be performed for following on SC where spacecraft and/or launch vehicle relevant parameters have changed
significantly.
Page 5-9
Each cycle includes the analyses defined in Table 5.2.2-1:
Table 5.2.2-1: Design Review Analyses
Section Title Description
Design and Manufacturing A summary of the LV design concentrating on differences with previous
vehicles. Emphasis is on specificities in adapter and payload compartment
design to meet specific spacecraft payload requirements.
Mission Design The flight design including maneuvers and maneuver sequence, orbit
parameters and dispersions, collision avoidance
Thermal Analysis Integrated thermal analysis of combined operations (ground and flight) for
spacecraft and launch vehicle hardware to ensure thermal compatibility.
The spacecraft mathematical model is provided by the Customer per the
thermal model specification provided by ILS
Separation Analysis Analysis of spacecraft separation including presentation of pertinent

kinematic parameters and their dispersions during the separation event
CLA/Acoustic/ Shock Loads 1) Dynamic coupled-loads analysis. The spacecraft mathematical model is
Environment furnished by the Customer according to the ILS provided dynamic model
specification. The following events are analyzed:
a) Liftoff
b) Flight Winds and Gust
c) First/Second Stage Separation
For follow-on satellites of the same configuration, only one verification

coupled loads analysis will be conducted unless significant launch vehicle
configuration changes have occurred (e.g. if first launch occurs on Block
DM and next launch occurs with Breeze M).
2) Presentation of other load environments including acoustic, shock and

ground transportation loads
Contamination Analysis of ground and flight contamination sources and effect on

spacecraft payload
RF Link and EMC Analysis of the RF link between the bunker and the pad and EMC analysis
verifying compatibility between the spacecraft and LV systems
Clearance Analysis Clearance analysis between the spacecraft and the LV during flight to verify
sufficient dynamic clearances
Venting Analysis Analysis of fairing depressurization during flight
Operations Detailed description of how Khrunichev will meet operational

requirements specified by the Customer in the ICD
Page 5-10
One hardcopy (and a soft copy where possible) of all design documentation will be provided to Customer 10 days prior
to review
Reports will be provided documenting the results of the above analyses. These reports will be provided for each analysis
cycle and include the following topics: summary of results, detail of analyses performed, comparison of analysis results
with ICD requirements. The analyses required may be reduced in scope if agreed between ILS and the Customer.
5.2.3 Spacecraft Testing - Fitcheck/ Shock Test Plan, and Report

ILS will provide an overall plan describing the Fitcheck/Shocktest and a description of the responsibilities and actions
for each of the participants including Khrunichev, ILS, the SC manufacturer and SAAB (if applicable). ILS will
provide a summary report following the Fitcheck & Shocktest documenting the results.
5.2.4 Safety
ILS will prepare a Safety Data Package based on the safety data provided by the Customer Safety Submissions.
5.2.5 Launch Campaign and Launch
5.2.5.1 Orbital Data

ILS will provide the State Vector data as described in Chapter 2.
5.2.5.2 Launch Evaluation Report
ILS will provide a Launch Evaluation Report for each LSA documenting the results of ground processing of the
spacecraft and the subsequent flight.
5.2.6 Management and Reports

For each LSA, ILS will provide a report each quarter documenting the status of management issues.
5.3 CUSTOMER DELIVERABLES

The Customer provides the following deliverables during the course of each LSA. The baseline delivery schedule is
provided in Tables 5.3-1.
Page 5-11
Table 5.3-1: Customer Deliverable Schedule for a Recurring and a Non-Recurring Program
Recurring Non-Recurring
DOCUMENT Date* Date*
ICD DEVELOPMENT
IRD L-12 L-24
PRELIMINARY DESIGN
Preliminary SC Dynamic Model L-24
SC Thermal Model L-19
CRITICAL DESIGN
Final SC Dynamic Model (test verified model) L-7 L-7
Inputs to Final Analyses (except SC Dynamic Model) L-12 L-11
SPACECRAFT TESTING
SC Environmental Test Plan L-11 L-11
Notching Profile for Finite Element Analysis Sine-test -2 months
SC Environmental Test Results L-4 L-4
Inputs to Fitcheck & Shock Test Plan L-10 L-10
Fitcheck & Shock Test Report L-6 L-5
Safety Submissions (Preliminary and Final SMPSP) L-12 to L-5 L-24 and L-5
Pre-Launch safety certificates L-3 L-3
LAUNCH CAMPAIGN AND LAUNCH
Spacecraft Launch Operations Plan (preliminary) L-16
Spacecraft Launch Operations Plan (final) L-8 L-8
Listing of Campaign Participants with Passport Information L-3 L-3
SC Orbital data L+2 days L+2 days
Page 5-12
5.3.1 ICD Development

The Customer will provide an IRD to ILS with interface requirements describing all pertinent design information on
the spacecraft characteristics, mechanical and electrical interfaces, and constraints necessary to define the integration
tasks and mission operation. This will be used to generate the preliminary ICD.
5.3.2 Preliminary and Critical Design
5.3.2.1 SC Dynamic Model

The Customer will provide a SC dynamic model conforming to the ILS dynamic model specification. For the second
analysis cycle, this model will be a test verified version.
5.3.2.2 SC Thermal Model

The Customer will provide a SC thermal model conforming to the ILS thermal model specification.
5.3.2.3 SC Fluid Slosh Model
The Customer shall provide a SC fluid slosh model conforming to the requirements in Appendix C.
5.3.3 Spacecraft Testing
5.3.3.1 SC Environmental Test Plan and Results

The Customer will provide a test plan for ILS approval documenting the tests which will be performed by the SC
manufacturer to demonstrate compatibility with the Proton ground and flight environments. A summary of the results
from these tests will be provided at test completion.
5.3.3.2 Fitcheck/ Shock Test Plan, Procedures and Report

The Customer will provide input to the ILS Fitcheck/Shock Test Plan. The Customer will provide a summary report
following the Fitcheck & Shocktest documenting the results.
5.3.4 Required Safety Data and Certificates
5.3.4.1 Safety Submissions

The Customer will provide all necessary data required by the Safety Plan to demonstrate that the spacecraft systems,
GSE and procedures are compatible with the Launch Site and flight safety requirements.
5.3.4.2 SC Reliability Certificate
The Customer will provide a certificate to confirm reliability and specifying the SC no-failure probability level for
ground operations and flight.
Page 5-13
5.3.4.3 SC Readiness Certificate
The Customer will provide a certificate to ILS following spacecraft environmental testing to certify that the spacecraft
is capable of withstanding the loads environments imposed on it during ground processing at the Launch Site and
during flight as documented in the ICD and in the CLA report.
5.3.4.4 Certification of Orbital Position Approval
The Customer will provide to ILS a certificate demonstrating that approval has been given by an internationally
recognized authority for the orbital position which the spacecraft to be launched under this LSA is to occupy.
5.3.4.5 Certificate Approving SC for Space Related Activities (TBC)

The customer will provide a certificate stating that the SC customer is authorized to conduct space related activities.
5.3.4.6 Certificate of Intent to File National Registry(TBC)

The Customer will provide a certificate stating intent to enter SC into the national registry of the owner's country.
5.3.5 Launch Campaign and Launch
5.3.5.1 Spacecraft Launch Operations Plan

The Customer will provide a plan which describes the spacecraft launch operations at the Launch Site.
5.3.5.2 Listing of Campaign Participants

The Customer will provide a list of all potential campaign participants 3 months prior to launch with all required
passport information. This list will designate primary and backup personnel.
5.3.5.3 Orbital Data
The Customer will provide SC state vector data complying with requirements in Chapter 2 of this Mission Planner’s
Guide.
5.4 SPECIFIC CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES

For each LSA, the Customer has the following responsibilities.
5.4.1 Campaign Duration

The campaign duration from spacecraft arrival to launch shall not exceed 42 days.
5.4.2 Spacecraft And Associated Ground Equipment

The Customer will provide at the Launch Site the spacecraft and associated ground equipment and personnel required
to meet the contracted launch date.
Page 5-14
5.4.3 Final Spacecraft Data
For missions that employ the Block DM, the Customer shall also provide final spacecraft estimated dry and wet mass
two days prior to Block DM fueling. Prior to encapsulation, the Customer will supply ILS the actual satellite dry and
wet masses.
5.4.4 Spacecraft Readiness

The Customer will provide a readiness to proceed with operations on launch minus 17 days (L-17 day), prior to the
start of Combined Operations; prior to rollout to the pad; and prior to fueling of the Launch Vehicle. These dates will
be coordinated with the Baikonur operations schedule.
5.4.5 Removal of SC Support Equipment

Unless prior arrangements have been made, the Customer shall remove from the Baikonur Cosmodrome all of its
ground support equipment using Customer provided charter aircraft within 3 days of launch.
5.4.6 Evaluation Of Launch Vehicle And Associated Services

The Customer will provide to ILS, as soon as practical after launch, with all relevant available data from the launch
necessary to assist ILS in evaluating the performance of the launch vehicle and associated services provided under each
LSA.
5.4.7 Spacecraft Propellants

The Customer will procure spacecraft propellants to support the launch campaign and is responsible for shipment of
these propellants to the Port of Entry into Russia (typically St. Petersberg) and through Customs. After the launch
campaign, the Customer will be responsible for removal of the propellants and associated equipment from the Port of
Entry. ILS will assist the Customer with Customs clearance procedures.
The Customer is responsible for propellant transportation costs.
5.4.8 Connectors
The Customer shall provide to ILS, flight and test connectors per mission specific requirements. These connectors will
be used for the assembly of flight and test harnesses.
Page 5-15
5.5 ILS SERVICES AND MATERIAL SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED

ILS has no obligation to provide the following goods or services:
a) Receiving inspection of spacecraft elements and support equipment upon arrival at the launch site
b) Analysis of data generated by the spacecraft through its own telemetry system
c) Any spacecraft test equipment
d) Shipping cost associated with the spacecraft, its components, and support equipment (except while at the launch
site)
e) Replacement parts for the spacecraft or its support equipment
f) Installation, handling, or other responsibility related to spacecraft pyrotechnic systems or elements
g) Functional operation or installation of any spacecraft systems
h) Any tracking or commanding of the spacecraft after separation from the launch vehicle
i) Spacecraft propellants
j) Propellant sampling analysis. Facilities at or near the Launch Site are not equipped with equipment or technology
necessary for analysis of SC propellants. The Customer must plan for shipment and analysis of samples outside the
Russian Federation if these analyses are required
k) Storage of spacecraft and all associated Customer GSE over 2 months
l) Storage of propellants over 4 months
m) Additional analyses over and above those specified in previous sections, caused by changes to the spacecraft design
which are not in any way attributable to ILS and not required by the terms of this LSA and its' Exhibits
n) Additional analyses over and above those required in previous sections, caused by launch postponements requested
by the Customer (unless otherwise specified in the postponement provisions of the LSA)TBC
o) Changes to the LV and/or the launch site facilities as described in this Mission Planner’s Guide , caused by
changes to the spacecraft design which are not in any way attributable to ILS and not required by the terms of the
LSA and its' Exhibits
Page 5-16
6. SPACECRAFT AND LAUNCH FACILITIES
6.1 FACILITIES OVERVIEW

The Baikonur Cosmodrome includes several facilities that are used for ILS launch campaigns (Figure 6.1-1). These
facilities include:
a) Yubeleini Airfield—Spacecraft (SC) and ground support equipment (GSE) arrival and departure
b) Area 31 and Area 92A-50—SC preparation and encapsulation
c) Building 92-1—Final integration of the Ascent Unit to Stages 1-3 of the Launch Vehicle Proton K
d) Building 92A-50—Final integration of the Ascent Unit to Stages 1-3 of the Launch Vehicle Proton M
e) Launch Complex Area 81, Pad 23 or 24—SC launch
The sub-sections that follow provide brief descriptions of these facilities. More in-depth descriptions of these same
facilities are provided later in this section.
6.1.1 Yubeleini Airport

Yubeleini Airport is located at the Baikonur Cosmodrome and is used for receiving the charter aircraft carrying the SC
and GSE, as well as charter flights with campaign personnel. It is an internationally rated airport with a single 4.5 km
long, 84 m wide landing strip oriented 60 degrees/240 degrees relative to North. The airport has an elevation of
approximately 100 m above sea level.
A 140 m by 420 m pad is available next to a railhead for unloading aircraft and transferring equipment to rail convoys.
Prior to aircraft arrival, this area is cleared and ground handling equipment is positioned. The pad also is equipped
with stationary spotlights for use in night operations.
Page 6-1
Figure 6.1-1: Baikonur Facilities Map

Proton Launch Complex 81
(Pads 23 & 24)
Proton Launch
92A-50 Complex 200 Yubileini Airfield
Facility (Pads 39 & 40)
Bldg 92-1 Hotel

Complex
Area 254
Area 31
Railline:
Road:
Propellant Storage Facility Oxygen and Nitrogen Plant
Saturn Measurement Station

Hwy To Tashkent
Tyura-Tam Rail Station
Krainy Airfield
Syr dar'ya River BAIKONUR TOWN

(LENINSK)
approximately 90 km- figure not to scale
Page 6-2
6.1.2 Building 92A-50

Building 92A-50 contains all facilities necessary for processing a SC from its arrival through its integration with the
Fourth Stage and encapsulation. The SC and GSE arrive at Hall 102, where the containers are cleaned. The SC
container is transported on the railcar or on its own wheels into Hall 101, where the SC is normally removed from the
container. The SC is then transported into Hall 103A on the SC transporter where it is installed onto its fueling/test
stand. The SC remains in this hall for all subsequent testing and fueling operations. Following fueling, the SC is
transported back to Hall 101 on a special transport dolly, where it is integrated with the Fourth Stage and
encapsulated.
6.1.3 Area 31 Facilities

Area 31 includes three facilities that serve important functions in preparing spacecraft for launch.
6.1.3.1 Building 40, Hall 100; Area A, B and C

Building 40, Hall 100 is a large high-bay that is divided into three main zones: Area A, Area B and Area C:
a) Area A is a Class 100,000 clean area used for final preparation of the Ascent Unit and its components. It is also
used for integrating the SC with the flight adapter and mating the SC to the Fourth Stage. Final encapsulation of
the SC also takes place in this area.
b) Area B is a Class 100,000 airlock used to transition material from Area C into Area A and into Rooms 119, 120,
and 121 of Building 40D.
c) Area C encompasses approximately half the building and is used for SC and GSE loading/unloading, as well as
the Fourth Stage and Ascent Unit components.
6.1.3.2 Building 40D, Rooms 119, 120, 121, and Offices

Building 40D is a three-story facility adjoining Building 40 that includes satellite preparation, ground equipment, and
personnel/office areas:
a) Room 119 is a Class 100,000 cleanroom used for SC testing prior to loading. SC pressurization may occur in this
room prior to transfer to the Filling Hall (Building 44) with a portable blast shield in place.
b) Room 120 is a Class 100,000 cleanroom used as a control room for test operations conducted in Room 119. Most
electrical support equipment is located in this room.
c) Room 121 is a Class 100,000 cleanroom used for SC equipment storage, as required.
d) Offices are provided on the second and third floors for the SC Customer and ILS personnel.
Page 6-3
6.1.3.3 Building 44 (Fueling Hall)

Building 44 is a propellant loading facility that is used for loading the SC as well as the Fourth Stage. It is divided into
three main halls.
a) Room 1: Propellant Loading Area. A Class 100,000 clean tent is installed in this room to receive the SC for fuel
and oxidizer loading operations. Oxidizer propellant cylinders are thermally conditioned in this room in special
chambers prior to loading.
b) Room 2: SC Removal from Container and Container Storage Operations. This room is used for agitation of
propellant cylinders, storage of the Thermal Transport Container, and storage of the GSE.
c) Room 3: Storage of Propellant Cylinders. Storage of fuel propellant cylinders occurs in this room in prior to
loading.
In addition to the areas described above, a control room on the second floor (Room 58) houses SC Customer electrical
ground support equipment that is used to monitor spacecraft telemetry, charge SC batteries, and communicate with
the propellant-load team.
Fuel and oxidizer decontamination rooms are available for cleaning the GSE. These are located at either end of the
building and are supplied with water and nitrogen gas sources.
6.1.4 Building 92-1 and the Proton Launch Zone (Area 81)
Following encapsulation, the Ascent Unit is transported to Building 92-1 for integration with Stages 1-3 of the
Launch Vehicle. For the Breeze M configuration, the Launch Vehicle will return to Building 92A-50, Hall 111 for
final electrical verification. Following integration, the Launch Vehicle is transported to the Proton Launch Complex
(Area 81) for erection and launch. At the Launch Complex, two areas are used for Spacecraft GSE. Rooms 64 and 76
(underground vaults) accommodate SC customer equipment providing power to the SC while on the pad. In the
Bunker, which is approximately 1 km from the launch pad, Room 250 is used for installation of SC customer electrical
GSE required for launch.
6.1.5 Hotels
The Hotel Kometa, Hotel Fili, and Hotel Polyot, which are located in Area 95 near the Launch Complex, are used to
house personnel during a launch campaign.
6.2 SPACECRAFT PROCESSING FACILITIES

This section describes the spacecraft (SC) processing facilities, which provide the capability to perform all required
operations from receipt of the SC through its encapsulation in preparation for launch on the Proton Launch Vehicle
(LV) at the Baikonur Cosmodrome. These operations include off-loading in the SC technical zone, testing, fueling,
mating to the Fourth Stage, payload encapsulation, and LV integration.
The SC processing facilities and Proton launch complex are located at the Baikonur Cosmodrome in the Republic of
Kazakhstan in Central Asia, approximately 2,000 km southeast of Moscow. The annual temperature averages 13oC,
ranging from -40oC in winter to 45oC in summer. Figure 1.3-1 depicts the overall layout of the Cosmodrome, showing
the facilities that are used for ILS launch campaigns. The specific SC processing areas at Cosmodrome described
include:
Page 6-4
a) Area 92, Building 92A-50 (Section 6.2.1)
b) Area 31, Buildings 40/40D (Section 6.2.2)
c) Area 31, Building 44 (Section 6.2.3)
d) Area 254, Building 254-1 (Section 6.2.4)
e) Area 92, Building 92-1 (Section 6.2.5)
The Baikonur Cosmodrome is equipped with spur-railroad service lines that are used for most transport. Specialized
equipment is available for fueling, handling of compressed gases, and SC integration with the LV.
The main buildings within the technical complex are the integration and testing facilities. Assembly and integration of
the various stages of the Proton LV are carried out in the Launch Vehicle Integration Building. Spacecraft preparation,
testing, and integration with the launch vehicle fourth stage and the fairing are accomplished either in Area 92,
(Building 92A-50) or in Area 31, (Buildings 40/40D), which are both Spacecraft Processing Areas. Spacecraft fueling
and pneumatics pressurization are accomplished in either Area 92, (Building 92A-50) or Area 31, (Building 44) the
Spacecraft Fueling Hall). The LV fourth stage with the mated spacecraft and fairing are transferred to the LV
Technical Zone in Area 92, (Building 92-1), where they are horizontally mated to the assembled LV Stages 1-3. The
integrated LV is then transported to the Proton Launch Zone (Area 81) for erection, checkout, and launch (see Section
6.3: Launch Complex Facilities).
6.2.1 Facility 92A-50

Facility 92A-50 is located in Area 92 of the Baikonur Cosmodrome. The facility was modified and outfitted for the
specific needs of SC Customers, and provides the capability to perform required operations in one conveniently located
area. These operations include SC offloading, testing, fueling, mating to the Fourth Stage, and payload encapsulation.
This section describes the specific functional areas included within Facility 92A-50, as well as the equipment and
services available to SC Customers for pre-launch payload processing.
Page 6-5
6.2.1.1 Facility Layout and Area Designations

Building 92A-50 has been expressly modified and outfitted to efficiently complete all SC processing and encapsulation
in a single building. The halls/rooms, facility systems, and equipment are sized to accommodate SCs of up to
approximately 4.5 m diameter, 10.0 m height, and loaded weights of up to 8,700 kilograms. Figure 6.2.1.1-1 depicts
the overall arrangement of all areas within the building used for commercial programs.
A SC, in the manufacturer’s shipping container, is delivered into Hall 101 on railcar, after having been cleaned in the
Receiving Area. In Hall 101, the container is removed from the railcar and placed on the floor. After the railcar is
removed and the environment reestablished, the SC is removed from the shipping container and placed on a
transporter to be moved into the Processing and Fueling Hall (Hall 103A). Once there the SC is placed on the fueling
island and require no further movement in order to complete all necessary standalone assembly, checkout, propellant
loading, and pneumatics servicing. When ready, the SC is moved by special transport dolly to the Integration Hall
(Hall 101) for mating to the Proton upper stage and encapsulation inside the nose fairing.
Building 92A-50 is approximately 229 m long and 147 m wide. Only a portion of the building is used for commercial
programs.
The Receiving Area (Hall 102) is the primary entrance for the SC and associated equipment, and is located on the east
side of the building.
The main entry into 92A-50 for ILS and SC processing personnel is next to Hall 103A, on the west end of the
building, near the Change Room Area. An additional entrance on the north side of Hall 103A is used for Control
Room equipment delivery.
Page 6-6
Figure 6.2.1.1-1: Building 92A-50 General Arrangement
Page 6-7
6.2.1.2 Receiving/Storage Area - Hall 102

The Receiving Area (Hall 102), or the Integration Area (Hall 101), may be used to offload the SC Container from its
transport railcar. External access for the SC and its GSE is provided by rail through two locally controlled, exterior
sliding doors located in the hall’s east wall. An area is provided outside of Hall 102 for initial wash-down of the railcar
and SC container prior to its entry into the building.
An overhead crane is provided in Hall 102 to transfer SC GSE from their railcars to the floor for storage and
offloading.
Container cleaning is accomplished in Hall 102. An area of approximately 240 square meters is provided for non-Class
100,000 storage of non-hazardous items.
The overall clear dimensions of Hall 102 are approximately 70.5 m by 36 m. The clear ceiling height is 25.85 m, and
the height of the overhead 50 T crane hook is 18.01 m. The SC unloading area is approximately 8.85 m wide and 34.1
m long.
When ready, the SC Container on the railcar is moved, via railcar, from Hall 102 to the inside of Hall 101 where it is
transferred to an air pallet for the move into the Processing and Fueling Area (Hall 103A). Alternatively, the SC may
be moved using its own wheeled container, a transport dolly.
6.2.1.3 Integration Area - Hall 101

Once the SC has been processed and fueled in Hall 103A, it is transported to the Integration Area (Hall 101), which is
a Class 100,000 cleanroom. The Integration Hall is used to assemble the Ascent Unit, which involves the following
operations:
a) mating the SC, Adapter, and Fourth Stage
b) checking system continuity
c) rollover of the fourth stage to horizontal
d) encapsulation within the Nose Fairing
Overhead bridge cranes are used to transfer the SC from the Transport Dolly to the rollover fixture, as well as
transferring the integrated Ascent Unit from the rollover fixture to a railcar for delivery to the Integration Facility
92-1.
This Hall is also used for electrical checkouts of the Breeze M stage prior to fueling.
Hall 101 is 34.5 m wide and 107 m long. It has a full-height wall and ceiling facing as well as door sealing, thermal
insulation, and an anti-static floor coating.
Page 6-8
6.2.1.4 Spacecraft Processing and Fueling Hall - Hall 103A (Room 4101)
Hall 103A (also referred to as Room 4101), the Processing and Fueling Hall, is used for pre-encapsulation SC
processing, including loading propellants and servicing pneumatics in the SC (Figure 6.2.1.4-1). Access to Hall 103A
is made available from Hall 103 through two sliding doors with a clear opening that is 9.5 m wide by 11.95 m high. A
15 MT overhead bridge crane, is provided.
An 8 m by 8 m fueling island, located on the west side of Hall 103A, is used for oxidizer and fuel transfer operations. It
is surrounded by a grating-covered trench, which drains any fuel or oxidizer spills into separate waste tanks. The
grating permits the passage of wheeled dollies.
The floor of Hall 103A has an anti-static coating and a load rating of 10 MT (3,000 kg/cm2) per truck axle. All
finishes in Hall 103A use materials that do not react with propellants.
The wall between Hall 103A and Hall 103 includes a pair of large doors designed to withstand a 60 kilogram per
square meter overpressure load.
Rooms 4114 and 4116 provide rapid egress routes from Hall 103A, and the Pressurization Airlock (Room 4110)
provides the standard egress route. Rooms 4114 and 4116 each have three emergency showers and eyewashes. The
SCAPE Shower Areas (Rooms 4121 and 4122) have showers for post-operation clean-up. A parking lot for
ambulances and fire trucks is located next to the rapid egress routes. The Pressurization Airlock (Room 4110) and the
space between the double doors between Hall 103 and 103A are pressurized with clean air in order to isolate Hall 103A
during propellant loading operations.
The clear dimensions for the SC Processing and Fueling Hall 103A are 16.5 m wide by 22 m long.
Page 6-9
Figure 6.2.1.4-1: Building 92A-50 Spacecraft Processing and Fueling Area
BUILDING 92A-50
SPACECRAFT PROCESSING &
FUELING AREA
.
Page 6-10
6.2.1.5 Fuel and Oxidizer Conditioning Rooms - Rooms 4112 & 4105
Room 4112, the Fuel Conditioning Room, is used for temporary storage of the campaign fuel (e.g., MMH, N2H4)
and thermal conditioning of the fuel before loading. Room 4105, the Oxidizer Conditioning Room, is used for
temporary storage of the campaign oxidizer (e.g.N2O4) and thermal conditioning of the oxidizer before loading (Plate
3.1-6). Both rooms have the capability to collect and dispose of propellant spills. Room 4112 contains no materials
that react with fuel, and Room 4105 contains no materials that react with oxidizer.
The floors in both rooms have an anti-static coating and a load rating of 10 MT(3,000 kg/cm2 ) per truck axle. The
floor elevations are the same as Room 4101.
Room 4105 and 4112 are approximately 5.7 m long and 4.4 m wide, and both have clear ceiling heights of 2.9 m.
6.2.1.6 Fuel and Oxidizer Equipment Decontamination Rooms - Rooms 4111 & 4115
Room 4111, the Fuel Equipment Decontamination Room, is used to decontaminate fuel loading. Room 4115, the
Oxidizer Equipment Decontamination Room, is used to decontaminate oxidizer loading equipment. Both rooms have
the capability to collect and dispose of propellant spills. Room 4111 contains no materials that react with fuel, and
Room 4115 incorporates no materials that react with oxidizer.
Rooms 4111 and 4115 are both 6.1 m long and 4.1 m wide, and both have clear ceiling heights of 2.95 m.
6.2.1.7 Control Room - Room 4102

Room 4102, the Control Room, is used for monitoring and controlling SC processing and fueling activities in Hall
103A, as well as SC integration into the Ascent Unit in Hall 101.
A blast-resistant (bulletproof) viewing window is provided between the Control Room and Hall 103A for monitoring
all processing and fueling operations. The wall between 103A and the Control Room is a welded, reinforced steel
structure that provides a hermetic seal.
The Control Room is 4.9 m by 12.9 m in overall dimension, with a clear ceiling height of 3. 1 m. An equipment entry
vestibule, with inner and outer doors 2.9 m wide and 2.9 m high, is provided to facilitate equipment movement into
the Control Room.
The floors of the Control Room and all associated access corridors are designed for wheeled dollies. Forklifts may be
used to bring equipment into the vestibule of the room, but they are not permitted to operate in the Control Room
itself. Temporary ramps are available to aide moving items from the entrance vestibule into the Control Room.
Page 6-11
6.2.1.8 Entrance/Lobby Area

The Entrance/Lobby Area includes the following rooms and features:
a) a street-level entrance
b) lobby area (Room 0301)
c) cloak room (Room 0302)
d) SC Customer security checkpoint with viewing windows and security sensor alarm panel (Room 0318)
e) tool storage room (Room 0319)
f) restroom (Room 0320)
Because these rooms serve general purpose administrative functions, they have an office-type environment.
6.2.1.9 Change Room Area

The Change Room Area consists of several rooms (0303 – 0317), including independent men’s and women’s
restrooms, change and shower areas, a storage and issue room for cleanroom garments, a Personal Protective
Equipment storage and donning room, and a corridor with an air shower. Clean passage is available from the Change
Rooms to either Hall 103 or Hall 103A.
6.2.1.10 Pressurization Airlock - Room 4110

The Pressurization Airlock provides clean access between the Airshower (Room 0317) and Hall 103A. During
propellant loading operations in Hall 103A, the Airlock is pressurized slightly more that Hall 103A to prevent vapor
migration from Hall 103A. SCAPE suited personnel use the airlock to access the SCAPE Showers and Doffing
Rooms, and the Pressurization Airlock and Corridor to the Airshower and Change Rooms can be used as an
emergency egress route from Hall 103A, if necessary.
Room 4110 is 1.4 m by 3.5 m wall-to wall.
6.2.1.11 SCAPE Doffing Rooms and Showers - Rooms 4108, 4109, 4121 and 4122
The SCAPE Doffing Rooms; Rooms 4108 for Fuel and 4109 for Oxidizer, are available for donning and doffing
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for a propellant loading operation. As necessary, SCAPE Showers, Rooms 4121
for Fuel and 4122 for Oxidizer, are available to decontaminate the PPE suits before doffing. The dedicated showers
are plumbed to the respective liquid waste tanks.
Room 4108 is approximately 1.65 m by 3.0 m and Room 4109 is approximately 1.9 m by 5.4 m. Room 4121 is 1.2 m
by 3.4 m and Room 4122 is 1.2 m by 3.4 m.
Page 6-12
6.2.1.12 Clean Storage Hall - Hall 103

Hall 103, the Clean Storage Hall, provides accessible storage for clean items supporting SC processing. It also provides
a Class 100,000 corridor between Halls 101 and 103A.
A refrigerator/freezer is available for consumable storage. The unit has an internal volume of approximately 1 cubic
meter, and its operating temperature is adjustable from -18 to + 10°C.
The wall-to-wall dimensions of the Clean Storage Hall (Hall 103) are 17.5 m by 31.8 m at floor level, and the ceiling
height is 15.0 m. At heights greater than 3 m above the floor, the width of Hall 103 restricted by HVAC ducting to
about 16 m.
6.2.1.13 Ordnance Storage

Khrunichev provides limited storage of ordnance required to support a launch campaign. The Ordnance Storage Room
may be accessed through a door located in the north wall of Hall 101.
Ordnance to be stored must meet the following criteria:
a) A maximum (TNT equivalent) quantity of 50 grams requiring a volume no more than 60 cm by 60 cm by 60 cm

may be stored in accordance with Russian Federation Standards
b) Only insensitive explosives are permitted, and each item must be individually packaged in U.S. Department of
Transportation-approved shipping and storage containers
c) The SC Customer must provide a certificate of conformance to the Hazard of Electromagnetic Radiation to
Ordnance (HERO) Specification (MIL-I-23659)
Page 6-13
6.2.1.14 Offices and Conference Room Area - Rooms 1202 through 1209
An Office/Conference Room Area (Rooms 1202 - 1209) is located on the second floor of Building 92A-50 (Figure
6.2.1.14). The functions of the seven constituent rooms are:
a) 1202, Facility Management/Security Control and Medical Office
b) 1203, SC Mission Management Office
c) 1204, Break Room
d) 1205, ILS Office
e) 1206, SC Contractors Office
f) 1207, SC Customer’s Office
g) 1208/1209, Conference Room
The clear dimensions of these rooms are as follows:
a) Offices - Rooms 1202 through 1207 are 8.9 m by 5.9 m
b) Conference Room 1208/1209 is 8.9 m by 11.9 m
c) The clear height of all rooms is 3.1 m
Restrooms are accessible from the corridor serving the Office/Conference Room Area; general access to the area is via
stairs from the “street” entrance to the Change Room Area. Only essential personnel are permitted in the
Office/Conference Room Area during propellant transfer operations.
Two egress routes are available from the area: the normal route at the western end of the room block that exits to the
“street” entrance to the Change Room Area; and an emergency evacuation route that exits east through the
Khrunichev area of the building. A 2,000 kg capacity freight elevator, with a 1.8 m wide by 2.2 m high door opening
and floor measuring 2.0 m by 3.0 m, is also available in the Khrunichev work area.
6.2.2 Area 31, Buildings 40/40D General Description

Buildings 40 and 40D are located in Area 31 of the Baikonur Cosmodrome. These facilities were modified and
outfitted with the specific needs of SC manufacturers and customers in mind and, along with Building 44, provide the
capability to perform all required SC operations, including off-loading, testing, fueling, mating to the Fourth Stage,
and payload encapsulation. Figure 6.2.2-1 provides the general layout of Buildings 40/40D and their location relative
to the Propellant Filling Hall (Building 44).
Page 6-14
Figure 6.2.2-1: Spacecraft Processing Zone (Area 31)
Building 40
Building 44 Common Hal l
Propellant
Filling Hall 300-500 m A scent Uni t
Int egrati onA r ea
Area C Area A
Rm.1
Hal l 1 00
Rm. Rm.
119 120
Area B SC Rm.
Area 121
SC fueling area
Building 40D
Preparation Hall
P A S -5 -
091
This section describes the specific areas of Buildings 40/40D as well as the equipment and services available to SC
Customers for pre-launch payload processing. Payload processing refers to the final preparation of space payloads,
upper stages, fairings, and related spaceflight support equipment. It is intended to provide sufficient information to
enable customers, and potential customers, to make detailed plans for payload processing activities. It also serves as a
useful reference for the facility areas, equipment, and services available during actual payload processing operations.

Building 40, consists primarily of Hall 100, which is divided into Areas A, B, and C. This facility is used to perform
the following operations:
a) Off-loading/loading of the SC shipping container and support equipment
b) Processing of the Fourth Stage, the LV adapter system, and the Fairing
c) Ascent Unit integration (i.e., mating the Fourth Stage, the LV adapter system, the SC, and the Fairing, followed
by electrical checkouts)
d) Verification of the SC (integrated in the Ascent Unit)
e) Transfer of the SC onto the rail transporter
Building 40D is a three-story facility that adjoins Building 40 and includes satellite preparation, ground equipment,
and personnel/office areas.
Details of Buildings 40 and 40D are described and illustrated in the paragraphs that follow.
Page 6-15
6.2.2.2 Building 40, Hall 100 (Common Hall)

Hall 100 is a large high-bay that is divided into three main zones: Area A, Area B, and Area C. SC are delivered by rail
in the manufacturer’s shipping container to Area C and transferred into environmentally controlled Class 100,000
clean areas (Area B or Room 119) for SC processing and integration.
Hall 100 is approximately 120 m long and 30 m wide, with a height of over 18 m. The total usable area is
approximately 2,500 square meters. The room has 8.4 m wide, 10 m high doors to accommodate transport vehicles.
Two overhead traveling bridge cranes are available for lifting and loading operations. This hall houses facilities for
vertical SC integration and the necessary mechanical ground support equipment (GSE) for integration operations with
the Fourth Stage, the LV adapter system, the Fairing, and the assembled Ascent Unit. Figure 6.2.2.2-1 shows the
hall’s general arrangement.
Figure 6.2.2.2-1: Building 40, Hall 100 (Common Hall) Layout

120 m
Room 100
Railway
Thermal Transporter Traveling
Area A
Control Car with SC Crane Above
30 m Room
Room 120
Ascent Unit
Locomotive Area C Area B 119
Integration Room
Stand 121
Rooms: Cleanroom for

100 = Common Hall Ascent Unit
119 = Payload Preparation Hall Two Traveling Cranes Assembly
120 = STE Lowbay Hook Height = 14.5 m
121 = Storage Load Carrying Capacity 10/50 Tons
6.2.2.2.1 Area A
Area A, which measures approximately 11 m by 47 m, is a Class 100,000 clean area used for final preparation of the
Ascent Unit and its components. It also is used for integration of the SC with the SC flight adapter and then with the
Fourth Stage. Final encapsulation of the spacecraft takes place in this zone. It is separated from Area B by an 8 m high
partition that has an upper opening approximately 18 m long and 4 m high used for transferring cargo by crane
between Areas A and B.
6.2.2.2.2 Area B
Area B measures approximately 19 m by 47 m. It is, essentially, a Class 100,000 airlock used to transition material
from Area C into the Class 100,000 Area A cleanroom, as well as through a door into Building 40D, Room 119.
6.2.2.2.3 Area C
Area C measures approximately 30 m by 73 m and constitutes approximately half of Building 40. It is not strictly
environmentally controlled and is used for loading/unloading SC and support equipment, as well as the Fourth Stage
and Ascent Unit components.
Page 6-16
6.2.2.3 Building 40D, First Floor

The first floor of Building 40D contains the SC preparation hall consisting of Rooms 119, 120, and 121. These rooms
are environmentally controlled, Class 100,000 clean areas. Details of this layout are provided in Figure 6.2.2.3-1. The
total usable area of Rooms 119, 120, and 121 is approximately 400 square meters. Change rooms and restrooms also
are located on the first floor.
Figure 6.2.2.3-1: Building 40D, First Floor Layout
5.5 m
4m
(H = 7 m)
(H = 5 m)
9m
Room 120
Room 119 16 m
H = 4.5 m
Room 121
13 m 12 m
Room
104
Rooms:
5. 5 m 101 - Personnel changing
Room 101 room
104 - Air shower
114
108 - Security Office
12 m 2m 109 - Medical Office
Room 110
112 - Security Checkpoint
Room 116 - Rest room
Room 111 Room 120 - Control Room
3m Room
122 109 108 121 - Storage
Room
112
122 - ILS Storage
PA S- 5- 022 Main Entrance
The normal personnel entrance into Building 40D is through an outside door past a security checkpoint. This building
is the only one completely controlled by U.S. security for the duration of a launch campaign. Security video monitors
are located in the first floor Security Office (Room 108). Access to cleanroom areas (Room 119, 120, 121) is through
an air shower (Room 104) into Room 121.
Page 6-17
6.2.2.3.1 Spacecraft Processing Room 119

Room 119 is used to place support equipment and to prepare the SC prior to propellant loading. The room is an
environmentally controlled Class 100,000 cleanroom; details of its layout are provided in Figure 6.2.2.3-1. The room
is approximately 15.8 m long, 13.8 m wide, and 10 m high. A 4.85 m wide door that is 7 m high provides access to
Hall 100 for the SC. An overhead traveling bridge crane also is available in Room 119.
A header rack to supply compressed air, nitrogen, and helium (at 240 and 350 bars), a blast shield, and service units
(to provide access to the SC) are provided to support stand-alone SC processing.
6.2.2.3.2 Control Room 120

Room 120 is used to place electrical support equipment. The room is an environmentally controlled Class 100,000
cleanroom that is approximately 12 m long, 9 m wide, and 10 m high (Figure 6.2.2.3-1). The room has a 3.4 m wide,
5 m high door that opens on to Room 119.
6.2.2.3.3 Storage Room 121

Room 121 is used to place GSE or other spacecraft-related equipment as required. Like the other rooms in this block,
Room 121 is an environmentally controlled Class 100,000 cleanroom. It is approximately 12 m long, 7 m wide, and
10 m high.
6.2.2.3.4 Support Rooms/Areas

Support rooms on the first floor of Building 40D are shown in Figure 6.2.2.3-1 and include:
a) Personnel changing room (Room 101)
b) Air shower (Room 104)
c) Clean/used cleanroom garment storage
d) Toilet, washroom, and showers
The walls and ceilings of all support rooms are plastered and coated with water-based paint. The walls of toilet and
shower rooms are faced with ceramic tiles throughout their entire height. The floors of the support rooms are cast-in-
place concrete; the floors of the toilets and shower room are covered with ceramic tiles.
SC loading equipment, packing materials, and containers are stored in Area C or in Building 14, which is located near
Building 40. Sealand containers and pallets are stored outside Building 40.
6.2.2.4 Building 40D, Second/Third Floors

The second and third floors of Building 40D serve as offices. Figures 6.2.2.4-1 and 6.2.2.4-2 provide details of the
physical arrangements of these areas.
Page 6-18
Figure 6.2.2.4-1: Building 40D, Second Floor Layout
Rooms:
Room 202
201 - ILS Office
203 - 50 Hz Power
Room 203 Room 203 Conditioning
Equipment
204 - Security Office
Rm
Room Rm
Room 206/7 Restroom
207
207 206
206 208 - Khrunichev
Storage
Room 201
Room Room 204

205
PA S- 5-023
Figure 6.2.2.4-2: Building 40D, Third Floor Layout
Room
303
Room 305
Room
31 3 Room 304
Rm
Room Room
312 31
311
1
Room 301 Room

308
Room Room 307 Room 306

305
Rooms: 301/307 = SC Customer Offices

304 = Automatic Telephone Exchange
305 = SC Customer Breakroom
P AS- 5- 024
306 = Conference Hall
311/312 = Restroom
Page 6-19
The second floor of Building 40D is used by the ILS team. Room 201 (48 m2) is used as the ILS Office Area, and
Room 204 (32 m2) is used for ILS Security. Room 203 houses 50 Hz power racks and is reserved for Khrunichev
engineers. Rooms 206 and 207 are restrooms/washrooms, and Room 208 is used for Khrunichev storage.
The third floor of Building 40D is used by the SC Customer‘s team. It has two available offices: Rooms 301 (48 m2)
and 307 (15 m2). Room 305 (42 m2) is normally used as a breakroom. Room 306 (42 m2) is used as a conference
room. Rooms 311 and 312 are restrooms, and Room 304 contains Khrunichev communications switch gear.
6.2.3 Area 31, Bldg 44 - General Description

Building 44 is a SC propellant loading facility located in Area 31 approximately 300 meters from Building 40. This
facility provides the capability to safely perform SC pre-filling operations, propellant thermal conditioning, and SC
fueling in a clean environment. The fueling station has been upgraded to support the loading of the SC with
appropriate propellants. (Propellants are supplied by the SC Customer and are loaded using the SC Customer’s
equipment.)
This section describes the specific areas of Building 44, as well as the equipment and services, available to SC
Customers for payload propellant filling operations.

Building 44, otherwise known as the Propellant Filling Hall, is an 18 m wide by 72 m long highbay divided into three
equal size bays (Figure 6.2.3.1-1).
Commercial SC enter Building 44 through Room 3 and use Filling Room 1 for SC propellant loading. The SC is
placed on the Customer's fueling stand in a clean tent and secured to a tray platform. Room 1 includes a 5.5 m wide by
7 m high sliding door and two emergency exits. Two emergency exits are equipped with panic hardware (each lock
normally keeps the door closed but is immediately released when pressed from the inside).
In addition to the main high-bays, a Control Room on the second floor (Room 58) is used for electrical ground
support equipment to monitor the SC. Fuel and oxidizer decontamination rooms are available for decontamination of
support equipment following loading. Areas for propellant thermal conditioning also are available.
Page 6-20
Figure 6.2.3.1-1: Building 44 (Filling Hall) Floor Plan
Page 6-21
6.2.3.2 Building 44, Filling Hall Room 1 (Clean Tent)

Room 1 in Building 44 is used for servicing of propellants and is approximately 24 m long, 18 m wide, and 15 m high.
The SC entrance doors are 7 m high and 5.5 m wide.
A clean tent is installed in Room 1 to provide a clean zone for the SC and propellant support equipment. The clean
tent consists of two parts: the SC Zone, which measures approximately 9.2 m by 7.6 m; and the Ground Support
Equipment (GSE) Zone, which measures approximately 4.6 m by 6.6 m. Two configuration options are available to
the SC Customer for the clean tent: a pass-through corridor may be installed between the SC and GSE zones to
facilitate personnel passage between the two areas; or a blast shield may be installed between the SC and GSE zones to
prevent personnel passage between the two areas. The clean tent has three exits with ramps.
The walls of the clean tent are made of a transparent, non-particulate-forming, anti-static polymer that is compatible
with propellant vapors. The walls are mounted on a frame made of stainless steel vertical beams and cross-members.
The floor of the tent is made of aluminum, with a stainless steel center section, designed to interface with an SC or SC
adapter. The aluminum floor has channels that are approximately 2 m apart and 3 to 8 cm deep that provide a pathway
for liquid spills to drain to one end of the tent and to the spill tanks located underneath the floor of Building 44. The
oxidizer sump drain is located in Room 2, and the fuel sump drain is located in Room 1.
Conditioned air is supplied to the SC and GSE area through the side walls of the tent at two locations to achieve a
Class 100,000 cleanroom. The air flows into the tent and leaves through outlets at the bottom of the walls. The tent is
pressurized to between 9.8 and 28.6 Pa relative to the outside of the tent. HEPA filters are installed at the inlets of the
stainless steel air ducts. Lighting in the clean tent is provided at an illumination of 100 dekalux. The top and front top
wall of the tent may be opened to facilitate entry of the SC and GSE after tent installation.
6.2.3.3 Building 44, Room 58 (Control Room)

Room 58 on the second floor of Building 44 is the SC Control Room. Room 58 is approximately 6 m wide and 18 m
long and has a window that is covered with explosion-proof glass to facilitate observation of fueling operations. An
umbilical cable may be laid via a blast-proof penetration located between Room 58 and Fueling Hall Room 1.
Telephone, CCTV television monitors, and vapor detection indicators are also provided in Room 58.
6.2.3.4 Building 44, Room 26 and 27 (Fuel/Oxidizer Decontamination Rooms)

Rooms 26 and 27 are available as propellant de-servicing areas to allow the SC Customer to decontaminate SC
propulsion GSE after propellant loading operations. Room 26, the fuel decontamination room, is approximately 5 m
wide and 8 m long and is located adjacent to Filling Hall Room 1. Room 27, the oxidizer decontamination room, is
approximately 9 m wide and 9 m long and is located adjacent to Filling Hall Room 3. Access to these rooms is
provided through exterior entrance doors only.
Each decontamination room is supplied with gaseous nitrogen, which may be used to purge SC ground support
equipment. Floor drains in each room are connected to the facility’s appropriate contaminated water sump tanks.
Page 6-22
6.2.3.5 Building 44 Support Rooms/Areas

There are three support rooms on the first floor of Building 44 that are used by SC personnel. These facilities include:
a) Room 11, which provides the entrance to Room 1 and the locker room
b) Room 12, which is used as the staging area for SCAPE personnel
c) Room 14, which is used as the SCAPE suit donning area
6.2.4 Building 254 (TBD)
6.2.5 Area 92, Building 92-1 - General Description

The Proton LV Processing Room, in Building 92-1 at Area 92, is used to horizontally mate the assembled launch
vehicle stages and strap-on elements.
6.2.5.1 Facility Layout & Area Designations

Building 92-1 is an industrial-type, unprotected building constructed from concrete, brick, and welded/riveted steel
that measures approximately 50 m wide and 120 m long (Figure 6.2.5.1-1). The building includes the
integration/assembly room and two laboratory annexes adjoining the assembly room. The building is provided with
heating, ventilation, and fire-fighting systems, fire and security alarms, and special lighting. An overhead crane is
available for handling the integrated LV.
The Proton LV Processing Room in Building 92-1 is used to:
a) Transfer the Ascent Unit from its railway transportation unit to a mating stand.
b) Mate the Ascent Unit to the Proton LV
c) Conduct electrical checks of the LV transit circuits and verify the hardware links between the Ascent Unit and the
LV
d) Charge the SC’s onboard batteries
e) Install the Thermal Cover on the Ascent Unit
f) Transfer the integrated LV to the erector
g) Prepare the integrated LV for transport to the launch complex
The Proton LV Processing Room is approximately 30 m wide, 119 m long, and 22.9 m high. The room has three rail
tracks with a gauge of 1,524 mm. The central track and one of the lateral tracks are throughways, while the third track
terminates in the Processing Room. Along the building’s central axis, there are three double-leaf gates measuring 4.7
by 5.6 m, and one electric-operated rolling (central) gate measuring 8.4 by 10 m.
Temperature and humidity in the room are maintained between 13 and 27oC and between 30 and 60 percent,
respectively. While it is in the room, the temperature and humidity of the SC are maintained within required levels by
using the Thermal Conditioning Railcar, if necessary.
Page 6-23
Figure 6.5.2.1-1: Building 92-1
6.3 LAUNCH COMPLEX FACILITIES

Following integration of the Proton Launch Vehicle (LV), in Building 92-1, the launch vehicle is transported to the
Proton Launch Zone, Area 81, for erection, checkout, and launch. This section describes the facilities that are used for
erection, checkout, and launch of the Proton LV at the Baikonur Cosmodrome. In particular, areas available at the
launch complex for Spacecraft (SC) equipment and personnel are described. These areas may be used by the SC
Customer to test and monitor the SC and to charge SC batteries during final LV checkout and launch.
6.3.1 Area 81, Launch Pad 23 - General Description

Following integration, the Proton LV is transported to the Launch Complex, Pad 23, located in Area 81 for erection
and launch. Figure 6.3.1-1 shows a plan view of the launch complex. The launch area includes the following physical
facilities, units, and systems that support processing and launching of the Proton LV:
a) Launch structure with launch pad (including underground vault)
b) LV Mobile Service Tower
c) Bunker (Room 250)
d) Facilities for support systems
Page 6-24
Figure 6.3.1-1: Proton Launch Zone, Area 81
600 m
Launch
Pad 23
Launch
Pad 24
340 m
Bunker
Rooms 250/251
PUG968
Page 6-25
6.3.2 Facility Layout & Area Designations
6.3.2.1 Launch Structure with Launch Pad (Including Underground Vault)

The launch structure and vault house equipment that supports the pre-launch processing of the LV. They provide
electric, pneumatic, and hydraulic links between the ground system testing equipment and on-board LV hardware via
the LV transit cables and pipes. The launch structure is designed to withstand LV first-stage engine plume
impingement. The launch pad is intended for LV installation, erection, securing the LV in a vertical position.
6.3.2.1.1 Room 64 - Vault

Room 64 (Vault), along with Room 250 (Bunker), can be used to house the SC Customer’s ground support equipment
(GSE). Room 64 measures approximately 5.1 by 5.6 m and is equipped with 60 Hz electrical power, grounding, and
communications services. All launch campaign operations requiring the presence of personnel in the vault must be
completed prior to the start of LV fueling, which occurs approximately 7 hours prior to launch. All personnel are
required to leave the vault by this time, and from then on, all vault equipment must be controlled remotely from the
bunker (Room 250). Additional details about Room 64 are provided in Drawing 4.1-1. Plate 4.1-1 provides a
photographic overview of the vault’s interior.
6.3.2.1.2 Room 76 - Vault

Room 76 can be used to house the SC Customer’s GSE. Room 76 measures approximately 5.4 m by 10.8 m and is
equipped with 60 Hz electrical power, grounding, and communications services. All launch campaign operations
requiring the presence of personnel in the vault must be completed prior to the start of LV fueling, which occurs
approximately 7 hours prior to launch. All personnel are required to leave the vault by this time, and from then on, all
vault equipment must be controlled remotely from the bunker (Room 250).
6.3.2.2 Mobile Service Tower

The Mobile Service Tower provides access to the SC and LV and houses equipment to support SC and LV pre-launch
processing and launch. The Mobile Service Tower includes service platforms, a gallery, service fixtures, two cargo-
passenger elevators (500 kg rated load capacity each), and two cranes (rated load capacity 500 and 5,000 kg,
respectively). An overall view of the Mobile Service Tower is provided in Figure 6.3.2.2-1.
Page 6-26
Figure 6.3.2.2-1: Proton Mobile Service Tower
30.515 m 30.400 m
Page 6-27
6.3.2.3 Rooms 250/251 - Bunker

The Bunker (Rooms 250/251) is used to support a Proton launch. It is located 1.3 km from the launch pad and
provides protection for personnel and equipment during the launch. The bunker houses the LV and SC system test
equipment and GSE required for pre-launch operations and monitoring of SC readiness. Air temperature and
humidity inside the bunker are controlled by an air-conditioning unit.
Room 250 is allocated for installation of SC equipment, and Room 251 is the ILS Security Office.
Page 6-28
7. LAUNCH CAMPAIGN
7.1 ORGANIZATIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES

In any given launch campaign several organizations are involved. What follows is a brief overview of the responsibilities
of these organizations.
7.1.1 Khrunichev
a) Overall responsibility for coordinating work performed at the launch complex by the Strategic Rocket Forces (and
NPO Energia if Block DM used)
b) Engineering support and quality inspection for all testing performed on Stages 1-3 of the Launch Vehicle, as well
as the adapters and fairing. For launches with the Breeze M Khrunichev is also responsible for Breeze M
engineering, inspection and test
c) Maintenance of Buildings 92A-50 (Halls 103A, 103, and 101) and 40/40D; and the hotel complex
d) Transportation and food services
e) Coordinating Baikonur and Leninsk medical services with Strategic Rocket Forces
f) Launch complex security
7.1.2 Strategic Rocket Forces

a) Maintenance of Building 44, Building 92-1, Building 92A-50 (Hall 102), and the Launch Complex
b) Provision of technicians for performing launch vehicle testing
c) Provision of quality inspectors
d) Launch Vehicle operations from integration in Building 92-1 through erection on pad and launch
e) Launch complex security
7.1.3 Energia (Block DM launches only)

a) Checkout and processing of the Fourth Stage at the Baikonur Cosmodrome from its arrival through the launch.
Page 7-1
7.1.4 ILS
a) Prime interface between the Customer and Khrunichev
b) Coordinating campaign schedules and operations with the SC Customer and Khrunichev
c) Logistics
d) Safety overview as an advisory function to SC and Customer management, as well as physical security of SC assets
while at Baikonour processing facilities
e) Translation and interpretation services
f) Medical doctor and SOS evacuation
7.1.5 Spacecraft Customer

a) Spacecraft checkout and processing at the Baikonur Cosmodrome
7.2 CAMPAIGN ORGANIZATION
7.2.1 Contractual and Planning Organization

The fundamental contractual relationships among the principal parties in any given launch campaign are as follows:
a) ILS is a contractor to the SC Customer
b) Khrunichev is a subcontractor to ILS
All matters that could potentially affect the terms of the Launch Service Agreement (the contract) between a SC
Customer and ILS must be dealt with by the SC Customer and ILS. Matters affecting the terms of the subcontract
between ILS and Khrunichev must be dealt with by ILS and Khrunichev. In particular, any issues involving possible
additional costs must be mutually agreed upon through these contractual relationships.
ILS will coordinate all logistics support and operations planning with both the SC Customer and Khrunichev.
ILS may assign a safety engineer to monitor any given operation to ensure that all activities are carried out in
conformance with the mutually agreed upon safety plan. This safety engineer is present for all hazardous operations.
Figure 7.2.1-1 provides a diagrammatic representation of a typical operational organization used during a launch
campaign.
Page 7-2
Figure 7.2.1-1: Organization During Launch Campaign
Khrunichev Russian Strategic

Customer MM ILS MM
Program Director Rocket Forces
SC Subcontractor
Other Subcontractors
Khrunichev
SC Ops Manager ILS Ops Manager
Ops Manager
7.2.2 Organization During Combined Operations

Combined operations are those operations involving some combination of SC Customer organization, ILS, and
Khrunichev personnel (e.g., Khrunichev adapter mating, Fourth Stage to payload mating, encapsulation, Ascent Unit
checkout, Ascent Unit integration to Stages 1-3, any operations on the pad which require payload faring access). For
each such combined operation, one operation leader is assigned, either from Khrunichev or the SC Customer. This
individual directs the operation and ensures that it is carried out in conformance with the mutually agreed upon
procedures.
For each operation, one person from the SC Customer organization, ILS and Khrunichev is designated as team leader
for their respective organizations. Agreements among organizations can only be reached among these three team
leaders.
Security personnel from either or both ILS and the Strategic Rocket Forces may be present during any operation if
required by the Security Plan.
ILS provides at least one interpreter for each combined operation. Special training is conducted with the SC Customer
and Russian personnel for joint crane operations to ensure reliable communications between English and Russian-
speaking personnel.
Either Khrunichev or the SC Customer provides a Quality Assurance Representative for each operation who
documents any test discrepancies on a Quality Assurance Report.
Strategic Rocket Forces personnel implement many of the operations at the Baikonur Cosmodrome. The Strategic
Rocket Forces is a Khrunichev subcontractor and, as such, coordinates directly with Khrunichev and NOT with the SC
Customer or ILS personnel.
Page 7-3
7.2.3 Planning Meetings

ILS maintains the master schedule for combined operations planning and reviews it with the SC Customer and
Khrunichev at a daily scheduling meeting. At this meeting, the current operations for the day are reviewed and the next
3 day’s operations are agreed upon. Following each meeting, ILS revises the master schedule for the following day. At
a minimum, the following personnel must attend the daily scheduling meetings:
a) ILS Mission Manager or Launch Operations Manager
b) SC Customer Launch Campaign Manager
c) Khrunichev Mission Manager
d) Strategic Rocket Forces representative in charge of the facility
At certain stages in the campaign, ILS holds meetings to give the go-ahead for critical phases of a campaign. These
critical phases include:
a) SC offload and move to Integration Hall
b) SC Processing and Propellant Loading
c) SC Encapsulation
d) Launch
Two critical meetings require high-level concurrence prior to proceeding to the next phase of the campaign. These are:
a) Vehicle Readiness for Transport to Pad—5 days prior to launch
b) Vehicle Readiness for Propellant Load—10 hours prior to launch
Page 7-4
7.3 COUNTDOWN ORGANIZATION

The countdown organization is illustrated in Figure 7.3-1.
Figure 7.3-1: Countdown Organization
SC C ustom er
Mi ssion
Director
ILS
Mi ssion
Ma nager Re adiness
Review B oard Launch
LIFT- O F F
Authorization Strategic R ocket Authorization Automa tic
CO M M AND
Fo rce s Launch C o m puter-Co ntrolled
Co m m ander Se quencer
En ergia
Mi ssion
Director
(if Bloc k DM
used)
Khru nichev Fourth St age

Mi ssion SC R eady LV R eady Re ady
L - 10 min L - 5 min L - 2 min
Director
Fou rth Stage
Space craf t Stages 1-3 Director
Director Director (Energia) if
(S C Cu stom er) (Khrunichev) Block D M
used)
KB O M *
*Design Bur eau for G e n eral M a chi ne E n gin eering (Lau nc h S ite) Not e: Lau n c h C o m m a n d er has so le auth o rity to a bor t lau n c h
Page 7-5
The Strategic Rocket Forces directs the countdown, which follows a pre-approved script. The Launch Commander
receives authorization to launch from the Readiness Review Board, which consists primarily of the five entities shown
in Figure 7.3-1.
Certain organizations have pre-assigned abort capability. Each of these organizations is asked to acknowledge the
readiness of their subsystems on Launch Day according to the Launch Day Script. These subsystem readiness checks
are as follows:
a) Stages 1-3 Readiness: Khrunichev
b) Fourth Stage Readiness: Khrunichev for Breeze M, Energia for Block DM
c) SC Readiness: SC Customer
Each organization designates a single individual to provide the above authorities on Launch Day, and each
representative is vested with abort authority over the launch sequencer for their respective area of responsibility. For
example, the SC Customer may abort the start sequence as late as 2.5 seconds prior to lift-off contact.
7.4 ABORT CAPABILITY

There is a ground circuit that, when closed, sends a command to an onboard switch that, in turn, activates on-board
power to the first three stages and begins the sequence for first stage engine ignition. Normally, readiness signals are
given in the following sequence:
a) Launch - 10 minutes: SC Ready
b) Launch - 5 minutes: Stages 1-3 Ready
c) Launch - 2 minutes: Fourth Stage Ready
Once all readiness signals are received, the command circuit is ready and is waiting only for the Launch Vehicle Start
Command to be issued automatically by the Start Timer Mechanism. This command is issued at 2.5 seconds prior to
liftoff, at which time the final relay closes, sending a command transferring to on-board power and initiating the First
Stage engine ignition sequence.
The SC Customer is capable of aborting the Launch Vehicle Start Command issued by the Start Timer Mechanism.
The launch aborts if this circuit is open when the Launch Vehicle Start Command is issued. If the circuit is opened
following issuance of the Launch Vehicle Start Command, the launch can no longer be aborted. The SC Customer can
abort the launch countdown up to 2.5 seconds prior to lift-off contact.
The Fourth Stage Manager can abort the launch by removing power from the command circuit. He has this capability
up to 2.5 seconds prior to lift-off contact.
Page 7-6
7.5 LAUNCH OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

This section provides an overview of Launch Vehicle (LV) and Spacecraft (SC) processing.
Figure 7.5-1 provides a similar schedule assuming the use of Building 92A-50 for SC processing. Figure 7.5-2 provides
details of the SC processing timeline using Area 31 facilities.
The typical duration of a launch campaign from SC arrival to launch is 30 days, depending on SC manufacturer and
Customer requirements.
Page 7-7
Figure 7.5-1: Typical SC Campaign Operations Assuming Use of Building 92A-50
Page 7-8
Figure 7.5-1: Typical SC Campaign Operations Assuming Use of Building 92A-50 (Continued)
Page 7-9
Figure 7.5-2: Typical SC Launch Operations Assuming Use of Area 31
Page 7-10
Figure 7.5-2: Typical SC Launch Operations Assuming Use of Area 31 (Continued)
Page 7-11
7.5.1 Launch Vehicle Processing

The Proton LV stages and fairings are built in Moscow by Khrunichev and transported by rail to the Baikonur
Cosmodrome typically well in advance of the SC delivery date. After transportation of the Proton’s stages and fairing
by rail, LV build-up takes place in an integration and test facility (Building 92-1) capable of supporting four
simultaneous Proton assembly and checkout operations. The Fairing is moved either to Building 40 or to Building
92A-50, depending upon which facility is to be used for SC integration, prior to SC arrival, there it is stored and
cleaned in preparation for encapsulation. The Fourth Stage is delivered to Area 254 for pre-launch checkout and
testing. The Fourth Stage is then delivered to the Building 44 in Area 31, the propellant fueling hall, where either
kerosene is loaded (Block DM) or MMH and N2O4 (Breeze M). It is then moved to either Building 40 or 92A-50 for
integration with the SC. Payload adapters typically are delivered shortly before the processing cycle and cleaned and
prepared in the Integration Hall (100A or 101) of whatever processing area is being used for that program.
In advance of SC arrival, Payload Processing Facilities undergo facility activation and certification. Buildings 40,
40D, 44, or 92A-50 are verified to meet environmental control and cleanliness requirements, in addition to
commodities and power support requirements usually a week prior to the SC arrival date.
7.5.2 Spacecraft Preparations Through Arrival

Prior to campaign start, SC propellants are shipped by rail from St. Petersburg to the Baikonur Cosmodrome. They
are stored in the same temperature-controlled railcars used for transport from St. Petersburg until required for fueling.
A pre-determined number of hours prior to fueling, as defined by the spacecraft manufacturer, propellant containers
are transferred to a storage/conditioning room for temperature stabilization.
The SC and its ground support equipment (GSE) arrive at Yubeleini Airport via a SC Customer-chartered aircraft,
where they are offloaded and loaded onto railcars. These operations are supported by Khrunichev-supplied mobile
cranes, K-loader, and 5 and 15-ton forklifts as required. After the SC container is placed on a railcar, it may be
connected to a thermal control railcar via two air duct flanges (inlet and outlet air flow) to provide thermal
conditioning during transport. Some spacecraft containers are completely self-contained thermally and
environmentally and do not require this support option. The thermal car also provides a dynamic load monitoring
system, so use of the car may be limited to use of this system. SC Customer personnel effects may be transported
directly to the hotel by truck.
7.5.3 Area 31 (Buildings 40, 40D, 44) - Spacecraft Testing, Fueling, and Ascent Unit integration
The SC and its GSE are transported by rail convoy approximately 70 km to Area 31; transport duration is
approximately 7-10 hours, depending on time of day of transport.
The SC and its GSE are offloaded outside of Building 40, Room 100, Zone C using 5 and 15-ton forklifts. The
Building 40 bridge crane may be used for offloading large GSE such as the SC container. Spacecraft GSE and
container handling proceed as required for each unique spacecraft operations flow.
Page 7-12
A typical flow might progress as follows:
a) SC container offloaded from railcar in Rm 100C, using overhead bridge crane, and container lid removed
b) SC rotated to the vertical position and moved into Rm 119, placed on transporter
c) SC electrical checkout equipment moved into Rm 119
d) SC standalone testing, electrical and mechanical systems
Note: A portable blast shield is available for use if required for high-pressure leak checks
Following Fourth Stage filling in Building 44 (Filling Hall), Room 1 of the Filling Hall is readied to receive the SC.
This includes setting up the clean tent and all fluid/gas systems. The SC may be bagged to protect it during any brief
exposures to less than Class 100 000 environments. It is then rolled out of Building 40D Room 119 to Building 40,
Room 100, Zone B, where it is transferred to the support on the base of the Thermal Transport Container. The SC
maintains its vertical orientation, as the Thermal Transport Container is designed to interface to the SC adapter
mating surface. This container is used to transfer the SC to the Filling Hall for propellant fueling. Once on the
container base, the SC container cover is installed, and the container is lifted onto the railcar in Zone C for transport.
The thermal control railcar may be used to provide conditioned air and dynamic load data during transportation. Use
of this temperature control system may be waived by the SC Customer since the nominal time for transportation to the
Filling Hall is of short duration (less than 1 hour). The Thermal Transport Container has been specifically designed to
provide thermal stability for an extended period of time.
The SC is moved to Building 44 (Filling Hall) 250 meters away, and the Thermal Transport Container cover is
removed in Room 2 and placed on support stands. The railcar is then rolled into Room 1 and the SC is hoisted from
the Thermal Transport Container base onto the SC loading stand already installed in the clean tent. The clean tent
ceiling is closed and a Class 100 000 environment is established.
Propellants are loaded in accordance with the SC Manufacturer’s procedure. The facility provides passive vapor vent
and active vapor extraction, as well as liquid waste disposal and commodities such as water, breathing air, and GN2.
Propellant GSE is decontaminated using rooms in the Filling Hall specifically dedicated to this purpose. Hot and cold
GN2 purge is available as required.
Following fueling, the process is reversed and the SC is returned to the Thermal Transport Container and then moved
back to Building 40, Room 100 for further testing and processing. Electrical checkouts are made on the adapter
electrical harnesses. The SC is moved from Zone B to Zone A and placed onto the flight adapter (s).
The SC and its adapter is then mated to the Fourth Stage. For certain SC, this may require the use of an integration
stand commonly referred to as the “Gallows”. The Gallows allows taller payloads to be installed onto the Fourth
Stage without structurally modifying Building 40D. The flight clamp band is installed and tightened to the correct
flight-specific tension.
Following integration, an end-to-end electrical checkout is performed. The composite Ascent Unit is rotated to the
horizontal for encapsulation with the two fairing halves. Following encapsulation, an RF GO/NO GO test is
performed through the RF window. The Ascent Unit is then transferred to its railcar for transport to Area 92. During
transport, the Ascent Unit is thermally conditioned using the thermal conditioning railcar; input air to the Ascent Unit
is provided at the base of the Fourth Stage and output occurs at the Fairing nose.
Page 7-13
7.5.4 Area 92 (Building 92A-50) - Spacecraft Testing, Fueling, and Ascent Unit Integration
In this processing scenario, the SC and its GSE are transported by rail convoy approximately 30 km to Building 92A-
50, Room 102 , where external cleaning of the SC container is performed in Hall 102. Final cleaning is completed in
this area prior to moving the SC to the Integration Hall (Hall 101). Hall 101 is a Class 100,000 cleanroom, and the
SC container cover may be removed here or in Hall 103A as required by the unique mission-specific SC processing
flow.
A typical flow is as follows:
a) Move the SC container into Hall 101 on railcar
b) Remove container from the railcar and place on the floor in Hall 101
c) Remove the container lid
d) Roll container into 103A if on wheels or
e) Lift SC Container onto KhSC-supplied air pallet or Customer-supplied transport dolly to roll into 103A
f) Move SC on transporter into Hall 103A for processing
Note: Container lid removal may also be accomplished in Hall 103A as required by the Customer.
The SC container and lid may be stored in Hall 101. Electrical test equipment is brought into the control room by
means of an external door which opens directly into the control room loading area. This is a small buffer zone between
two sets of double doors with a concrete floor.
After container removal, SC electrical testing, pneumatic testing, and propellant fueling occurs in Hall 103A. Pass-
throughs from the control room are available for cabling. These cable feeds are verified to be leak-tight prior to
propellant operations. The 60 Hz, 120 Vac power source is provided by an UPS. Typically the UPS is activated the
week prior to SC arrival and not deactivated until the SC leaves the facility and all parties agree that no further
requirement for it exists. A portable blast shield is available for high-pressure tests.
For propellant operations, the facility is configured with liquid waste aspirators, passive vent scrubbers, and a vapor
detection system which alarms locally, in the control room, and at the Security Command Post. Breathing air is
supplied by a single source which is sampled prior to operations. GN2, water, and shop air are provided on demand. A
fire suppression system which will arm but not release on alarm is also active in Hall 103A. The command to activate
the suppression system deluge is made in the control room, and is not an automatic function of the alarm system. LN2
is available with 24 hr call-up.
Page 7-14
The loaded SC is transported back to Hall 101 using the Transport Dolly. The SC is lifted from the transporter and
mated to the SC adapter using the 50T bridge crane. The SC/adapter unit is then lifted and mated to the Fourth Stage
which has been previously installed in the Integration Stand. The adapter clampband is installed and tensioned.
Incremental electrical continuity tests are performed at each phase, with the final check being an end-to-end test with
the SC mated to the Fourth Stage.
After SC integration, final closeout operations and photographs are performed. The combined Fourth Stage/SC is
rotated to the horizontal position on the integration stand and is encapsulated by the bi-conic payload Fairing. After
the upper fairing half is emplaced, an RF Go/NoGo test is performed to ensure that the SC link has not been disturbed
and that the RF window is transparent to RF. This is performed as soon as the fairing half is mechanically emplaced
and before continuation of encapsulation sealing operations. If any anomaly is found, the fairing may be removed
relatively easily at this point. After determining a good RF signal, encapsulation is completed.
After encapsulation and required RF testing, the integrated Ascent Unit is placed on a railcar for transport to Building
92-1 (Integration Hall) for integration with the Proton Launch Vehicle. At this point, the processing flow for all SC
becomes a common flow, independent of SC Processing Facility.
7.6 LAUNCH VEHICLE INTEGRATION (BUILDING 92-1) THROUGH LAUNCH PAD

OPERATIONS
The Ascent Unit is transported to Building 92-1, where it is disconnected from the thermal conditioning car and lifted
onto the integration dolly. Here, it is brought together horizontally with the mating surface of Stage Three of the
integrated Proton launch vehicle (LV). An end-to-end electrical check is performed on the SC/LV cables. The
integrated LV is then transferred to the transportation/erection fixture and a thermal blanket is installed over the
Fairing to protect the payload from temperature extremes during periods when there is no active thermal control. A
typical launch flow requires 4 days in the Integration Hall. Activities in the Integration Hall are controlled by the
Strategic Rocket Forces and are based on the LV Launch schedule.
For LVs with a Block DM, the LV will be transported out to the pad directly from 92-1 at L-5. Fr LVs with the
Breeze M, the LV will be transported first to 92A-50 for final integrated Breeze M tests. This will be followed by
transportation to the Breeze M Filling Station for top off of the low pressure MMH and N2O4 reservoirs on its way to
Launch Pad 24.
The first of two Inter-governmental Commission Meetings is held on Day L-6, prior to vehicle roll-out to the pad, to
ensure all agencies are go for pad roll-out. All LV agencies, including the SC Manufacturer will be called upon to
provide a launch readiness statement.
The LV along with the thermal control railcar is moved to the launch pad. The vehicle is erected, and the liquid
thermal conditioning system is activated. An RF check of the SC telemetry and command links is performed from the
Bunker (Room 250) prior to Mobile Service Tower rollup. Once the Mobile Service Tower is in place, the Ascent Unit
air-conditioning system is activated and the liquid system is turned off.
Page 7-15
7.7 LAUNCH PAD OPERATIONS

The Integrated LV is transported to the Launch Pad and erected in one piece at L-5 using the Launch Vehicle
Transporter. From L-5 on, the launch schedule is driven by the Strategic Rocket Forces overall countdown schedule.
Coordination of SC-related pad activities is performed through the 7/701 Script. The 7/701 Script is generated by
Khrunichev with SC/Customer input and should include all pad access requirements and requirements for RF
radiation and commanding the SC. Operator “7” is the Khrunichev Program Director while Operator “701” is the SC
Point of Contact. Information required from the SC/Customer: RF radiation, battery charging, SC commanding, pad
access. Note that ILS functions such as pad access will also be coordinated through this script. Figure 7.7.1 provides a
typical detailed on-pad operations flow.
The SC Customer is expected to participate in a Launch Countdown Rehearsal on Day 3 on pad. This countdown
rehearsal is supported by a full booster vehicle launch crew countdown and requires the SC Customer to indicate SC
readiness to go at the required time. The rehearsal also includes a planned abort on a SC No-Go condition. SC full
fidelity countdown rehearsal is not required for this exercise, simply the operation of the readiness switch at the
planned time in accordance with the 7/701 script.
The second Inter-Governmental Commission Meeting is held at T-8 hours, to ensure all agencies are go for launch
prior to propellant load of the booster vehicle. At T-8 hours, the launch pad is cleared of all non-essential personnel,
and at T-6 hours, propellant load commences. At T- 2.5 hours, the pad is open for final closeouts and service tower
removal. At T-2 hours, all personnel are cleared from the hotel areas and should be in their final positions for launch
i.e. Bunker, Viewing Area, and Comm Center. Note that personnel in the Bunker and the Comm center should be
limited to essential personnel only.
The SC Customer participates in the final countdown by sending a SC readiness to launch signal at T-10 minutes, as
noted in the Countdown Organization discussion.
Active commanding of the SC is prohibited during critical booster vehicle functions. Propellant fueling of the booster
vehicle, which starts at T- 8 hours, is one such time-frame. Other typical RF silence and no-command times are
shown in Figure 7.7-2.
Page 7-16
Figure 7.7-1: Typical Launch Pad Operations Timeline
Page 7-17
8. PROTON LAUNCH SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS

The Proton launch system is supported by the Russian space industry leaders Khrunichev State Research and
Production Space Center and Russian Space Complex Energia. Based on the long, successful history of the Proton
launch system, ILS, Khrunichev, and Energia have continued to assess and conceptually study hardware and launch
services enhancements that would improve the competitiveness and capability of the Proton launch system.
Page 8-1
Figure 8-1: Proton Evolution Options
P r ot on - K M
Y ear s of operat io n 200 0 -

L E O capab ility 22 .0 M T
G S O capabilit y 4 .5 M T
Page 8-2
A number of enhancement options are being studied for the Proton system including enhanced payload fairing options,
avionics enhancements, and upper stage modifications to further improve capabilities of Proton heavy lift launch
system.
8.1 HIGH VOLUME PAYLOAD FAIRINGS

With the quantity of LEO, GTO, and planetary spacecraft on the Proton launch record, a number of payload fairing
configurations have been developed in the past to uniquely meet the needs of the diverse Russian government
programs. Most notable in recent developments has been the launch of large low earth orbit payloads such as the MIR
space-station using the three stage Proton vehicle.
With adoption of the Breeze M upper stage, larger payload fairings can be easily mounted to the Proton booster
vehicle. Unlike the Block DM configuration vehicle, the design of the Breeze M enables the stage to be completely
encapsulated inside the fairing. For the Breeze M configuration, the payload fairing is attached directly to the third
stage of Proton enabling large volume/higher mass fairings to be successfully carried with the limits of the Proton
design. A number of payload fairing options have been assessed for development with the commercial Proton
M/Breeze M configuration. Figure 8.1-1 illustrates some of those options.
With these conceptual systems, usable volume diameters as great as 4.2-meters have been envisioned. Usable
cylindrical volume lengths of up to 15,000-mm have been assessed and determined feasible with the existing control
authority capability of the Proton launch system.
ILS and KhSC are willing to develop these concepts with the award of firm launch services contracts. These fairing
options can be fielded in 30-36 months of authority to proceed and will support Proton M and Proton M/Breeze M
vehicle launches as early as mid-2001.
Page 8-3
Figure 8.1-1: Proton Larger Payload Fairing Concepts
TBS
Page 8-4
8.2 TANDEM LAUNCH SYSTEM

In addition to large volume payload fairing options, ILS and KhSC have studied and conceptually designed a tandem
launch system payload carrier concept. The tandem launch system concept may offer attractive opportunities for
launch of multiple payload constellations to low and intermediate altitude orbits. Figure 8.2-1 illustrates possible
interfaces available with the tandem launch system concept.
Page 8-5
Figure 8.2-1: Breeze-M Launch Configuration With Tandem Launch Systems (TLS)
30
4
39
5
21
45
20
1
1
19
4
6
30
Φ 4350
1
Φ 2490
0
2
6
Φ 4100
Page 8-6
8.3 AVIONICS SYSTEM MASS UPGRADES

With the introduction of the Breeze M stage, it becomes possible to remove the booster avionics system from the third
stage of Proton and use a modified upper stage avionics system for control of the entire launch system from liftoff to
separation of the payload in the targeted orbit. Removal of the avionics system increases typical performance to
geosynchronous transfer orbits by approximately 100 kg.
8.4 NEW CYROGENIC UPPER STAGE

In a the course of a vehicle development contract with another entity, Khrunichev has developed a liquid oxygen,
liquid hydrogen upper stage. This upper stage can be adapted to fly on the Proton booster and could significantly
enhance launch system performance to high energy transfer orbits. Payload performance gains to GSO and GTO of
almost 50% are possible over that available with the Breeze M upper stage.
8.5 SUMMARY
The mature partnership between Lockheed Martin and Russian partners Khrunichev Space Center and RSC Energia is
now enabling ILS to explore the next evolutionary steps in effectively supporting Proton commercial launch services.
ILS is ready to discuss, with potential customers, straight forward enhancements in Proton launch services capability
to meet near term commercial launch services needs.
Page 8-7
A. PROTON LAUNCH SYSTEM HISTORY
A.1 BACKGROUND AND HISTORY

Development of the Proton launch vehicle was undertaken in the early 1960s, under the direction of the Soviet
academician, V. N. Chelomey. The first launch took place in July 1965. The two-stage 8K82 (D) version, last flown
in 1966, was used to launch four flights of the Proton satellite series, from which the launch vehicle takes its name.
The two-stage version has been superseded by the three stage Proton K also known as (D-1, SL-13) model and the
four-stage Proton K/Block DM (D-l-e, SL-12) model, both of which are currently in use. An improved version of
the Proton (Proton M) is now in development, incorporating changes to the first three stages, as well as the
development of a new storable propellantBreeze M upper stage. Figure A.1-1 shows the major variants of the Proton
launch vehicle family.
Figure A.1-1: Proton Launch Vehicle Family
Proton K Proton K/Block DM Proton-M

(Proton D-1) (Proton D-1-e) Breeze-M
8K82
(Proton D)
Years of operation 1965-1967 1967 1967- Present 1999- Present

LEO capability 12.2 MT 19.76 MT - 21.0 MT
GTO capability - - 4.9 MT 5.5 MT
GSO capability - - 1.9 MT 2.92 MT
Page A-1
The Block DM fourth stage of the Proton was developed independently during the 1960s as the fifth stage of the
Russian manned lunar launch vehicle, the N2-L3. It was originally known in Russia as the Block D ("block" is the
common translation of the Russian word denoting a rocket "stage", while "D" is the fifth letter in the Russian
alphabet). The vehicle was upgraded during the 1970s to the current Block DM (modernized) version.
The Proton model numbers D, D-1, D-l-e, SL-13, and SL-12 were the designations in prior use in the United States,
with the D numbers having been applied by the Library of Congress and the SL numbers originating with the
Department of Defense.
Proton has flown more than 235 missions, and has carried the Salyut series space stations and the Mir space station
modules. It has launched the Ekran, Raduga, and Gorizont series of geostationary communications satellites (which
provided telephone, telegraph, and television service within Russia and between member states of the Intersputnik
Organization), as well as the Zond, Luna, Venera, Mars, Vega, and Phobos inter-planetary exploration spacecraft.
The Proton has also launched the entire constellation of Glonass position location satellites. All Russian geostationary
and interplanetary missions are launched on Proton. Approximately 90% of all Proton launches have been the four-
stage version.
The Proton launch vehicle has a long history of outstanding reliability. From its first operational launch in 1970 to the
present day, Proton has averaged a 92.5% success rate. Today the Proton launch vehicle has a 92% (moving average)
success rate over its last 50 launches. The recent history of Proton's launch reliability is shown in Table
A.1-2.
Table A.1-2: Proton 50-Launch Moving Average
Year Proton Block DM Proton (3 stage) Failures/Cause
1992 8
1993 8 1 booster second and third stage propulsion failure
1994 13
1995 6 1
1996 7 1 1 Block DM engine failure, 1 Mars 96 SC control failure
1997 8 1 Block DM propulsion failure
1998 5 1
Last 50 Proton/Block DM: 46/50 92% (Since 10 Sep 1992)
A.2 PROTON FLIGHT HISTORY

The Proton launch vehicle is one of the most reliable commercial launch vehicles available today, with a 92 percent
reliability record over the last 50 launches.
Summary launch data by year are shown in Table A.2-1.
Page A-2
Table A.2-1: Proton Launch Record Summary (1970-1998)
Year Number of Number of Launches by Version Total Launches on Failures

Launches Accrual Basis
4-Stage Version 3-Stage Version
1970 7 4 3 7 1 Proton K/Block DM
& 1 Proton K
1971 7 5 2 14
1972 2 1 1 16 1 Proton K
1973 7 5 2 23
1974 6 4 2 29
1975 5 5 - 34 1 Proton K/Block DM
1976 5 3 2 39
1977 6 2 2 45 1 Proton K
1978 8 7 1 53 3 Proton K/Block
DM’s
1979 6 5 1 59
1980 5 5 - 64
1981 7 6 1 71
1982 10 9 1 81 2 Proton K/Block
DM’s
1983 12 11 1 93
1984 13 13 _ 106
1985 10 9 1 116
1986 8 7 1 124 1 Proton K
1987 13 11 2 137 2 Proton K/Block
DM’s
1988 12 13 _ 150 2 Proton K/Block
DM’s
1989 11 10 1 161
1990 11 10 1 172 1 Proton K/Block DM
1991 9 8 1 181
1992 8 8 _ 189
1993 7 7 _ 196 1 Proton K/Block DM
1994 13 13 _ 209
1995 7 6 1 216
1996 8 7 1 224 2 Proton K/Block
DM’s
1997 8 8 - 232 1 Proton K/Block DM
1998 6 5 1 238
Page A-3
A.3 DETAILED FLIGHT HISTORY

The Proton launch history since 1970 is shown in Table A.3-1. This historical data was verified by Khrunichev in
December 1993, and subsequent launches confirmed on a case by case basis.
Table A.3-1: Proton Launch History
Date Proton Variant Payload Orbit Type Comments
4-stage 3-stage
6 Feb 1970 w Cosmos Failed to orbit Command abort
8 Aug 1970 w Unknown Failed to orbit No data
12 Sep 1970 w Luna-16 Escape
20 Oct 1970 w Zond-8 Escape
10 Nov 1970 w Luna-17 Escape
24 Nov 1970 w Cosmos-379 192 km x 1210 km at 51.9 deg
2 Dec 1970 w Cosmos-382 2464 km x 5189 km at 51.9 deg
26 Feb 1971 w Cosmos-398 201 km x 7250 km at 51.6 deg
19 Apr 1971 w Salyut-1 200 km x 210 km at 51.6 deg
10 May 1971 w Cosmos-419 145 km x 159 km at 51.5 deg
19 May 1971 w Mars-2 Escape
28 May 1971 w Mars-3 Escape
14 Feb 1972 w Luna-20 Escape
29 Jul 1972 w Salyut Failed to orbit
8 Jan 1973 w Luna-21 Escape
3 Apr 1973 w Salyut-2 207 km x 248 km at 51.6 deg No data
21 Jul 1973 w Mars-4 Escape
25 Jul 1973 w Mars-5 Escape
5 Aug 1973 w Mars-6 Escape
9 Aug 1973 w Mars-7 Escape
26 Mar 1974 w Cosmos-637 LEO
29 May 1974 w Luna-22 Escape
24 Jun 1974 w Salyut-3 LEO
29 Jul 1974 w Molniya-1S Elliptical orbit
28 Oct 1974 w Luna-23 Escape
26 Dec 1974 w Salyut-4 LEO
6 Jun 1975 w Venera-9 Earth escape
14 Jun 1975 w Venera-10 Earth escape
8 Oct 1975 w Cosmos-775 LEO
16 Oct 1975 w Luna Escape
22 Dec 1975 w Raduga-1 GSO
22 Jun 1976 w Salyut-5 LEO
9 Aug 1976 w Luna-24 Escape
11 Sep 1976 w Raduga-2 GSO
26 Oct 1976 w Ekran-1 GSO
15 Dec 1976 w Cosmos-881 and 882 LEO
Page A-4
Table A.3-1a: Proton Launch History (Continued)
4-stage 3-stage
17 Jul 1977 w Cosmos-929 301 km x 308 km at 51.5 deg
23 Jul 1977 w Raduga-3 GSO
4 Aug 1977 F Cosmos Failed to orbit
20 Sep 1977 w Ekran-2 GSO
29 Sep 1977 w Salyut-6 380 km x 391 km at 51.6 deg
14 Oct 1977 F Unknown Failed to orbit
30 Mar 1978 Cosmos-997 and 998 230 km x 200 km at 51.6 deg
27 May 1978 F Ekran Failed to orbit First stage failure
17 Aug 1978 F Ekran Failed to orbit Second stage failure
9 Sep 1978 w Venera-l l Escape
14 Sep 1978 w Venera-12 Escape
17 Oct 1978 F Ekran Failed to orbit Second stage failure
19 Dec 1978 w Gorizont-1 20,600 km x 50,960 km at 14.3 deg Failure?
21 Feb 1979 w Ekran-3 GSO
25 Apr 1979 w Raduga-5 GSO
22 May 1979 w Cosmos- 1100 and 1101 193 km x 223 km at 51.6 deg
5 Jul 1979 w Gorizont-2 GSO
28 Dec 1979 w Gorizont-3 GSO
2 Feb 1980 w Raduga-6 GSO
14 Jun 1980 w Gorizont-4 GSO
15 Jul 1980 w Ekran-5 GSO
5 Oct 1980 w Raduga-7 GSO
26 Dec 1980 w Ekran-6 GSO
18 Mar 1981 w Raduga-8 GSO
25 Apr 1981 w Cosmos-1267 240 km x 278 km at 51.5 deg
26 Jun 1981 w Ekran-7 GSO
30 Oct 1981 w Venera-13 Escape
4 Nov 1981 w Venera-14 Escape
5 Feb 1982 w Ekran-8 GSO
15 Mar 1982 w Gorizont-5 GSO
19 Apr 1982 w Salyut-7 473 km x 474 km at 51.6 deg
17 May 1982 w Cosmos-1366 GSO
23 Jul 1982 F Ekran Failed to orbit First stage failure
12 Oct 1982 w Cosmos-1413 and 1415 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.7 deg
20 Oct 1982 w Gorizont-6 GSO
26 Nov 1982 w Raduga-11 GSO
24 Dec 1982 F Raduga Failed to orbit Second stage failure
Page A-5
Table A.3-1b: Proton Launch History (Continued)
4-stage 3-stage
2 Mar 1983 w Cosmos-1443 324 km x 327 km at 51.6 deg
12 Mar 1983 w Ekran-10 GSO
23 Mar 1983 w Astron-1 1,950 km x 201,100 km at 51.09 deg
2 Jun 1983 w Venera-15 Escape
6 Jun 1983 w Venera-16 Escape
10 Aug 1983 w Cosmos-1490 and 1492 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
25 Aug 1983 w Raduga-13 GSO
29 Sep 1983 w Ekran-II GSO
30 Nov 1983 w Gorizont-8 GSO
29 Dec 1983 w Cosmos-1519 and 1521 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
2 Mar 1984 w Cosmos-1540 GSO
29 Mar 1984 w Cosmos-1546 GSO
22 Apr 1984 w Gorizont-9 GSO
19 May 1984 w Cosmos-1554 and 1556 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
22 Jun 1984 w Raduga-15 GSO
1 Aug 1984 Gorizont-10 GSO
24 Aug 1984 w Ekran-13 GSO
4 Sep 1984 w Cosmos-1593 and 1595 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
28 Sep 1984 w Cosmos-1603 836 km x 864 km at 71 deg
15 Dec 1984 w Vega-1 Escape
21 Dec 1984 w Vega-2 Escape
18 Jan 1985 w Gorizont-ll GSO
21 Feb 1985 w Cosmos-1629 GSO
17 May 1985 w Cosmos-1650 and 1652 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
8 Aug 1985 w Raduga-16 GSO
27 Sep 1985 w Cosmos-1686 291 km x 312 km at 51.6 deg
25 Oct 1985 w Cosmos-1700 GSO
15 Nov 1985 w Raduga-17 GSO
24 Dec 1985 w Cosmos-1710 and 1712 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
17 Jan 1986 w Raduga- 18 GSO
19 Feb 1986 w Mir 335 km x 358 km at 51.6 deg
4 Apr 1986 w Cosmos-1738 GSO
24 May 1986 w Ekran-15 GSO
10 Jun 1986 Gorizont-12 GSO
Page A-6
Table A.3-1c: Proton Launch History (Continued)
4-stage 3-stage
25 Oct 1986 w Raduga-I9 GSO
30 Jan 1987 F Cosmos-1817 188 km x 210 km at 51.6 deg Fourth stage failed to
ignite
31 Mar 1987 w Kvant-1 298 km x 344 km at 51.6 deg
24 Apr 1987 F Cosmos- 1838 to 1840 200 km x 17,000 km at 64.9 deg Fourth stage early
shutdown
11 May 1987 w Gorizont-14 GSO
25 Jul 1987 Cosmos-1870 237 km x 249 km at 71.9 deg
26 Nov 1987 w Cosmos-1897 GSO
27 Dec 1987 w Ekran-17 GSO
17 Feb 1988 F Cosmos-1917P1919 162 km x 170 km at 64.8 deg Fourth stage did not ignite
31 Mar 1988 w Gorizont-15 GSO
6 May 1988 w Ekran-18 GSO
21 May 1988 w Cosmos 1946-1948 19,000 km x19,000 km at 64.9 deg
7 Jul 1988 w Phobos-1 Escape
12 Jul 1988 w Phobos-2 Escape
1 Aug 1988 w Cosmos-1961 GSO
18 Aug 1988 w Gorizont-16 GSO
16 Sep 1988 w Cosmos-1970P1972 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
10 Dec 1988 w Ekran-I9 GSO
10 Jan 1989 w Cosmos-1987P1989 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.9 deg
26 Jan 1989 w Gorizont-17 GSO
31 May 1989 w Cosmos-2022P2024 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
21 Jun 1989 w Raduga-l-1 GSO
28 Sep 1989 w Gorizont- 19 GSO
26 Nov 1989 w Kvant-2 215 km x 321 km at 51.6 deg
1 Dec 1989 w Granat 1957 km x 201,700 km at 52.1 deg
15 Dec 1989 Raduga-24 GSO
27 Dec 1989 w Cosmos-2054 Unknown
Page A-7
Table A.3-1d: Proton Launch History (Continued)
4-stage 3-stage
19 May 1990 w Cosmos-2079P81 19,000 km x19,000 km at 65 deg
31 May 1990 w Kristall 383 km x 481 km at 51.6 deg
20Jun 1990 w Gorizont-20 GSO
18 Jul 1990 w Cosmos-2085 GSO
9 Aug 1990 F Unknown Did not achieve orbit
8 Dec 1990 w Cosmos-2109P11 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
14 Feb 1991 w Cosmos-2133 GSO
31 Mar 1991 w Almaz-1 268 km x 281 km at 72.7 deg
4 Apr 1991 w Cosmos-2139P41 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.9 deg
13 Sep 1991 w Cosmos-2155 GSO
23 Oct 1991 w Gorizont-24 GSO
22 Nov 1991 w Cosmos-2172 GSO
29 Jan 1992 w Cosmos-2177P79 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
2 Apr 1992 w Gorizon-25 GSO
14Ju11992 w Gorizont-26 GSO
30 Jul 1992 w Cosmos-2204-06 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
10 Sep 1992 w Cosmos-2209 GSO
27Nov 1992 w Gorizont-27 GSO
17 Dec 1992 w Cosmos-2224 GSO
17 Feb 1993 w Cosmos-223?P3? 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8 deg
27 May 1993 F Gorizont Did not achieve orbit 2nd and 3rd stage
propulsion failure
30 Sep 1993 w Gorizont GSO
28 Oct 1993 w Gorizont GSO
18 Nov 1993 w Gorizont GSO
23 Dec 1993 w Gorizont GSO
20 Jan 1994 w GALS GSO
5 Feb 1994 w Raduga - 30 GSO
18 Feb 1994 w Raduga- 31 GSO
11 Apr 1994 w Glonass l9,000 km x l9,000 km at64.8°
20 May 1994 w Gorizant GSO
Page A-8
Table A.3-1e: Proton Launch History (Continued)
4-stage 3-stage
7 Jul 1994 w Cosmos GSO
11 Aug 1994 w Glonass 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8°
21 Sep 1994 w Cosmos - 2291 GSO
13 Oct 1994 w Express GSO
31 Oct 1994 w Electro GSO
20 Nov 1994 w Glonass 19,000 km x 19,999 km at 64.8°
16 Dec 1994 w Luch GSO
28 Dec 1994 w F Raduga - 32 GSO
7 Mar 1995 w Glonass 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8°
20 May 1995 w Spektr 335 km x 358 km at 51.6°
24 Jul 1995 w Glonass 19,000 km x 19,000 km at 64.8°
31 Aug 1995 w Gazer GSO
11 Oct 1995 w Looch - 1 GSO
17 Nov 1995 w GALS GSO
14 Dec l995 w F Glonass 19,140 km x l9,l00 km at 64.8°
25 Jan 1996 w Gorizant GSO
19 Feb 1996 F Raduga GSO Block DM propulsion
failure
9 Apr 1996 w Astra 1F Hi-GTO Commercial
23 Apr 1996 w Priroda 214 km x 328 km at 51.6 deg
25 May 1996 w Gorizant GSO
6 Sep 1996 w Inmarsat 3 F2 GSO Commercial
26 Sep 1996 w Express GSO
16 Nov 1996 F Mars 96 Did not achieve escape trajectory Failure of Mars 96 control
system to initiate Block
D2 engine ignition
24 May 1997 w Telstar-5 Hi-GTO Commercial
6 June 1997 w Arak GSO
18 June 1997 w Iridium LEO Commercial
14 Aug 1997 w Cosmos-2345 GSO
28 Aug 1997 w PanAmSat-5 Hi-GTO Commercial
15 Sep 1997 w Iridium LEO Commercial
3 Dec 1997 w Astra-1G Hi-GTO Commercial
25 Dec 1997 F AsiaSat-3 GTO Block DM Engine Failure
7 Apr 1998 w Iridium LEO Commercial
8 May 1998 w Echostar-IV Hi-GTO Commercial
30 Aug 1998 w Astra 2A Hi-GTO Commercial
04 Nov 1998 w PanAmSat-8 Hi-GTO Commercial
20 Nov 1998 w Zarya (FGB) LEO RSA/NASA
Page A-9
Notes:
a) The SL-12 launch vehicle is also designated D-l-e and is the four-stage version of the Proton.
b) The SL-13 launch vehicle is also designated D-1 and is the three-stage version of the Proton.
c) The stated orbital parameters are approximate and included for reference only.
A.4 FAILURES CAUSES AND CORRECTIVE ACTION

Data provided below was provided by Khrunichev Space Center.
a) 1970: After 128.3 seconds of flight, 1st stage engine cutoff due to false alarm from the launch vehicle safety system
activated by the engine pressure gage. Manufacturing defect. Additional check of gages introduced at point of
installation.
b) 1972: After 181.9 seconds of flight, 2nd stage automated stabilization system failure due to a relay short circuit in
the "pitch" and "yawing" channels caused by elastic deformation of the device housing (which operates in vacuum).
Design defect. Design of instruments upgraded and additional testing undertaken.
c) 1975: Failure of 4th stage oxidizer booster pump. Manufacturing/design defect. Cryogen-helium condensate
freezing. Booster pump blowing introduced.
d) 1977: After 40.13 seconds of flight, spontaneous cutoff of 1st stage steering motor, loss of stability and engine
cutoff at 53.68 seconds into the flight safety system command. Steering most failure due to spool-an-sleeve pair
manufacturing defect (faulty liner) which caused penetration of hard particles under liner rim and resulted in
spool-and-sleeve seizure.
e) 1978: After 87 seconds of flight, loss of stability commenced due to error of 1st stage second combustion chamber
steering gear. High temperature impact on cables due to heptyl leak into second block engine compartment. Leak
likely developed at heptyl feed coupling to gas generator. Coupling upgraded.
f) 1978: Flight terminated after 259.1 seconds due to loss of launch vehicle stability. Automatic stabilization system
electric circuit failure in rear compartment of 2nd stage caused by hot gases leaking from second engine gas inlet
due to faulty sealing of pressure gage. Gage attaching point upgraded.
g) 1978: After 235.62 seconds of flight, 2nd stage engine shutoff and loss of stability caused by a turbine part igniting
in turbo pump gas tract followed by gas inlet destruction and hot air ejection into 2nd rear section. Engine design
upgraded.
h) 1982: At 45.15 seconds into the flight, major malfunctioning of 1st stage engine fifth chamber. Flight terminated
by launch vehicle safety system command. Failure caused by steering motor malfunctioning: first stage of
hydraulic booster got out of balance coupled with booster dynamic excitation at resonance frequencies. Hydraulic
booster design redefined.
i) 1982: 2nd stage engine failure caused by high-frequency vibrations. Engine design upgraded.
j) 1986: Control system failure due to brief relay contact separation caused by engine vibration. Upgrading included
introduction of self-latching action capability for program power distributor shaft.
k) 1987: 4th stage control system failure due to component (relay) defect. Manufacturing defect. Remedial program
introduced at supplier's factory. Inspection made more stringent.
l) 1987: 4th stage control system failure due to control system instrument defect. Manufacturing defect. Device
manufactured at the time of transfer from developer's pilot production to a factory for full scale production.
Remedial program introduced at relevant factory. No recurring failures recorded.
Page A-10
m) 1988: 3rd stage engine failure caused by destruction of fuel line leading to mixer. Unique manufacturing defect.
Inventory rechecked.
n) 1988: 4th stage engine failure due to temperature rise in combustion chamber caused by penetration of foreign
particles from the fuel tank. Manufacturing defect. Remedial program introduced at point of manufacture to
prevent penetration of foreign particles into tanks. No recurring failures recorded.
o) 1990: 2nd stage engine shutoff due to termination of oxidizer supply. Fuel line clogged by a piece of textile
(wiping rag). Remedial program introduced to prevent wiping rags from being left inside engine and launch
vehicle.
p) 1993: 2nd and 3rd stage engine failures. Multiple engine combustion chamber burn-through caused by propellant
contaminants. Remedial program introduced to modify propellant specifications and testing procedures. All
launch site propellant storage, transfer, and handling equipment purged and cleaned.
q) 1996: Block DM 4th stage second burn ignition failure. Remedial program involved corrective actions to prevent
two possible causes. The first involved introduction of redundant lockers, revised installation procedures, and
increased factory inspections to prevent a loosening of a tube joint causing a leak that would prevent engine
ignition. The second involved additional contamination control procedures to further precule particulate
contamination of the hypergolic start system.
r) 1996: Block D2 4th stage engine failure during second burn due to malfunction of Mars 96 spacecraft control
system, and associated improper engine command sequences. Unique configuration of spacecraft and 4th stage.
Remedial program includes stringent adherence to established integration and test procedures.
s) 1997: Block DM 4th stage engine failure resulting from improperly coated turbopump seal. Remedial program
includes removal of unnecessary (for < 4 burn missions) coating.
Page A-11
B1. QUALITY SYSTEM
TBS
Page B1-1
Introduction
This section describes the data required from the spacecraft customer to determine the compatibility of the spacecraft
with the Proton launch vehicle. Providing this data in full constitutes providing an Interface Requirements Document
which is a contractual document provided by the Customer at the beginning of a mission integration cycle. For
preliminary feasibility studies, a smaller subset of this information can be provided as indicated in the table.
The requested information is provided in the sequence the data appears in the Interface Control Document in order to
simplify the creation of this document once a contract is signed.
C1. GENERAL INFORMATION

Item Parameter Units Feas. Study
Spacecraft Name
Manufacturer
Isometric view, launch configuration
Isometric view, on-orbit configuration
Estimated launch date
Page C1-1
C2. INPUT DOCUMENTS

Spacecraft Dynamic Per specification LKES-9704-0207

Model
Spacecraft Thermal Per specification LKET 9704-0206

Model
Spacecraft Physical Per specification LKEB 9801-039

Model
Launch Operations Plan Reference Section 5.3.5 of this Mission Planner’s Guide
Environmental Test Reference Section 5.3.3 of this Mission Planner’s Guide

Plan
SC Interface Control Drawing based on physical model above which shows:

Drawing
Locations of all critical surfaces (surfaces closer than 50 mm from mm

useable volume envelope). Show on drawing and in table in SC
coordinates x,y and z.
Major SC dimensions while in launch configuration mm
Complete description of any points OUTSIDE of the useable volume
Complete dimensions of interface ring with structural definition up to

125 mm above interface plane including stiffness characteristics
Umbilical connector definition including position relative to

separation plane
Pneumatic connector interfaces (if applicable)
Access envelopes for accessing SC and description of how access is to

be made
Drawing to show handling fixtures and how attached to SC (hoists,

slings, crossbars)
Page C2-2
C3. INTERFACES
C3.1 MECHANICAL INTERFACES
Adapter system Specify which standard adapter system. Reference Appendix D of this
Mission Planner’s Guide.
# pushoff springs (if known). Reference Appendix D of this Mission

Planner’s Guide.
Specific requirements for mechanical interfaces not provided by above

standard adapter system
Coordinate system Drawing showing spacecraft coordinate system
Drawing showing desired orientation of spacecraft coordinate system

relative to adapter coordinate system
Description of constraints on spacecraft orientation
SC Logo Provide design
SC interface flange Cross section properties

Ixx mm4
Iyy mm4
Ls = 25 mm mm
S mm2
Scribe mark location
SC stiffness Minimum fundamental lateral and axial mode frequencies (must be Hz

greater than 10 and 25 Hz respectively
SC interface loads Confirm SC lifting device and structure can lift SC+adapter mass = Yes or no
200 kg
SC mass properties Fill in tables in attached Table C3.1-1 and C3.1-2.
Fairing access doors Location required for access SC

coordinates
Method of access required
Time when access required
Fitcheck/ shocktest Confirm fitcheck and shock test requirements
SC Pendulum model Provide pendulum model of SC during powered flight per

Figure C3.1-1
SC Slosh model Provide slosh model of SC during ballistic flight and at separation by
providing parameters in Figure C3.1-2.
Propellant tank Provide general propellant tank geometry per Figure C3.1-3
Page C3-3
C3.2 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES

Electrical connector Confirm type of connectors
LVIJ1
LVIJ2
Confirm location and keying
LVIJ1
LVIJ2
Confirm quantities to be supplied
LVIJ1
LVIJ2
LVIP1
LVIP2
Provide pin locations of SC separation jumper loops
LVIJ1 pins:
LVIJ2 pins:
Current flow 20 seconds or less prior to separation. mA (must
be less
than 100)
Dry loop commands Dry loop commands required? Yes/no
Characteristics if yes:
# commands
Desired pin locations
LVIJ1 pins:
LVIJ2 pins:
Current mA
Voltage V
Pulse duration ms
Time during flight sec prior
to
separation
SC telemetry processing LV processing of SC telemetry required? Yes/no
Characteristics of if yes:
Desired pin locations
LVIJ1 pins:
LVIJ2 pins:
Voltage V
Current mA
Data rate Hz
Current through Current flow 5 minutes or less prior to liftoff. mA (must
umbilicals at liftoff be less
than 100)
SC RF characteristics Fill in table in attached Table C3.2-1.
SC omni antenna Provide location of omni antennas to be used on pad, including:
Antenna pattern showing antenna origin in SC coordinates, -3db
beamwidth
Umbilical wiring Fill out Table C3.2-2 with pin assignments and desired line
characteristics
Page C3-4
C3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES
Thermal requirements Provide any particular ground thermal requirements
Provide any particular thermal requirements during ascent or parking

orbit
Provide any particular thermal requirements during transfer orbit

including:
sun angle vs. time
Provide any particular thermal requirements during final injection

orbit
Venting analysis Provide archimedes volume of SC in launch configuration (for

venting analysis)
SC Testing Provide confirmation of compliance with Planner’s Guide test

requirements for acoustic, sine, static testing and for the
fitcheck/shocktest
EMC Provide confirmation of compliance with EM Susceptibility curve in

LV in Planner’s Guide
Provide confirmation of acceptability of LV radiated emissions curve

in Planner’s Guide
Humidity Provide humidity requirements for ground transportation
Provide humidity requirements for processing facility
Page C3-5
C3.4 FLIGHT DESIGN
Parking Orbit Define thermal conditioning maneuvers required
Define sun angle constraints
Transfer Orbit Define thermal conditioning maneuvers required
Define sun angle constraints
Injection Orbit Target orbit for performance calculation:

Injection mass kg
Perigee km
Apogee km
Inclination deg.
Argument of Perigee deg.
Longitude of Ascending Node deg.
Launch Window Define constraints on launch window
Provide target launch date
Provide launch window at perigee passage for one year covering the
contractual launch date. Include open and close times in GMT for
each day.
Separation Define type of separation 3 axis

stabilized,
spinning
or
transverse
spin
Define desired separation attitude with a diagram showing the

pointing vector in SC coordinates and the pointing vector relative to
relative right ascension and declination as defined in the Planner’s
Guide.
Define desired spin rate about each SC axis. deg.
Define desired spin rate tolerance about each SC axis deg.
Define desired separation velocity m/sec.
Page C3-6
C3.5 OPERATIONS
EGSE Fill out table in Table C3.5-1 for all EGSE to be used at Launch Site
Fluid and gases Fill out table in Table C3.5-2 for quantities and types of fluids and
gases
Contamination Control Provide any special requirements
Campaign Support Provide list of support required in each area (if nonstandard):
Area 92A-50
Hall 102
Hall 101
Hall 103A
Control Rm
Hall 103
Offices
Area 31
Rm 100C
Rm 100B
Rm 100A
Rm 119
Offices
Launch Complex 81
Bunker
Vault
Pad
Bldg 92-1
Page C3-7
C3.6 OPERATIONS (Continued)
Transportation Provide description of all items including propellant to be shipped

including:
Item name
Quantity
Weight kg
Tiedown method
Storage requirements
Handling Provide description of items which require physical handling at the
launch site including:
Equipment name/location
Dimensions m
Weight kg
Handling method
Communications Define number and type of international lines required. Up to 3 64
kbps lines can be provided.
If multiplexer provided, provide characteristics of and desired

location.
Provide locations of all intersite data transmissions including data type

and rate and interface (analog modem, V.35 or RS232 interface)
Provide requirements for hardline data transmission between Area 81

Vault and Bunker, Bldg 44 Rm 58 and Bldg 40D Rm 120 and/or
between Bldg 40D Rm 301 and Room 120.
Ground Electrical Provide block diagrams of desired umbilical interfaces between SC

Interfaces and EGSE while being processed and while on the pad
Feedthroughs Provide description of feedthroughs required between Control Rm of

92A-50 and Hall 103A or between Rm 58 of Bldg 44 and Hall 1,
including:
Feedthrough designation
Cable designation
Cable connector dia. mm
Cable dia. mm
Page C3-8
Table C3.1-1: SC Mass properties

SC Mass Properties are shown with a normal distribution. Table C3.1-1c provides the dry spacecraft mass properties to
be used for analysis of separation dynamics taking into account fluid sloshing effects.
Approximately TBD kg of helium gas pressurant is included in the full-up spacecraft mass.
Table C3.1-1a: SC Mass Properties Near 0g
Mass (kg) Center of Gravity location Moments of inertia relative to spacecraft

(spacecraft coordinates, mm) c.g.(kg-M2)
CGX CGY CGZ IXX IYY IZZ PXY PXZ PYZ
Nominal TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
+/- + TBD + TBD + TBD + TBD TBD% TBD% TBD% TBD% TBD% TBD%
Table C3.1-1b: SC Mass Properties Near 1g

CGX CGY CGZ IXX IYY IZZ PXY PXZ PYZ
+/- + TBD + TBD + TBD + TBD TBD% TBD% TBD% TBD% TBD% TBD%
Note:
a) Maximum to minimum inertia ratio is greater than or equal to 1.02
b) Z coordinate relative to separation plane
c) Maximum required tolerance on the final weight before launch =+0/- TBD kg. and will be based on the SC manufacturers
final mass properties report
d) Above data based on the SC manufacturers Mass Properties Report dated TBD.
Page C3-9
Table C3.1-1c: SC Mass Properties(Dry Spacecraft)

CGX CGY CGZ IXX IYY IZZ IXY IXZ IYZ
+/- + TBD + TBD +TBD + TBD TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD% TBD% TBD%
Notes:
a) Z coordinate relative to separation plane
b) Above data based on the SC manufacturers Mass Properties Report dated TBD.
Page C3-10
Table C3.1-2: Description Of Liquid Masses

These tables provide the mass properties for the individual tanks for the nominal propellant load of TBD% fill fraction
(full tanks) being assumed, in a near 0 g field in a 1 g field and during transportation.
The associated tank geometry is shown in Figure C3.1-3.
a) near 0 g (0.125 g)
Mass Center of Gravity location Moments of inertia relative to propellant c.g.

(kg) (spacecraft coordinates, mm) (kg-M2)
CGX CGY CGZ* IXX IYY IZZ IXY IXZ IYZ
Ox TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
+/- TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD% TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD %
Fuel TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
+/- TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD% TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD %
b) 1g

+/- TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD % TBD %
Note: Z coordinate relative to separation plane
c) 1g (During Transportation)

Note: Z coordinate relative to separation plane
Page C3-11
Figure C3.1-1: SC Pendulum Model
L
as
ms
xs
Pendulum Model Parameters:

1. 0g
Tank ms, Kg L, m xs, m as, m ,% m0, Kg x0, m

F
O
2. 1g
Tank ms, Kg L, m xs, m as, m ,% m0, Kg x0, m

F
O
Filling Parameters: (t = 20OC)
Tank Mass, Kg Level, m Filling, % Density, Kg/m3 Kinematic viscosity, m2/s

F
O
as - Pivot point of the pendulum from the tank bottom, m

L - Length of the pendulum, m;
xs - Slosh mass location from the tank bottom, m;
m s - Mass of the pendulum, Kg;
- Damping, %.
m 0 - Mass of fixed liquid, kg;
x0 - Coordinate of mass m0 from the tank bottom, m.
Page C3-12
Figure C3.1-2: SC Slosh Properties During Ballistic Flight and at Separation
Ig
dω
dt
+ MgC×
d 2l
dt 2
T - ω × Igω ( ) ∑ (R oi
× F CT ⋅i )
i
-MgC×
dω
dt
+ Mg
d 2l
dt 2
= F - ω× ω×MgC - ( ) ∑ F CT ⋅i
i
d 2 ai dω d ai
2
=- × ai - 2ω × - ω × ( ω × ai ) - Gi A i + F CT ⋅i / mi
dt dt dt
Ai =
d 2l
dt 2
+
dω
dt
× r oi + ω × ω × r oi ( )
M g = Ms + ∑ m (1 − G )
i
i i
MgC = Msr s + ∑ m (1 − G )
i
i i r oi
Ig = Is - ∑ m (1 − G ) S (r ) S (r )
i
i i oi oi
( )  xi   0 
zi − yi ai
S r oi = S  yi  =  − z i 0 xi
 R oi = r oi +
 z i   yi − xi 0  Gi
2(1 − K i )  0 ri < Ri
Gi = F CT ⋅i = 
1 + (1 − K i ) − k pr d i − k dem V pi
− k shear V ti ri ≥ Ri
1 
+ aH i 0 
MINIMUM
β (a )
ai Ki
β i (a ) = −
1
ri= •
1−3 (1 − K i )( 1 ÷ 34HRi ) a ∈ [−0.5;+0.5] i 1 − Ki
i
0 
β (a ) 1 − Ki  
3 H i  
d 0i = (Ri − ri )

di = − d0 i i  −3  1 − K i  1 +
1 
 
  
β i (a ) Ki 


4 Ri  
d ai
di •
dt • d i d ai
V Pi = I V ti = − V Pi
di • di dt
k shear
= 170229 N / m k shear
= 16256 N (m /sec ) k shear
= 354.3 N (m /sec )
Page C3-13
NOMENCLATURE
ω the spacecraft angular rate vector;
l the vector determining the position of the coordinate origin fixed in the spacecraft body in the inertial
coordinate system;
C the vector determining the spacecraft mass center position;
T the sum of external moments with respect to the selected origin of coordinates;
F- the sum of external forces acting on the spacecraft;
ai position vector of fluid center of mass of i-th tank about center of this tank;
dai
Vpi,Vti the radial and tangential components of velocity of the liquid mass center in the i - tank;
dt
Ms, Is the mass and matrix of inertia of the dry spacecraft (without liquid components);
Ri the i - tank radius;
rs the vector determining the dry spacecraft mass center position in the i - tank with respect to the origin of
coordinates;
mi the liquid mass in the i - tank;
roi the vector drawn from the origin of coordinates to the i - tank center;
Roi the vector determining the liquid mass center position in the i - tank with respect to the origin of coordinates;
Ai the vector of inertial acceleration of the i - tank;
Ki the i - tank filling factor

Ki=V filling
V total
where: V filling is the volume of poured fuel component;
V total is the total volume of the tank.
Hi the i - tank cylinder length
Hi=0 corresponds to spherical tank
Page C3-14
Figure C3.1-3: Propellant Tank Geometry Required Data
TBD
-X
sc
Liquid Level
TBD
TBD
TBD
rTB D
TB
D
SC/Upper Stage Separation Plane
Page C3-15
Table C3.2-1: SC RF Characteristics
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2 Receiver 1 Receiver 2
Description TM Transmitter 1 TM Transmitter 2 Command Receiver Command Receiver

1A 1B
Carrier Frequency (Ghz) TBD TBD TBD TBD
3 db Bandwidth (Mhz) TBD TBD TBD TBD
20 db Bandwidth (Mhz) [TBD] [TBD] TBS TBS
60 db Bandwidth (Mhz) TBD TBD TBD TBD
Modulation type and TBD TBD TBD TBD

characteristics
Intermediate frequency (Mhz) TBD TBD
Local Oscillator frequencies TBD TBD

(Ghz)
Transmit antenna output power

EIRP (dbW)
Max (on-orbit setting) TBD TBD
Max (normal on pad setting) TBD TBD
Nom TBD TBD
Min TBD TBD
Receive antenna receive flux
density (dbW/M2)
Max TBD TBD
Nom TBD TBD
Min TBD TBD
Antenna description, polarization, TBD(c) TBD(c) TBD(c) TBD(c)

pattern
Antenna location
Operating on pad? TBD (e) TBD (e) TBD TBD
Operating in flight? TBD TBD TBD TBD
Ground equipment output power

(dbm)
Max TBD TBD
Nom TBD TBD
Min TBD TBD
Ground equipment receive power
(dbm)
Max (see note f) TBD TBD
Nom TBD TBD
Min TBD TBD
Page C3-16
Notes: [Sample]
a) TBD RF command links and TBD RF telemetry links are required. The SC Checkout Station will have 1 physical command
interface and 1 physical telemetry interface.
b) Transmit and receive frequencies at the RF Console are the same as those indicated in the above table.
c) Vertical polarization (E-Field parallel to spacecraft Y axis), H: horizontal polarization (E-Field parallel to spacecraft X axis).
d) SC-TLM amplifiers are TBD.
e) SC Telemetry Transmitters are on and amplifiers are off during all on-pad operations.
f) Ground equipment can accommodate TBD dBm power levels without damage.
g) SC GSE RF interface impedance shall be 50 ohm
h) Uninterrupted operation of RF devices shall not exceed 8 hours, with a 30 minute break before the next 8 hour session.
i) The SC manufacturer shall provide to Khrunichev the measured coefficient values for TT &C signals via the RF window
obtained during the RF channel checkup in the integration facility following the Ascent Unit encapsulation.
j) Prior to installation of the LV+Ascent Unit on the pad and following the delivery of the STE to the bunker, the SC
manufacturer shall verify continuity between command RF link and STE and issue to Khrunichev the Certificate of Launch
Pad Readiness to accommodate the LV and Ascent Unit. The spectrum analyzer to be provided by the SC manufacturer shall
be adapted to 220 V 50 Hz.
k) After installation of LV+Ascent Unit and prior to the roll-up of service tower, the SC manufacturer, in conjunction with
Khrunichev, shall checkup the RF link between the Ascent Unit and STE. Such checkup shall be performed 20 minutes after
the mating of the LV aft section. Loral to confirm functionality of the RF link within 45 minutes.
l) At L-6 months, the SC manufacturer shall provide to Khrunichev two connectors for installation by Khrunichev on the
existing RF cables in the bunker, two spare connectors and two corresponding jacks, as well as instructions on cable dressing
and cable performances. (If required)
Page C3-17
Table C3.2-2a: LVIJ1 Umbilical Pin Assignments
Connector Function Max. Max. Max. Max. Line Time of

Pin Voltage Current Voltage at Current at Resistance Usage
(V)* (A) Liftoff (V) Liftoff (A) (ohms) (4)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Page C3-18

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
Notes:
a) For the bus power lines, the maximum voltage at the P1 and P2 spacecraft umbilical connectors is 100 V.
*Maximum voltage measured at the M&C interface at the vault
b) SC CONTRACTOR equipment provides protection against exceeding 100 V at spacecraft umbilical interface. It also provides
continuous monitoring and recording of this bus voltage on pins TBD and TBD of umbilicals P1 and P2 . SC power through
the umbilicals will be automatically shutoff within 0.2 sec if max current is exceeded by 50%.
c) Separation jumpers are configured as follows:
1) Pins TBD and TBD jumpered on LV side
3) Pins TBD and TBD jumpered on SC side
d) Indicated resistance values are from LVIP1/P2 IFD connection to the KhSC/SC CONTRACTOR EGSE interface in the
vault room (or on the Mobile Service Tower for designated circuits).
e) Some circuits (e.g. battery charging circuits) may be terminated at the LV Mobile Service Tower if necessary
Page C3-19
Table C3.2.2b: LVIJ2 Umbilical Pin Assignments

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Page C3-20

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
Notes:
a) For the bus power lines, the maximum voltage at the P1 and P2 spacecraft umbilical connectors is 100 V.
* Maximum voltage measured at the M&C interface in the vault
b) SC Contractor equipment provides protection against exceeding 100 V at spacecraft umbilical interface. It also provides
continuous monitoring and recording of this bus voltage on pins TBD and TBD of umbilicals P1 and P2 . SC power through
the umbilicals will be automatically shutoff within 0.2 sec if max current is exceeded by 50%.
c) Separation jumpers are configured as follows:
3) Pins TBD and TBD jumpered on SC side
d) Indicated resistance values are from LVIP1/P2 IFD connection to the KhSC/SC CONTRACTOR EGSE interface in the
vault room (or on the Mobile Service Tower for designated circuits).
e) Some circuits (e.g. battery charging circuits) may be terminated at the LV Mobile Service Tower if necessary.
Page C3-21
Table C3.5-1: EGSE Description
Connectors
Equipment Power Source Power Required Heat Output Equipment Plug side Facility side
BLDG. 92A-50
Hall 101
Hall 103
Hall 103A
Control Room
Office Areas
Page C3-22
Table C3.5.1-1: SC Contractor Electrical Ground Support Equipment (Continued)
Connectors
AREA 31
Room 100A
Room 100B
Room 119
Room 120
Room 121
Offices
Bldg 44 Hall 1
Page C3-23
Table C3.5.1-1: SC Contractor Electrical Ground Support Equipment (Continued)
Connectors
Bldg 44 Rm 58
BLDG. 92-1
LAUNCH
COMPLEX 81
Bunker (Rm. 250)
Bunker (Rm 251)
Bunker (Rm 244)
Vault (Rm. 64 or 76))
Page C3-24
Table C3.5-2: Fluids/Gases Requirements
Name Conditions Supplied By Location of Use
Compressed Air for Breathing See Launch Campaign Guide for max available KhSC/ILS Fueling Hall
(SCAPE)
distilled water See Launch Campaign Guide for max available. KhSC/ILS Processing Hall
Fueling Hall
demineralized water See Launch Campaign Guide for max available KhSC/ILS Decontamination
Area
Nitrogen GOST-92-93-74, See Launch Campaign Guide for max available. KhSC/ILS Decontamination
technical grade 1 Area
Nitrogen GOST-92-93-74, See Launch Campaign Guide for max available KhSC/ILS Fueling Hall
technical grade 1
Liquid Nitrogen (LN2) TBD liters KhSC/ILS Fueling Hall
He (Ghe) per spec Mil-p-27407 TBD K-bottles high pres (400 bar) TBD K- SC contractor Fueling Hall
Type 1, Grade A bottles low pres (135 bar)
MMH TBD Cylinders - Tot weight ea TBD kg max, SC contractor Fueling Hall
TBD kg max prop weight
Nitrogen TBD SC contractor Fueling Hall
Nitrogen Tetroxide TBD Cylinders - Tot weight ea TBD kg max, SC contractor Fueling Hall
TBD kg max prop weight
Shop Air See Launch Campaign Guide for max available KhSC/ILS Fueling Hall
Ethyl Alcohol See Launch Campaign Guide for max available. KhSC/ILS Fueling Hall
Service Water See Launch Campaign Guide for max available KhSC/ILS Fueling Hall
Grade “Extra” or Highest Grade See Launch Campaign Guide for max available. KhSC/ILS Fueling Hall
GOST 18300-87 Ethyl Alcohol
Freon TBD SC contractor
Argon TBD SC contractor
IPA TBD SC contractor
Page C3-25
D1. 1194AX-500 Adapter System
D1.1 INTRODUCTION
The 1194AX-500 adapter system is comprised of the 1194 AX clamp band system, separation springs, a payload
adapter and electrical rise off disconnects. This appendix defines the mechanical and electrical interface
characteristics, structural capability, usable volume, and accelerometer installation.
D1.2 MECHANICAL INTERFACE AND STRUCTURAL CAPABILITY

The 1194AX-500 adapter is a one piece conic frustum of monocoque construction with a height of 500 mm and
fabricated from aluminum alloy. Mechanical drawings for the 1194AX-500 adapter are presented in Section D1.7 of
this Appendix.
D1.2.1 Interface Ring Characteristics

The spacecraft and adapter interface ring in conjunction with the separation system are designed to a provide a load
path between the spacecraft and adapter during ground operations and flight. The outboard features of the combined
cross section are designed to interface with the separation system clamp band. The cross section and material property
characteristics for the spacecraft and adapter interface ring are presented in Table D1.2.1-1 and Figure
D1.2.1-1. The dimensions of the spacecraft interface are presented in Section D1.7 of this Appendix.
Table D1.2.1-1: Spacecraft and Adapter Interface Ring Characteristics
Ring Characteristics Spacecraft Ring Adapter Ring
Height Of Effective Cross Section (L) 25 mm 25 mm
Cross Section Area (A) 460 mm2 ± 15% 558 mm2
Moment Of Inertia (Ixx) 52000 mm4 ± 15% 72000 mm4
Moment Of Inertia (Iyy) 13400 mm4 ± 15% 30000 mm4
Young Modulus (E) 69 x 103 MPa 70 x 103 MPa
Page D1-1
Figure D1.2.1-1: Spacecraft and Adapter Interface Ring Cross Section
S p acecr aft R in g
y y
S ep aration P la n e
x
x
S ep aration P lan e
y y
A d ap t er R in g
L
x
Page D1-2
Scribe marks on the spacecraft interface ring verify proper alignment of the spacecraft relative to the launch vehicle.
The attributes and location of the scribe mark for the spacecraft and adapter ring are presented in Section D1.7 of this
Appendix.
D1.2.2 Structural Capability

The structural capability of each adapter system is based on the allowable line load obtained from testing. The
relationship between spacecraft mass and longitudinal center of gravity (C.G.) for the1194AX-500 adapter system is
presented in Figure D1.2.2-1. These structural capabilities assume the standard cylindrical interface ring stiffness
characteristics presented in Table D1.2-1, the geometry presented in Section D1.7 of this Appendix and the quasi-
static design load factors presented in Section 3.4.1. Additionally, the line loading at the interface has been calculated
by classical plane section assumptions. Distortion of the interface plane producing peaking of line loading will reduce
the allowable CG offset for a given spacecraft mass. This may result from spacecraft primary loads reacted as point
loads through the spacecraft structure close to the interface.
The structural capability presented should only be used as a guideline for assessment of interface structural
compatibility. Coupled loads analysis performed early in the mission integration will verify margins for structural
loading of the adapter and separation system.
Page D1-3
Figure D1.2.2-1: Capability of 1194AX Adapter System - SC Mass vs Longitudinal C.G. (TBC)
3.50
3.00
Preliminary
Longitudinal Offset of SC C.G. from
2.50
40kN Clamp Band Tension

Separation Plane
2.00
1.50
1.00 26.6kN Clamp Band Tension
0.50
0.00
2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600
SC Mass (kg)
SC Mass Allowable C.G. Offset (m)

(kg) 40kN Tension 26.6kN Tension
2000 3.07 2.30
2200 2.79 2.09
2400 2.56 1.92
2600 2.37 1.78
2800 2.20 1.65
3000 2.06 1.55
3200 1.93 1.45
3400 1.82 1.37
3600 1.72 1.29
3800 1.63 1.23
4000 1.55 1.17
4200 1.48 1.11
4400 1.42 1.07 Adapter system capability based on the following data:
4600 1.36 1.02 Allowable Limit Line Loads
4800 1.30 0.98 Tension (26.6 kN clamp band tension) Nt = 91 N/mm
5000 1.25 0.94 Tension (40 kN clamp band tension) Nt = 122 N/mm
5200 1.19 0.89 Compression Nc = 156 N/mm
5400 1.14 0.84 Quasi Static Loads
5600 1.08 0.79 Per Figure 3.4.1.2-1 of this Mission Planner's Guide
Page D1-4
D1.3 USABLE VOLUME

The usable volume for the spacecraft encapsulated in the Proton fairing with the 1194AX-500 adapter system is
presented in Figures D1.3-1a through D1.3-1e. The spacecraft static envelope (maximum dimensions of unloaded
spacecraft, including manufacturing tolerances and expansion of thermal blankets) must not protrude beyond the
useable volume, except where it is mutually agreed upon by ILS and Khrunichev. Spacecraft dynamic displacements
due to ground or flight loads and deviations caused by an imperfect installation of the spacecraft on the Block DM
may protrude beyond the boundaries of this useable volume. It is assumed that spacecraft dynamic displacements will
not exceed 50 mm. This must be verified by coupled loads analysis.
Page D1-5
Figure D1.3-1a: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 500mm Adapter
Page D1-6
Figure D1.3-1b: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 500mm Adapter (Sheet 1 of 4)
Page D1-7
Figure D1.3-1c: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 500mm Adapter (Sheet 2 of 4)
Page D1-8
Figure D1.3-1d: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 500mm Adapter (Sheet 3 of 4)
Page D1-9
Figure D1.3-1e: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 500mm Adapter (Sheet 4 of 4)
Page D1-10
D1.4 SEPARATION SYSTEM

The spacecraft is secured to the adapter forward ring by a Marmon type clamp band. The two halves of the clamp band
are preloaded using a precision hydraulic tensioning device and secured by two bolts. The nominal clamp band preload
is 40.0 kN for the1194AX adapter system. The separation system is released when these bolts are severed by bolt
cutters. Each bolt cutter is activated by redundant pyros. At separation, the preload energy in the system and the
retention device moves the clamp band away from the interface ring. The retention device also secures the band to the
adapter and prevents rebound or recontact. Two separation indicators verify separation between the spacecraft and
adapter.
The shock environment for the separation event is provided in Section 3.4.4 of this Mission Planner’s Guide.
To ensure proper separation velocity, a matched set of separation springs are provided. Each separation springs has an
initial force of 1500 Newtons. The stroke for each spring is selectable to customize the total energy per spring required
to provide the desired separation velocity and separation rates. Table D1.4-1 defines the maximum and minimum
spring stroke range with the associated spring force characteristics. Spring sets can include any number between two
and twelve.
Table D1.4-1: Separation Spring Characteristics
Stroke Initial Force Final Force
(mm) (N) (N)
Minimum Stroke 7.5 + 0.3 1500 + 20 1365 + 20
Maximum Stroke 77.7 + 0.3 1500 + 20 100 + 20
The separation event is affected by interface hardware that impart force during separation. This hardware consists of
electrical disconnects and grounding connectors and, if provided as an option, the purge disconnect. The electrical
disconnects and grounding connectors are provided as shown in Section D1.7 of this Appendix. This symmetrical
arrangement is provided to minimize overturning moments at separation. The force profile for each electrical
disconnects is shown in Figure D1.4-1. Each grounding connectors imparts a force of 40 ± 5 Newtons that resists
separation. The purge fitting imparts a force that assists separation. This force profile is provided in Figure D1.4-2.
Page D1-11
Figure D1.4-1: Electrical Disconnect Force Profile for a Single 37 Pin Electrical Connector
200
150
100
50
Force (N)
-50
-100
-150
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Displacement (mm)
Force Displacement
(N) (mm)
178 0
156 3.4
-115 3.4
-115 6.7
0 6.7
Note: A positive force assists separation.
Page D1-12
Figure D1.4-2: Purge Connector Force Diagram (Typical)
100
80
60
Force (N)
40
20
0
0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60
Axial Travel (mm)
Page D1-13
D1.5 ELECTRICAL INTERFACE

In order to accommodate command and control signals to the spacecraft, two electrical connectors are provided. These
electrical connectors provide a spacecraft dedicated umbilical from the spacecraft to the ground support equipment and
the launch vehicle. The standard adapter system includes two diametrically opposed electrical rise off disconnects.
There are two standard configurations for the electrical interface. Details for each of the two standard electrical
interfaces configurations are presented in Section D1.7 of this Appendix. Connectors conforming to MIL-C-81703
have been used for both adapter system configurations. Part numbers for the standard 37 pin connectors are presented
in Table D1.5-1.
Table D1.5-1: Standard Electrical Connectors
Connector ID No. of Pins Deutsch Part No.
Spacecraft Side LVIP1 37 MS3446E37-50P
LVIP2 37 MS3446E37-50P
Launch Vehicle Side LVIJ1 37 MS3464E37-50S
LVIJ2 37 MS3464E37-50S
For each electrical connector, two pins and a loop back on the spacecraft side of the interface are required for launch
vehicle separation indicators. Loop backs on the launch vehicle side of the interface for indication of separation for the
spacecraft can be provided as required.
Refer to Section 4.2.2 of the Mission Planner’s Guide for information on the electrical wiring between the electrical
connectors and GSE. This information includes available wire types, shielding, voltage requirements, current
requirement, and resistance requirements.
The requirement for maximum resistance across the separation interface is 10 milliohms to ensure electrical continuity
across the separation interface. Electrical continuity across the separation interface is provided by two diametrically
opposed electrical grounding connectors as presented in Section D1.7 of this Appendix.
D1.6 INSTRUMENTATION
Accelerometers are included in the standard adapter system to monitor spacecraft mechanical environments. The
standard configuration includes 5 accelerometers; 3 oriented to monitor longitudinal accelerations and 2 oriented to
monitor transverse accelerations. The installation of the accelerometers on the adapter is presented in Section D1.7 of
this Appendix. The characteristics of these adapter mounted accelerometers and for all of the telemetry channels for
the Proton mission are presented in Section 4.2.1.7 of the Mission Planner’s Guide.
Page D1-14
D1.7 1194AX-500 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
Page D1-15
1194AX-500 Adapter Mechanical Drawings (Continued 2 of 9)
TBS
Page D1-16
TBS
Page D1-17
TBS
Page D1-18
TBS
Page D1-19
TBS
Page D1-20
TBS
Page D1-21
TBS
Page D1-22
TBS
Page D1-23
D2. 1194AX-625 ADAPTER SYSTEM
D2.1 INTRODUCTION
The 1194AX-625 adapter system is comprised of the 1194 AX clamp band system, separation springs, a payload
adapter and electrical rise off disconnects. This appendix defines the mechanical and electrical interface
characteristics, structural capability, usable volume, and accelerometer installation.

The 1194AX-625 adapter is a one piece conic frustum of monocoque construction 625 mm in height and fabricated
from aluminum alloy. Mechanical drawings for the 1194AX-625 adapter are presented in Section D2.7 of this
Appendix.

Height Of Effective Cross Section(L) 25 mm 25 mm
Page D2-1
y y
x
x
y y
A d ap t er R in g
L
x
Page D2-2
Appendix.

relationship between spacecraft mass and longitudinal center of gravity (C.G.) for the 1194AX-625 adapter system is
Page D2-3
Figure D2.2.2-1: Capability of 1194AX Adapter System - SC Mass vs Longitudinal C.G. (TBC)
3.50
3.00
Preliminary
2.50
40kN Clamp Band Tension

Separation Plane
2.00
1.50
1.00 26.6kN Clamp Band Tension
0.50
0.00
2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600
SC Mass (kg)
SC Mass Allowable C.G. Offset (m)

(kg) 40kN Tension 26.6kN Tension
2000 3.07 2.30
2200 2.79 2.09
2400 2.56 1.92
2600 2.37 1.78
2800 2.20 1.65
3000 2.06 1.55
3200 1.93 1.45
3400 1.82 1.37
3600 1.72 1.29
3800 1.63 1.23
4000 1.55 1.17
4200 1.48 1.11
4400 1.42 1.07 Adapter system capability based on the following data:
4600 1.36 1.02 Allowable Limit Line Loads
4800 1.30 0.98 Tension (26.6 kN clamp band tension) Nt = 91 N/mm
5000 1.25 0.94 Tension (40 kN clamp band tension) Nt = 122 N/mm
5200 1.19 0.89 Compression Nc = 156 N/mm
5400 1.14 0.84 Quasi Static Loads
5600 1.08 0.79 Per Figure 3.4.1.2-1 of this Mission Planner's Guide
Page D2-4
D2.3 USABLE VOLUME

The usable volume for the spacecraft encapsulated in the Proton fairing with the 1194AX-625 adapter system is
presented in Figures D2.3-1a through D2.3-3e for the Block DM and Breeze M versions of the LV. The spacecraft
static envelope (maximum dimensions of unloaded spacecraft, including manufacturing tolerances and expansion of
thermal blankets) must not protrude beyond the useable volume, except where it is mutually agreed upon by ILS and
Khrunichev. Spacecraft dynamic displacements due to ground or flight loads and deviations caused by an imperfect
installation of the spacecraft on the Fourth Stage may protrude beyond the boundaries of this useable volume. It is
assumed that spacecraft dynamic displacements will not exceed 50 mm. This must be verified by coupled loads
analysis.
Page D2-5
Figure D2.3-1a: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter
Page D2-6
Figure D2.3-1b: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 1 of 4)
Page D2-7
Figure D2.3-1c: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 2 of 4)
Page D2-8
Figure D2.3-1d: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 3 of 4)
Page D2-9
Figure D2.3-1e: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 4 of 4)
Page D2-10
Figure D2.3-2a: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter
Page D2-11
Figure D2.3-2b: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 1 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-12
Figure D2.3-2c: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 2 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-13
Figure D2.3-2d: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 3 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-14
Figure D2.3-2e: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Standard Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 4 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-15
Proton Mission Planners Guide, LKEB-9812-1990
Figure D2.3-3a: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter
Page D2-16
Figure D2.3-3b: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 1 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-17
Figure D2.3-3c: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 2 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-18
Figure D2.3-3d: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 3 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-19
Figure D2.3-3e: Usable Volume - Proton/Breeze M Long Commercial Fairing with 1194AX X 625mm Adapter (Sheet 4 of 4) (TBC)
Page D2-20

is 26.6 or 40.0 kN for the 1194AX adapter system. The separation system is released when these bolts are severed by
bolt cutters. Each bolt cutter is activated by redundant pyros. At separation, the preload energy in the system and the
retention device moves the clamp band away from the interface ring. The retention device also secures the band to the
adapter and prevents rebound or recontact. Two separation indicators verify separation between the spacecraft and
adapter.
The shock environment for the separation event is provided in Section 3.4.4 of this Mission Planners Guide.
and twelve.
(mm) (N) (N)
Minimum Stroke 7.5 + 0.3 1500 + 20 1365 + 20
Maximum Stroke 77.7 + 0.3 1500 + 20 100 + 20
electrical disconnects and grounding connectors and, if provided as an option, the purge disconnect. The electrical
disconnects and grounding connectors are provided as shown in Section D2.7 of this Appendix. This symmetrical
arrangement is provided to minimize overturning moments at separation. The force profile for each electrical
disconnects is shown in Figure D2.4-1. Each grounding connectors imparts a force of 40 ± 5 Newtons that resists
separation. The purge fitting imparts a force that assists separation. This force profile is provided in Figure D2.4-2.
Page D2-21
200
150
100
50
Force (N)
-50
-100
-150
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Displacement (mm)
Force Displacement
(N) (mm)
178 0
156 3.4
-115 3.4
-115 6.7
0 6.7
Page D2-22
Figure D2.4-2: Purge Connector Force Diagram (Typical)
100
80
60
Force (N)
40
20
0
0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60
Axial Travel (mm)
Page D2-23

in Table D2.5-1.
Spacecraft Side LVIP1 37 MS3446E37-50P
LVIP2 37 MS3446E37-50P
Launch Vehicle Side LVIJ1 37 MS3464E37-50S
LVIJ2 37 MS3464E37-50S
Refer to Section 4.2.2 of the Mission Planners Guide for information on the electrical wiring between the electrical
requirement, and resistance requirements.
The requirement for maximum resistance across the separation interface is of 10 milliohms to ensure electrical
continuity across the separation interface. Electrical continuity across the separation interface is provided by two
diametrically opposed electrical grounding connector as presented in Section D2.7 of this Appendix.
the Proton mission are presented in Section 4.2.1.7 of the Mission Planners Guide.
Page D2-24
D2.7 1194AX-625 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
Page D2-25
1194AX-625 Adapter Mechanical Drawings(Sheet 2 of 9)
TBS
Page D2-26
TBS
Page D2-27
TBS
Page D2-28
TBS
Page D2-29
TBS
Page D2-30
TBS
Page D2-31
TBS
Page D2-32
TBS
Page D2-33
D3. 1666V-1000 ADAPTER SYSTEM
D3.1 INTRODUCTION
The 1666V-1000 adapter system is comprised of the 1666 V clamp band system, separation springs, a payload adapter
and electrical rise off disconnects. This appendix defines the mechanical and electrical interface characteristics,
structural capability, usable volume, and accelerometer installation.

The 1666V-1000 adapter is a two piece conic frustum of monocoque construction 1000 mm in height and fabricated
from aluminum alloy. Mechanical drawings for the 1666V-1000 adapter are presented in Section D3.7 of this
Appendix.


Page D3-1
y y
x
x
y y
A d ap t er R in g
L
x
Page D3-2
Appendix.

relationship between spacecraft mass and longitudinal center of gravity (C.G.) for the1666V-1000 adapter system is
Page D3-3
Figure D3.2.2-1: Capability of 1666V Adapter System - SC Mass vs Longitudinal C.G. (TBC)
3.50
3.00
2.50
Separation Plane
2.00 Preliminary
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600
SC Mass (kg)
Allowable C.G.
SC Mass Offset (m)
(kg) 30.0kN Tension
2000 3.39
2200 3.09
2400 2.83
2600 2.62
2800 2.44
3000 2.28
3200 2.14
3400 2.02
3600 1.89
3800 1.77
4000 1.66 Note: A positive force assists separation.
4200 1.56
4400 1.47
4600 1.39 Adapter system capability based on the following data:
4800 1.32 Allowable Limit Line Loads
5000 1.25 Tension Nt = 69 N/mm
5200 1.18 Compression Nc = 86 N/mm
5400 1.12 Quasi Static Loads
5600 1.07 Per Figure 3.4.1.2-1 of this Mission Planner's Guide
Page D3-4
D3.3 USABLE VOLUME

The usable volume for the spacecraft encapsulated in the Proton fairing with the 1666V-1000 adapter system is
Page D3-5
Figure D3.3-1a: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1666V X 1000mm Adapter
Page D3-6
Figure D3.3-1b: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1666V X 1000mm Adapter (Sheet 1 of 4)
Page D3-7
Figure D3.3-1c: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1666V X 1000mm Adapter (Sheet 2 of 4)
Page D3-8
Figure D3.3-1d: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1666V X 1000mm Adapter (Sheet 3 of 4)
Page D3-9
Figure D3.3-1e: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1666V X 1000mm Adapter (Sheet 4 of 4)
Page D3-10

is 30.0 kN for the1666 V adapter system. The separation system is released when these bolts are severed by bolt cutters.
Each bolt cutter is activated by redundant pyros. At separation, the preload energy in the system and the retention
device moves the clamp band away from the interface ring. The retention device also secures the band to the adapter
and prevents rebound or recontact. Two separation indicators verify separation between the spacecraft and adapter.
and twelve.
(mm) (N) (N)
Minimum Stroke 7.5 + 0.3 1500 + 20 1365 + 20
Maximum Stroke 77.7 + 0.3 1500 + 20 100 + 20
electrical disconnects and, if provided as an option, the purge disconnect. The electrical disconnects and grounding
connectors are provided pairs as shown in Section D3.7 of this Appendix. This symmetrical arrangement is provided to
minimize overturning moments at separation. The force profile for each electrical disconnects is shown in Figure
D3.4-1.
Page D3-11
400
300
200
Force (N)
100
-100
-200
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Displacement (mm)
Force Displacement
(N) (mm)
300 0
281 3.4
-156 3.4
-156 6.7
0 6.7
Page D3-12

interfaces configurations are presented in Section D3.7 of this Appendix. Connectors conforming to MIL-C-81703 are
used for both adapter system configurations. Part numbers for the standard 61 pin connectors are presented in Table
D3.5-1.
Spacecraft Side LVIJ1 61 MS3424E61-50S
LVIJ2 61 MS3424E61-50S
Launch Vehicle Side LVIP1 61 MS3446E61-50P
LVIP2 61 MS3446E61-50P
requirement and resistance requirements.
across the separation interface. Electrical continuity across the separation interface is provided by conductive coatings
on both the spacecraft and adapter interface flanges.
Page D3-13
D3.7 1666V-1000 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
Page D3-14
1666V-1000 Adapter Mechanical Drawings(Sheet 2 of 9)
TBS
Page D3-15
TBS
Page D3-16
TBS
Page D3-17
TBS
Page D3-18
TBS
Page D3-19
TBS
Page D3-20
TBS
Page D3-21
TBS
Page D3-22
D4. 1666A-1150 ADAPTER SYSTEM
D4.1 INTRODUCTION
The 1666A-1150 adapter system is comprised of the 1666 A clamp band system, separation springs, a payload adapter
and electrical rise off disconnects. This appendix defines the mechanical and electrical interface characteristics,
structural capability, usable volume, and accelerometer installation.

The 1666A-1150adapter is a two piece conic frustum of monocoque construction 1150 mm in height and fabricated
from aluminum alloy. Mechanical drawings for the 1666A-1150adapter are presented in Section D4.7 of this
Appendix.

characteristics for the spacecraft and adapter interface ring are presented in Table D4.2.1-1 and Figure D4.2.1-1. The
dimensions of the spacecraft interface are presented in Section D4.7 of this Appendix.
Page D4-1
y y
x
x
y y
A d ap t er R in g
L
x
Page D4-2
Appendix.

relationship between spacecraft mass and longitudinal center of gravity (C.G.) for the1666A-1150 adapter system is
Page D4-3
Figure D4.2.2-1: Capability of 1666A Adapter System - SC Mass vs Longitudinal C.G. (TBC)
3.50
3.00
2.50
Separation Plane
2.00 Preliminary
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 4400 4600 4800 5000 5200 5400 5600
SC Mass (kg)
Allowable C.G.
SC Mass Offset (m)
(kg) 30.0kN Tension
2000 3.39
2200 3.09
2400 2.83
2600 2.62
2800 2.44
3000 2.28
3200 2.14
3400 2.02
3600 1.89
3800 1.77
4000 1.66 Note: A positive force assists separation.
4200 1.56
4400 1.47
4600 1.39 Adapter system capability based on the following data:
4800 1.32 Allowable Limit Line Loads
5000 1.25 Tension Nt = 69 N/mm
5200 1.18 Compression Nc = 86 N/mm
5400 1.12 Quasi Static Loads
5600 1.07 Per Figure 3.4.1.2-1 of this Mission Planner's Guide
Page D4-4
D4.3 USABLE VOLUME

The usable volume for the spacecraft encapsulated in the Proton fairing with the 1666A-1150adapter system is
Page D4-5
Figure D4.3-1a: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1166A X 1150 Adapter
Page D4-6
Figure D4.3-1b: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1166A X 1150 Adapter (Sheet 1 of 4)
Page D4-7
Figure D4.3-1c: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1166A X 1150 Adapter (Sheet 2 of 4)
Page D4-8
Figure D4.3-1d: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1166A X 1150 Adapter (Sheet 3 of 4)
Page D4-9
Figure D4.3-1e: Usable Volume - Proton/Block DM Commercial Fairing with 1166A X 1150 Adapter (Sheet 4 of 4)
Page D4-10

is 29.5 kN for the1666 A adapter system. The separation system is released when these bolts are severed by bolt cutters.
Each bolt cutter is activated by redundant pyros. At separation, the preload energy in the system and the retention
device moves the clamp band away from the interface ring. The retention device also secures the band to the adapter
and prevents rebound or recontact. Two separation indicators verify separation between the spacecraft and adapter.
and twelve.
(mm) (N) (N)
Minimum Stroke 7.5 + 0.3 1500 + 20 1365 + 20
Maximum Stroke 77.7 + 0.3 1500 + 20 100 + 20
electrical disconnects and, if provided as an option, the purge disconnect. The electrical disconnects connectors are
provided pairs as shown in Section D4.7 of this Appendix. This symmetrical arrangement is provided to minimize
overturning moments at separation. The force profile for each electrical disconnect is shown in Figure D4.4-1.
Page D4-11
400
300
200
Force (N)
100
-100
-200
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Displacement (mm)
Force Displacement
(N) (mm)
300 0
281 3.4
-156 3.4
-156 6.7
0 6.7
Page D4-12

in Table D4.5-1.
Spacecraft Side LVIJ1 61 MS3424E61-50S
LVIJ2 61 MS3424E61-50S
Launch Vehicle Side LVIP1 61 MS3446E61-50P
LVIP2 61 MS3446E61-50P
requirement and resistance requirements.
across the separation interface. Electrical continuity across the separation interface is provided by conductive coatings
on the spacecraft and adapter interface flanges.
Page D4-13
D4.7 1666A-1150 ADAPTER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
Page D4-14
1666A-1150 Adapter Mechanical Drawings(Sheet 2 of 9)
TBS
Page D4-15
TBS
Page D4-16
TBS
Page D4-17
TBS
Page D4-18
TBS
Page D4-19
TBS
Page D4-20
TBS
Page D4-21
TBS
Page D4-22

Russia&#39;s Proton Mission Planners Guide - 1999

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Russia&#39;s Proton Mission Planners Guide - 1999

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Revision 4 March 1999

PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE

DISCLOSURE OF DATA LEGEND

International Launch Services

PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE

Anatoli I. Kiselev Wilbur C. Trafton

Anatoli K. Nedaivoda Eric F. Laursen

International Launch Services

International Launch Services

15 December 1993 1, Issue 1 Eric Laursen

March 1999 4, Issue 1 • Complete rewrite/update of document to Eric Laursen

REVISION HISTORY .................................................................................................................................III

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS........................................................................................................ XIX

1. PROTON LAUNCH SERVICES.............................................................................................................. 1-1

2.3.3 Breeze M Trajectory Sequence ...............................................................................................................2-12

4.2 ELECTRICAL INTERFACES .................................................................................................................. 4-24

6.1.1 Yubeleini Airport..................................................................................................................................... 6-1

B1. QUALITY SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................................B1-1

C1. GENERAL INFORMATION...............................................................................................................C1-1

C2. INPUT DOCUMENTS....................................................................................................................... C2-2

C3. INTERFACES.................................................................................................................................... C3-3

D4. 1666A-1150 ADAPTER SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... D4-1

FIGURE S-21: SPACECRAFT PROCESSING IN AREA 92 (SVPF) .............................................................................. S-12

FIGURE 3.4.4-1: PYROSHOCK SPECTRUM AT ADAPTER/PAYLOAD INTERFACE ......................................................3-22

FIGURE 4.2.1.7-7: INSTRUMENTATION DURING INTEGRATION OF ASCENT UNIT TO LV..................................... 4-37

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A CLA Coupled Loads Analysis

A Ampere CLS Commercial Launch Services

Batt Battery dB Decibel(s)

EIA Electronics Industry Association ft Foot; Feet

IFR Inflight Retargeting LHe Liquid Helium

LAE Liquid Apogee Engine min Minute(s)

MRB Material Review Board P

N Newton(s) PLCU Propellant Loading Control Unit

O2 Oxygen PST Product Support Team

Q SIU Servo-Inverter Unit

q Dynamic Pressure SLC Space Launch Complex

TVCF Transportable Vehicle Checkout Facility

1. PROTON LAUNCH SERVICES

Figure 1-1: ILS Launch Services Charter

1.1 CONSTITUENT ILS COMPANIES

Figure 1.1-1: ILS Corporate Parentage

LMC Khrunichev Energia

Figure 1.1-2: ILS/LKE Task Partitions

Lockheed Martin Khrunichev

Launch program integration

1.2 ILS CONSTITUENT COMPANY EXPERTISE

Figure 1.2-1: Launch Experience

1950s 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s

1.3 ADVANTAGES OF USING THE PROTON LAUNCH VEHICLE

Figure 1.3-1: Benefits To The Spacecraft Designer And Owner

Full mission analysis support by all constituent companies

Access to proven launch vehicle manufacturing and support capability

Use of very capable integration and launch support infrastructure

Use of the massive lift capacity of the Proton launch vehicle

1.4 VEHICLE DESCRIPTION

Figure 1.4-1: Proton Launch Vehicles Flight Proven Hardware

1.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROTON FAMILY

LEO (200 km circ.): 19.76 metric tons 21.0 metric tons

Proton K/Block DM: Proton M/Breeze M:

GTO: 4.9 metric tons 5.5 metric tons

GSO: 1.9 metric tons 2.92 metric tons

b) Earlier fairing separation timing is found to be acceptable

c) Special modifications are made to the Proton or its operations

Russia's Proton Mission Planners Guide - 1999

Russia's Proton Mission Planners Guide - 1999